(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

Bright C li 







o i c e . B r i e h t F ii t u r e 







• li t^t 




'II 




The Mission 



The mission of Lycoming College is to 
pro\ide a distinguished baccalaureate educa- 
tion in the liberal arts. This is achieved within 
a coeducational, supportive, residential setting 
through programs that develop communica- 
tion and critical thinking skills; foster self- 
awareness while increasing receptivity to new 
concepts and perspectives: explore literary and 
scientific traditions; cultivate an aesthetic 
sensibility; elicit social responsibility; 
promote racial inclusiveness, gender equality, 
and an appreciation of cultural diversity; and 
produce leadership for the institutions of 
society. Each student is encouraged to 
develop and strengthen virtues and traits of 
character that enable, ennoble, and emancipate 
the human spirit while deepening commitment 
to those values that undergird civilization. 

Fully accredited, Lycoming is a member of 
the Middle States Association of Colleges and 
Schools, and the University Senate of The 
United Methodist Church. It is a member of 
the Association of American Colleges and 
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of 
Colleges and Universities, the Commission for 
Independent Colleges and Universities, the 
National Commission on Accrediting and the 
National Association of Schools and Colleges 
of The United Methodist Church. 

Also, the Department of Chemistry is 
approved by the American Chemical Society 
to certify upon graduation those students who 
meet or exceed the requirements established 
by the Society for membership. The depart- 
ments of Accounting and Business Adminis- 
tration are accredited by the Association of 
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs. 

LYCOMING COLLEC 



The Baccalaureate 
Degree 



Lycoming College is committed to the 
principle that a liberal arts education is the 
ideal foundation for an informed and produc- 
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine 
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural 
and social sciences - have created the social, 
political, economic and intellectual systems 
which help define contemporary existence. 
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp 
the modes of inquiry and knowledge associ- 
ated with these disciplines. 

Consequently, the Baccalaureate degree 
(Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) is 
conferred upon the student who has com- 
pleted an educational program incorporating 
the two principles of the liberal arts known as 
distribution and concentration. The objective 
of the distribution principle is to insure that 
the student achieves breadth in learning 
through the study of the major dimensions of 
human inquiry: the humanities, the social 
sciences, and the natural sciences. The 
objective of the concentration principle is to 
provide depth of learning through completion 
of a program of study in a given discipline or 
subject area known as the major. The effect 
of both principles is to impart knowledge, 
inspire inquiry, and encourage creative 
thought. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Contents 



cademic Calendar, 2006-2007 2 



Welcome to Lycoming .. 

he Campus 

.dmission to Lycoming 



10 



inancial Matters 13 



tudent Affairs 22 



cademic Policies And Regulations 25 



he Academic Program 32 



he Curriculum 52 



The Board of Trustees 173 



administrative Staff/Faculty 174 



rhe Alumni Association 191 



ndex 



Communication With 
ycoming College 



193 



196 




006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



The general regulations and policies stated in 
this catalog are in effect for the 2006-07 academic 
year. Freshmen beginning their first terms at 
Lycoming College in the fall of 2006 or the spring 
of 2007 are thereafter governed by the policies 
stated in this catalog. 

If changes are made in subsequent editions of 
the catalog to either distribution requirements, 
major, or minor requirements, a student has the 
option of following the original program as 
outlined in the catalog in effect at the time of 
matriculation as a freshman or of following a 
subsequent catalog version. The College always 
reserves the right to determine which requirements 
apply. 

If a student interrupts his or her education but 
returns to the College after no more than one 
academic year has passed, he/she will retain the 
same requirements in effect at the initial date of 
entrance. A student who withdraws from the 
College for more than one year will, upon return, 
be required to complete the requirements currently 
imposed upon other students of the same academic 
level. A student who transfers to the College with 
advanced standing will be subject to the require- 
ments imposed upon other students at the College 
who have attained the same academic level. Post- 
baccalaureate students will be subject to the 
requirements stated on page 32. 

Lycoming College reserves the right to amend 
or change the policies and procedures stated in 
this catalog without prior notice to those who may 
be affected by them. The provisions of this 
publication are not to be regarded as an irrevo- 
cable contract between the applicant and/or the 
student and Lycoming College. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



VUAUtMH. LALCINUAK 



ACADEMIC Calendar 2006 - 2007 

















fe- 


] L 


1 


li^^flL 




^ 


^rtil , 






1 iuiim, / 


^i^^ 










r ^■■^^^^^^■d^^H 


















-IB 


• 

" " 


ijifa'^HH 


UL 1 




>. ..^ ^^B^^^^^^^^H 




m 




ijSitnfiiPI 


J-j 




F J^^^^H 






*wi«=i^--x 


L^a 


bft- irjniMx__^J 




MtKM 


wH 


mill 


nm 


n 


■liHlHBBi 






Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Bills are due 


August 4 


December 15 


Residence halls open for freshmen 


August 25 at 9 a.m. 


January 7 at 8 a.m. 


Residence halls open for upperclassmen 


August 26 at 10 a.m. 


January 7 at 8 a.m. 


Classes begin first period 


August 28 


January 8 


Processing of drop/add begins 


August 28 


January 8 


Re-registration fee of $25 applies 
after this date 


September 1 


January 12 


Last day for drop/add 


September 1 


January 12 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


September 1 


January 12 


Last day for submission of final grades for 
courses for which Incomplete grades were 
recorded in Spring, May. and Summer terms 


October 6 




Last day for submission of final grades 
for courses for which Incomplete 
grades were recorded in Fall semester 




February 16 


Larly Assessment reports due at noon 


October 9 


February 19 


Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for 
spring recess 




February 23 


Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 




March 4 


Classes resume first period after 
spring recess 




March 5 


Lnrollment deposit deadline 




March 6 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



Fall Semester 



Spring Semester 



ast day to withdraw from courses 



October 30 



March 19 



ast days to withdraw from 
alf semester courses. 



1st 7 weeks 
2nd 7 weeks 



September 27 
November 15 



February 7 
April 4 



esidence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for 
hanksgiving recess 



November 21 



:esidence halls open at 10 a.m. 



November 26 



Classes resume first period after 
'hanksgiving 



November 27 



'inal examinations begin 



December 11 



April 23 



emester ends at 5:00 p.m. 



December 15 



April 27 



Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m. 



December 15 



April 27 





SP 
May Term 


ECIAL SESSIO 

Summer 

Session #1 


NS 

Summer 
Session #2 


Residence halls open noon - 3:00 p.m. 


May 6 


June 3 


July 8 


plasses begin 


May 7 


June 4 


July 9 


^ast day for drop/add 


May 8 


June 6 


July 11 


^ast day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


May 8 


June 6 


July 11 


^ast day to withdraw from courses 


May 23 


June 25 


July 30 


Perm ends 


June 1 


July 6 


August 10 


Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m. 


June 1 


July 6 


August 10 



Special dates to remember: 

reshman First Weekend .... August 25, 26, 27 

"^ew Student Convocation August 25 

Labor Day (classes in session) September 4 

reative Arts/Science Saturday.. September 23 

jFamily Weekend September 29-October 1 

[Admissions Open House October 7 

Homecoming Weekend October 20-22 

Long Weekend (no classes) October 27-29 

Admissions Open House November 1 1 

Thanksgiving Recess November 21-26 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Admissions Open House February 17 

Spring Recess February 23 - March 4 

Accepted Students Day March 31 

Good Friday (no classes) April 6 

Honors Convocation April 22 

Baccalaureate May 5 

Commencement May 6 

Admissions Open House May 12 

Memorial Day (no classes) May 28 

Independence Day (no classes) July 4 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



/ELCOME TO LYCOMING 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING COLLEGE 




Lycoming College is a liberal arts and 
sciences college dedicated to providing the 
type of learning that can be used for a lifetime 
in a supportive, residential environment that 
fosters individual growth and close interper- 
sonal relationships. 

U.S. News and World Report has recog- 
nized the Carnegie reclassification of Lycom- 
ing. The College is one of the national liberal 
arts colleges in the United States. It has also 
been included in the "Colleges of Distinction" 
guidebook. The reasons are simple. 

All of Lycoming's resources and faculty 
are dedicated to the undergraduate education 
of just 1500 students. Classes are small and 
all faculty members teach. With a 13 to 1 
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or 
ten students are not uncommon, while even 
large introductory courses average about 30 
students. This means abundant opportunities 
for individual attention by a faculty truly 
committed to teaching. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



The average graduation rate for first time 
freshmen is 66%. More information is 
available on the Registrar's homepage under 
Student's Right to Know. 

Lycoming students are superbly prepared to 
meet the challenges of life through an aca- 
demic program that includes both breadth of 
study in the humanities, arts, social sciences 
and natural sciences and depth of study in at 
least one area of concentration. 

Those areas of concentration include 
bachelor of arts degree in 3 1 major fields, and 
a bachelor of science degree in four major fields 

Those who intend to continue in medicine, 
dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching will 
find excellent preprofessional preparation. 
Through a number of cooperative programs 
with other colleges and universities, Lycoming 
students can study forestry, environment, 
podiatric medicine, optometry, and medical 
technology — while still enjoying the benefits 
of a small college experience. They can also 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WELCOME TO LYCOMINC 



Itudy at Anglia Polytechnic University in 
Cambridge. England; Regent's College in 
.ondon, England; Lancaster University, 

(Lancaster, England; CUEF Universite 
Jtendhal-Grenoble 3 in Grenoble, France; 
fandem International School in Madrid, 
>pain, and Estudio Sampere at Alicante, 
ivladrid, Puerto de Santa Maria, Solamanca, 
)pain, and Cuenca. Ecuador; or spend a 
iemester at Westminster Business School in 
J jhe University of Westminster, London, 
ingland; Washington, D.C., or New York 
Hity through a number of other cooperative 
irograms. 

One of Lycoming's most popular and 
uccessful ways of blending career planning 
ivith a liberal arts education is through its 
nternship program. Close to one-third of 
^ycoming students gain real job experience as 
)art of a semester course load. The 
Williamsport area is particularly rich in 
nternship opportunities in business, commu- 
lication, government, health and social 
'services. The close relationship between the 
College and the community has given 
Lycoming students a chance to roll up their 
sleeves and gain resume-enhancing experi- 
ence rather than mere observation. 

Most students complete their program of 
study in four years, usually by taking four 
courses each fall and spring semester. 
However, students may take one course 
during Lycoming's May Term and from one 
to two courses in each Summer Term. 

Perhaps one of the most important 
qualities of Lycoming is its feeling of 
community. Lycoming is a truly residential 
college where all students, with the exception 
of close commuters, live on campus in one of 
the College's residence halls or apartments. 

The quality of campus life is enriched by 
a variety of extracurricular activities in which 
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership 
training. 

Students produce a newspaper, run the 
campus radio station, edit a yearbook, mount 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




theatre productions, participate in a nationally 
acclaimed choir and concert band, as well as 
organize and manage their own social 
fraternities and sororities, special interest 
clubs and campus-wide social events. 

Student athletes can try out for 19 different 
varsity sports ( 10 for men, 9 for women) or 
participate in the College's strong intramural 
program. 

Students are admitted free to productions 
at the Community Arts Center. Student-run 
programs have brought in Adam Sandler, 
Yellowcard, Fiona Apple, Eve6, Sugar Ray 
and Brian Adams. 

Lycoming's campus lies near the historic 
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known 
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball 
and the site of its annual international 
championship. The greater metro area has a 
population of approximately 75,000. 

The rolling hills and forestlands of 
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of 
the state's best scenery, as well as hiking, 
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor 
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four- 
hour drive from New York City, Philadelphia, 
Washington, D.C., Baltimore, and Pittsburgh. 

The College enjoys a relationship with the 
United Methodist Church and supports its 
tradition of providing an education to persons 
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed 
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its 
students to work together in an atmosphere of 
respect and tolerance. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY • THE CAMPUS 



History 



The history of Lycoming College has been 
one of continual evolution. The institution 
has been, at one time or another, an elemen- 
tary and secondary school, a seminary, a 
junior college and at present a four-year 
liberal arts college — going through four 
names in the process. Sold by an independent 
board to the Methodists (who bought it as a 
source of revenue), it is today an independent 
non-profit, private college, affiliated with the 
United Methodist Church. 

Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making 
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in 
America — when it was founded as the 
Williamsport Academy, that city's first 
elementary and secondary school. The school 
was administered by a Board of Trustees 
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians. 

By 1848, Williamsport had its own public 
school system well in place, and the private 
school was becoming a financial burden. A 
visionary circuit preacher. Rev. Benjamin H. 
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the 
school. They named the institution Dickinson 
Seminary and offered college preparatory 
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the 
school's true founder. 

The seminary operated as a private 
boarding school until 1929 when a college 
curriculum was added and it became the 
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the 
first private junior college in Pennsylvania. 

In 1947, the junior college became a four- 
year degree-granting college of liberal arts 
and sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, 
derived from the American Indian word 
"lacomic," meaning "Great Stream," a name 
that enjoys local popularity as the name of the 
county, a township and a creek. 

In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming 
College continues to expand its programs and 
improve its academic excellence with each 
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin- 
guished baccalaureate education to every 
student entering its doors. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 




THE Campus 



Twenty-one buildings sit on Lycoming's 
42-acre campus. Most buildings have been 
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach 
from anywhere on campus. A 12-acre 
athletic field and football stadium lie a few 
blocks north of the main campus. 

Modern buildings include the eight 
residence halls, which contain clean and 
comfortable double rooms; the student union; 
and the physical education/recreation center. 
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the 
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center, 
an electronic music studio, a photography 
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer 
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the 
physical education center opened in 1980. 
An arts center was renovated and opened in 
1983. The Heim Biology and Chemistry 
Building opened in 1990. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



Residence Halls 

Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of 
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The 
United Methodist Church in the United 
States, who made the circuit through the 
upper Susquehanna District in 1812, the year 
Lycoming (then the Williamsport Academy) 
opened its doors. Asbury Hall houses fresh- 
man students in a co-educational environ- 
ment. 

Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's 
founder and first financial agent, the Rev. 
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the 
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school 
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1848. 

East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of 
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The 
self-contained units contain student rooms 
and a chapter room. 

Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs. 
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest 
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of 
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose 
generosity established the memorial. 

Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family 
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health 
services, dining services office, security, 
residential life, and buildings and grounds. 
Rich is an all female hall. 

Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence 
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, profes- 
sor of psychology and four-time Dean of the 
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses 
freshmen in a co-educational environment. 

Wesley Hall (1956) — Honors John Wesley, 
the founder of Methodism. This building 
houses a number of Greek organizations, as 
well as independent students. 

Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen 
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A. 
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose 
bequest established the memorial. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Academic Buildings 

Academic Center (1968) — The most 
architecturally impressive complex on campus, 
the Center is composed of four buildings: the 
John G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle 
Hall, the Mary L. Welch Theatre and Labora- 
tories, and the faculty office building. 

John G. Snowden Memorial Library (1968) 
www.lycoming.edu/library Named after the 
late state senator John G. Snowden, the library 
supports the classroom and research needs of 
the college community. An active informa- 
tion literacy program promotes the use of print 
materials. Web-accessed academic information 
resources, and other information technologies. 
The collection includes more than 1 80,000 
volumes, approximately 1 ,000 periodical titles, 
and a strong reference collection suitable to an 
undergraduate education. The Snowden 
Memorial Library also houses the Lycoming 
College Archives and the archives of the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference of the 
United Methodist Church. 

Academic Resource Center — Located on 
the third floor of the Snowden Library, it is 
operated by a professional staff and peer tutors 
during the academic year. The Center offers 
workshops, tutoring, and counseling. 

Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the northwest 
comer of the first floor of the John G. Snowden 
Memorial Library, the gallery contains exhibits 
during the academic year, including shows of 
student work. 

Wendle Hall and Laboratories (1968) — 

Named after the George Wendle family, a 
College benefactor, this building contains 21 
classrooms, the psychology laboratories, four 
computer laboratories with 75 terminals 
available for use, and spacious Pennington 
Lounge, an informal meeting place for 
students and faculty. The language, business, 
mathematics and physics laboratories are 
situated on the upper floors. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS 



Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — The 

Computer Graphics Lab features state-of-the- 
art computers on both Macintosh and Win- 
dows platforms that are equipped with 
animation, digital imaging, illustration, web 
design and page layout software for use by 
both fine arts and commercial design stu- 
dents. The lab also features film and flatbed 
scanners, color and b/w laser printers and a 
large format archival epson printer. Hardware 
and software are updated regularly to keep up 
with changes in the graphics industry and 
innovations in fine art digital imaging. 

Detwiler Planetarium (1967) — Named 
after the Detwiler family, it is located in the 
lower level of the Academic Center. In 
addition to serving as an instructional tool to 
astronomy students, the planetarium has 
become a community resource, hosting close 
to 2,000 youngsters in Boy Scout, Girl Scout, 
school and church groups each year. 

Mary L. Welch Theatre (1968) — The 204- 
seat thrust-stage theatre is one of the finest in 
the region. Theatre facilities include: the 
college box office, state-of-the-art lighting and 
sound systems, costume and scene shops, a 
make-up room, and an additional black-box 
performance space known as the Dragon's 
Lair Theatre. 

Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains 
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat 
lecture hall. 

Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) — 

Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood- 
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture 
hall, offices. 

Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located 
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is 
fully equipped for both black and white and 
color photography. 

Communication Center (1987) — The focal 
point of the facility is a fully equipped 
broadcast quality television studio and control 
room. The building also houses an editing 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



room, classrooms, faculty offices, the FM 
radio station and the student newspaper office. 

Heim Biology and Chemistry Building 
(1990) — The $10 million Heim Building is 
one of the finest undergraduate science 
facilities in the East. The three-level structure 
totals more than 63,000 square feet and 
contains state-of-the-art biology and chemis- 
try laboratories, lecture halls, seminar rooms, 
a science reading area and a greenhouse as 
well as classrooms and faculty offices. 

Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) — 

Lycoming's landmark honors Martha B. 
Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains 
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, 
music classrooms, practice studios, an 
electronic music studio and faculty offices. 

Mary Lindsay Welch Honors Hall (2005) 

— Lycoming has refurbished a 19th century 
landmark into an Honors Hall that includes 
the Shangraw Performance Hall (a 1 25-seat 
recital hall). The Lindsay Memorial Chapel 
and offices for the United Campus Ministry 
Center, and Community Services Center and 
Honors Program. 

Administration Buildings 

Drum House — Built in 1857 the Admis- 
sions House is the oldest building on the 
campus. It was first occupied by a Presbyte- 
rian parson. 

The Admissions House was bought by the 
College in 1931, along with 28 other dwell- 
ings, and in 1940 became the President's home. 
John W. Long occupied it for the remainder 
of his tenure and D. Frederick Wertz lived in 
the house from 1955 until 1965 when the 
College made the property at 325 Grampian 
Boulevard the President's home. The building 
was then converted for use by the Fine Arts 
Department. In 1983, when a new Fine Arts 
facility was completed, the department was 
relocated and the house was vacant until 1987 
when it was restored by college craftsmen to 
its original Federalist design under the 
supervision of Carol Baker '60, who kindly 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



volunteered her services during the year-long 
reconstruction. The Admissions House was a 
gift of the W.F. Rich family. 

John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after 
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the 
administrative offices, including those of the 
President. Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student 
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni Relations, College 
Relations, Institutional Advancement, 
Publications, and Financial Aid, and the 
business office. 

Recreation Facilities 

Physical Education and Recreation Center 

(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade 
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and 
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all- 
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight 
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni 
lounge. 

Recreation Center (2004) — Is a two-story 
54,000 square foot space with four basketball 
courts. It has a suspended indoor running 
track, an expanded weight room, and a new 
exercise and fitness area. 

Robert L. Shangraw Athletic Complex 

(1998) — Located at David Person Field, the 
17,700 square foot complex contains locker 
facilities for football, lacrosse, soccer, and 
Softball in addition to a fully-equipped 
athletic training room. The press box can 
accommodate radio and television coverage 
and includes a hospitality suite for guests of 
the president. There is bleacher sitting for 
2,000 fans. 

Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named 
after D. Frederick Wertz, President (1955- 
1968), it contains the Main Dining Commons, 
Jane Schultz Dining Room, the Jonas Room, 
Burchfield Lounge, a recreation area, game 
rooms. Jack's Corner, bookstore, post office, 
student activities office. Career Development 
Center, Counseling Center, and student 
organization offices. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Handicapped Accessibility 

Most facilities at Lycoming College are 
accessible to those with limited mobility. In 
addition, the College will make special 
accommodations whenever necessary to meet 
the needs of any of its students. 



Information 
Technology Services 



Lycoming College provides at least one 
computer network access point in each 
classroom, office, and for each student on 
campus. In addition the Snowden Library and 
other key areas have wireless network access. 
Students have access to a variety of on- 
campus and worldwide resources through the 
network. 

The College maintains five public use 
computer labs, four labs populated with 
Windows-based computers, and one lab with 
a mix of Windows and Macintosh computers. 
The Windows labs utilize several popular 
software packages, such as Office 2003 
(Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, FrontPage 
2003), Internet Explorer, and SPSS. The 
Graphics Lab utilizes Microsoft Office, 
PageMaker, Photoshop, Quark XPress, 
Illustrator, FrontPage 2002, Macromedia 
Director and DreamWeaver. Laser printing 
and DVD/RW drives are available in all labs, 
with scanning available in the Graphics Lab. 

Lycoming College maintains a site on the 
World Wide Web where our URL is 
www.lycoming.edu. Any student who is 
enrolled at Lycoming receives an e-mail 
account as well as a network account with 
disk space for a personal Website and 
common files. These are backed up daily. 
Academic departments maintain home pages 
and resources under the Lycoming College 
home page(s). Many faculty post departmen- 
tal home pages and communicate with their 
students by e-mail. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS • ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 




Any student living in a residence hall can 
become part of the Residential Networking 
Program, ResNet. They then have direct 
access to the Lycoming network and the 
Internet. There is wireless access in the 
library and many areas throughout campus. 
Students need properly configured computers 
to give them access to e-mail and the World 
Wide Web from their rooms. 

A Linux and a Windows server provides 
access to a variety of different software 
packages to students in the Mathematical and 
Computer Sciences. — www.lycoming.edu/it 

ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a 
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus. 
To join the Residential Networking Program, 
ResNet, a student must have a computer that 
meets a minimal set of standards. A laptop 
computer with wireless is highly encouraged, 
and discounts are available through the 
College Bookstore. ResNet is part of a single 
consolidated Technology Fee of $ 1 75 per 
semester that will cover your access to 
ResNet. cable TV and the telephone basic fee. 
For full instructions you can go to 
www.lycoming.edu/it/resnet.htm. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Admission 
To Lycoming 



Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, financial resources, color, 
national or ethnic background. Visit us at 
www.Iycoming.edu 

Admission Decision Criteria 

Admission to Lycoming College is 
competitive. Applicants are evaluated on the 
basis of their academic preparation, talents, 
and interests, as well as the College's capacit) 
to help them achieve their educational 
objectives and career goals. 

Successful candidates for admission have 
typically completed a college preparatory 
program in high school which includes four 
years of English, three years of math, two 
years of foreign language, two years of 
natural or physical science, three years of 
social science, and two years of academic 
electives. 

In addition, successful admission candi- 
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of 
their high school graduating class, and have 
better than average SATl or ACT scores. 

From time to time supplemental materials, 
as well as a personal interview, may be 
required prior to the determination of admissi- 
bility. 

Admission Application 
Filing Period 

Applications for the fall semester will be 
accepted from June 1st of the preceding year 
through April 1st of the year in which studies 
are to begin. Applications for the spring 
semester are accepted from the preceding 
May 1st through December 1st. 

Applications, when complete, are re- 
viewed and evaluated on a rolling basis. 
Generally, applicants are notified in writing 
regarding the outcome of their applications 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



within three weeks following the receipt of all 
required materials. 

Freshman Applicants 

Freshman applicants must complete the 

following steps: 

1) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Submit the non-refundable $35 
application fee. 

3) Provide official transcripts of all high 
school and post-secondary school studies 
(whether or not completed). 

4) Submit official results of the SATl or ACT. 

5) Submit two personal letters of 
recommendation. 

Transfer Applicants 

Lycoming College considers applications 
from students who have attended other post- 
5econdary educational institutions. These 
applicants must have earned a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4 
point scale) in transferable courses at the 
30st-secondary institution(s) attended. 

Credit will be granted only for courses 
A'hich have a grade of "C-" or higher, 
[bourses with a non-grade such as "P" or "S" 
^vill not transfer. Lycoming College will 
letermine which courses are appropriate for 
Tansfer and is under no obligation to accept 
iny course. Lycoming College does not have 
1 statute of limitations but it reserves the right 
;o refuse to accept some courses for transfer in 
^vhich the content is outmoded. The Registrar 
>vill consult the academic department(s) 
nvolved. Final determination of transfer 
:redit will be made by the Lycoming College 
Registrar based on official transcripts only. 
Transfer courses will be shown on the 
Lycoming transcript with the symbol "T." 

Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester 
credits at the Lycoming College 100 and 200 
evel and up to 32 semester credits at the 
-ycoming College 300 and 400 level for a 
otal of 96 credits. Students must complete 
he final 32 credits of the degree program at 



Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the 
major area must be taken at Lycoming College. 

Additional information regarding the 
transfer of college credit appears on page 26. 

Transfer applicants must complete each of 
the following steps: 

1 ) Complete and return application with the 
$35 application fee. 

2) Provide official transcripts and course 
descriptions or catalogs from each post- 
secondary school attended. Students who 
have accumulated less than 24 semester 
hours or 36 quarter hours must also submit 
high school transcripts. (Official results of 
the SATl or ACT may also be required.) 

3) Submit the Transfer Student Admission 
Report. (It will be sent to you upon 
application). 

International Applicants 

Prospective students who are neither 
citizens nor permanent residents of the United 
States are welcome to apply for admission. 

International applicants must complete each 
of the following steps: 

1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Provide certified true copies of all 
secondary (and when applicable, post- 
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo- 
mas, and certificates in the original lan- 
guages, as well as in English (when the 
originals are not in English). Transla- 
tions of non-English materials must be 
certified as true and correct. 

3) Submit two letters of recommendation. 

4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write, 
and speak English at the college level as 
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least 
500, or 173 for computer assessment test. 

5) International students who are currently 
studying in the United States must be 
"in-status" with the United States De- 
partment of Justice, Immigration and 
Naturalization Service. They must also 

be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Please note that the minimum amount 
required for each academic year of study 
(September through April) at l.ycoming 
College is U.S. $33,000. Summer living 
expenses (May through August) average 
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not 
included in $33,000 amount. 

Note To All Students: 

1) If there is additional information that 
would be helpful to the Admissions Com- 
mittee in reviewing your application, please 
indicate it on a separate piece of paper. 

2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for 
the SATl or ACT assessment may be waived. 

Readmission to the College 

Students who leave the College for one or 
more semesters, including those who leave 
mid-term, must apply for readmission. To 
apply for readmission, one must: 

a. Complete the Application for Readmission 
form; 

b. Return the completed form to the Office of 
the Registrar; and 

c. If applicable, have official transcripts for 
all course work completed elsewhere sent 
to the Registrar. 

The College reserves the right to deny 
readmission to former students. Reasons for 
denial of readmission requests include, but 
are not limited to: lack of residence hall 
space, unresolved financial obligations, 
academic deficiencies, unresolved disciplin- 
ary action, charges or convictions related to 
criminal activity. 

Students will be informed in writing about 
the decision regarding readmission. To 
confirm readmission, students must send a 
non-refundable deposit of $200 to the Office 
of the Registrar. Students who intend to live 
in the residence halls must send an additional 
$100 room reservation deposit and complete 
the appropriate forms in the Office of 
Residence Life. 

Lycoming College does not have a statute 
of limitations but it reserves the right to 
refuse to accept some courses in which the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



content is outmoded. The Registrar will 
consult the academic department(s) involved. 

Confirmation of Intent 
to Enroll at Lycoming 

Admitted applicants are asked to confirm 
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no 
later than the preceding May 1st, or by 
December 1st for the following spring semes- 
ter by submitting the appropriate deposit. Ne\ 
commuting students are required to submit a 
$200 Confirmation Deposit. New resident 
students are required to submit the $200 
Confirmation Deposit, as well as a $100 Roor 
Reservation Deposit. Admitted international 
applicants are required to submit all applicabl 
deposits prior to the issuance of the 1-20 form 

Deposits are non-refundable after May 1st 
for the following fall semester, and December 
1st for the following spring semester. 

Student Orientation 

All new students are required to attend one 
of three summer orientation sessions with at 
least one parent before they enroll in the fall. 
The purpose of the program is to acquaint the 
new students and their parent(s) more fully wit 
the College so that they can begin their 
Lycoming experience under the most favorabh 
circumstances. Students will take placement 
tests, meet their academic advisor, and registei 
for fall classes. Infonnation on orientation is 
mailed to new students after they confirm then 
intention to enroll. 



I 



Withdrawal of 
Admission Offers 

Lycoming College reserves the right to 
withdraw offers of admission when: 

1 ) information requested as part of the 
admission application process is not 
provided by applicants, 

2) misrepresentation of fact to the College b) 
applicants occurs during the application 
process, 

3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping 
with the ethical or moral standards as set 
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or 
the Lycoming College Student Handbook. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOd 



II 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING • FINANCIAL MATTERS 




Vdmissions Office 
vocation and Hours 

Prospective students and their families are 
ncouraged to visit the campus for a student- 
onducted tour and an interview with an 
dmissions counselor, who will provide 
dditional information about the College and 
nswer questions. 

The Office of Admissions is located on 
[Vashington Boulevard and College Place, 
'or an appointment, telephone 1-800-345- 
-920, ext. 4026 or (570)321-4026, write the 
|)ffice of Admissions, Lycoming College, 
|Villiamspoi1, PA 17701, or visit 
vww.lycoming.edii/admiss/requests/ 
cheduli2.htm 

)ffice hours are: 
Veekdays 

leptember through April: 
00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. 
/lay through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. 

iaturdays 

September through April: 
:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon 
/lay through August: appointments by 
quest. 

D06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Expenses for the 
Academic Year 2006-2007 

The following expenses are effective for the 
regular fall and spring semesters. The College 
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time. 
The fees for each semester are payable 
approximately two weeks prior to the start of 
classes for the semester as indicated on the 
semester bill. 

Fees Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $12,560.00 $25,120.00 

Room Rent $1,745.00 $3,490.00 

Board $1,668.00 $3,336.00 

Total $15,973.00 $31,946.00 

One-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Confirmation/Contingency Deposit $200 

Room Reservation Deposit $100 

Freshman Fee $200 

Part-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Each Unit Course $3,140 

Additional Charges 

Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for 

Returning Students $100 

Activity Fee per year $125 

Applied Music Fee (half-hour 

per week per semester) $300 

Technology Fee (resident students) 

(per semester) $180 

Cap and Gown prevailing cost 

Laboratory Fee per Unit Course.. $10 to $175 

Parking Permit $60/120 

Practice Teaching Fee 

(payable in junior year) $400 

R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit 

(payable at Bucknell University) $75 

Transcript Fee $4* 

Placement Retest Fee $25 

Single Room Charge additional charge 

of $698 per semester. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



The tuition covers the regular course loud 
of twelve to sixteen credits each semester 
excluding hand, choir, theater practica and all 
scholars' seminars. Any credits over 16 will 
be charged at a rate of $785 per credit. 
Resident students must board at the College 
unless, for extraordinary reasons, authoriza- 
tion is extended for other eating arrange- 
ments. If a double room is used as a single 
room, there is an additional charge of $698 
per semester. The estimated cost for books 
and supplies is up to $800 per year, depend- 
ing on the course of study. Special session 
(May Term and Summer Session) charges for 
tuition, room, and board are established 
during the fall semester. 
*$4 for first co/n-; $1 for each additional copy 
requested at the same time. No char f^e for 
currently enrolled full-time students. No tran- 
scripts will be issued for a student or alumnus 
whose financial obligation to the college has 
not been satisfied. 

Entry Fees and Deposits 

Application Fee — All students applying for 
admission must submit a $35 application fee. 
This charge defrays the cost of processing the 
application and is nonrefundable. 

Confirmation/Contingency Deposit - All 

full-time students who have been notified of 
their admission to Lycoming College are 
required to make a $200 Confirmation 
Deposit to confirm their intention to matricu- 
late. The Deposit is held until Graduation or 
upon written notification submitted to the 
Registrar's office at least two weeks prior to 
the start of each semester. Any remaining 
deposit balance will be refunded after all 
financial obligations to the College have been 
satisfied. 

Resident students must remit an additional 
$100 Room Reservation Deposit. The room 
deposit is applied against the comprehensive 
fees billed for the first semester of attendance. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Both the Confirmation and Room Reserva- 
tion Deposits are refundable prior to the start 
of the first semester of attendance if the 
official withdrawal date is not later than May 1. 

Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable 
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all 
current full and part-time degree-seeking 
students each spring in order to pre-register 
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/ 
or to participate in the annual room selection 
process. This deposit is applied against the 
fall semester bill. 

Partial Payments 

For the convenience of those who find it 
impossible to follow the regular schedule of 
payments, arrangements may be made with 
the College Bursar for the monthly payment 
of College fees through various educational 
plans. Additional information may be 
obtained from the Treasurer's Office or 
Admissions Office. 

Lycoming College Withdrawal 
Refund Policy 

Students wishing to withdraw from the 
College during the semester should meet with 
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the 
Assistant Dean for Sophomores to ensure that 
student financial and academic records are 
properly closed. The effective date of 
calculating refunds shall be: the date that the 
student begins the withdrawal process or 
provides official notification to the institution 
of his or her intent to withdraw; the midpoint 
of enrollment if the student drops out without 
notification to the institution: or the date, as 
determined by the institution, that the student 
withdraws due to illness or accident. 

Students withdrawing will receive a 
prorated refund for tuition, fees, room and 
board, less an administrative fee of $100 and 
any unpaid charges, according to the 
followinu schedule: 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALCK! 



RNANCIAL M ATfERS 



• 


Refund 


Charge 


During Week 1 


90% 


10% 


During Week 2 


80% 


20% 


During Week 3 


70% 


30% 


During Week 4 


60% 


40% 


During Week 5 


50% 


50% 


During Week 6 


40% 


60% 


After 6th Week 


0% 


100% 



Please note that there is no refund after 
the sixth week of the semester. For 
Freshmen, the refund period will be extended 
into the week that early assessment grades 
are distributed to students and parents. 

Comparative schedules apply to the May 
and Summer terms. 

The calculated refund will be reduced by 
any unpaid charges. Any balance remaining 
will be billed to the student. Unpaid student 
account balances will be charged interest at 
the rate of 1 % per month on the month end 
balance until the account is paid in full. 
Should legal collection become necessary, all 
costs of collection will be added to the 
balance due. 

Lycoming College's institutional refund 
policy is distinct and different from the 
Federal Return of Title IV Funds policy. The 
adjustment of institutional financial aid will 
follow the Withdrawal Refund Policy stated 
above. The College is required to perform a 
Return of Title IV Funds calculation for all 
federal financial aid recipients who withdraw 
(officially or unofficially) from all classes on 
or before the 60% attendance point of the 
semester. Students who are subject to the 
return of any Title IV funds may result in a 
balance due to the College, Federal 
Government or both. See Federal Return of 
Title IV Funds Policy for further explanation 
on the return of federal funds. 

Students who drop individual course(s) 
during the add/drop period will receive 100% 
adjustment to tuition and fees. Students who 
drop individual courses(s) after the add/drop 
period will not receive any adjustment to 
tuition and fees. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Federal Return of Title IV 
Funds Policy 

The 1 998 Reauthorization of the Higher 
Education Act requires the college to calcu- 
late a Return of Title IV Funds on all federal 
financial aid recipients who withdraw 
(officially or unofficially) from all classes on 
or before the 60% attendance point of the 
semester. A prorata schedule is used to 
determine the percentage of the semester the 
student attended based on the withdrawal 
date/last date of attendance. 

The student's withdrawal date is the date 
the student began the withdrawal process; the 
date the student otherwise provided the 
school with official notification of the intent 
to withdraw; or for the student who does not 
begin the school's withdrawal process or 
notify the school of intent to withdraw, the 
mid-point of the payment period of enroll- 
ment for which the Title IV assistance was 
disbursed (unless the institution can docu- 
ment a later date). 

The percentage of the semester the student 
attended is calculated as follows: 

Number of days in attendance 

Number of days in semester 

The number of days counted includes all 
calendar days in the semester including 
weekends and holidays, but excludes college 
breaks of five or more days. 

The percentage of the semester the student 
attended is used to calculate the amount of the 
student's earned versus unearned federal aid 
funds. The unearned portion of federal aid 
funds must be returned to the appropriate aid 
program in accordance with the Order of 
Return as mandated by law. The Order of 
Return is: Federal Unsubsidized Loan, 
Federal Subsidized Loan, Perkins Loan, 
Federal PLUS Loan, Federal Pell Grant, 
Federal SEOG Grant, Other Title IV Aid. 

The college is responsible for returning the 
lesser of Unearned Title IV Aid or Unearned 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Inslilutional Charges. Unearned Institutional 
Charges are based on the determined percent- 
age of the semester the student did not attend. 
The College is responsible for its return of 
funds first, followed by the student's return of 
funds. 

The student is responsible for returning: 

Amount of Unearned Title IV Aid 
- Amount of Aid School Returns 



Amount Student Returns 

The College must return its portion of 
Unearned Title IV aid (loan and grant) to the 
appropriate federal program within 30 days 
from the student's withdrawal date as deter- 
mined by the Office of Financial Aid. If the 
amount the student returns includes a federal 
loan, the student is responsible for repayment 
of the loan in accordance with the terms of the 
loan program. If the amount the student 
returns includes grant aid, the student must 
repay 50% of the grant money received, rather 
than 100%. 

The student must return unearned grant aid 
to the college within 45 days from the date of 
notification. Failure by the student to return 
or make arrangements to return unearned 
grant aid to the College within 45 days will 
result in the student being reported to the U.S. 
Department of Education (USDOE). The 
student will be considered in an Overpayment 
Status, and will not be eligible for additional 
aid at any post-secondary institution partici- 
pating in Title IV Aid programs. Students 
who are reported to USDOE in an Overpay- 
ment Status should contact the USDOE to 
make payment arrangements to repay the 
necessary grant funds. 

Examples of Federal Title IV Return of 
Funds calculation are available in the Office 
of Financial Aid. Students who stop attend- 
ing Lycoming College may not receive further 
financial aid disbursements, may lose some or 
all of the aid that has already been disbursed 
to their account, may be responsible for 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



repayment of unpaid charges, and may be 
considered in Overpayment status with I 

USDOE. 

Students who wish to rescind their official 
withdrawal submitted to the college must do 
so within one week of the original withdrawal 
and notification must be provided in writing 
to the Office of Financial Aid. 

Students who stop attending all classes 
without officially withdrawing from the 
college will be subject to a Return of Funds 
calculation at the end of the semester, based 
on their last date of attendance as determined 
by the Office of Financial Aid. 

State Grant programs have varying 
regulations concerning refunds, but most will 
require at least a partial refund of the State 
Grant. If the student has received a Lycoming 
Grant, a portion of the student's refund also 
will be repaid to the Lycoming Grant pro- 
gram. This will reduce, or in many cases 
eliminate, the amount of the refund the 
student otherwise would receive. 

Non-Payment of Fees Penalty 

Students will not be registered for courses 
in a new semester if their accounts for 
previous attendance have not been settled. 
Diplomas, transcripts, and certifications of 
withdrawals in good standing are issued only 
when a satisfactory settlement of all financial 
obligations has been made in the Treasurer's 
Office. Final grades may also be held in 
some cases. Unpaid student accounts will be 
charged interest at the rate of 1 % per month 
on the month-end balance until accounts are 
paid in full. Should legal collection become 
necessary, all costs of collection will be 
added to the balance due. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Lycoming College is committed to helping 
students and families meet college costs. 
While some assistance is available to students 
regardless of need (merit scholarships), the 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



primary purpose of the College's financial aid 
program is to help qualified students of 
limited financial resources attend Lycoming 
College. Scholarships may be awarded on the 
basis of merit and/or need, while grants are 
provided solely on the basis of financial need. 
Long-term educational loans with favorable 
interest rates and repayment terms are 
available, as are part-time employment 
opportunities. 

It is important to submit financial aid 
applications after January 1st, as appropriate 
ncome information becomes available, but by 
Vlarch 1 . Although applications may be filed 
ater. applicants can only receive consider- 
ation for remaining available funds. 

To be considered for financial aid, 
Indents and families must complete the 
bllowing steps for each year the student seeks 
issistance: 

Fully complete and submit the Lycoming 
Financial Aid Application (LFAA). 
Return the completed application to the 
Financial Aid Office. 
Fully complete and submit the Free 
Application For Federal Student Aid 
(FAFSA). Returning students should 
submit the Renewal FAFSA. 
The College may request signed and dated 
copies of student and parent(s) Federal 
income tax returns (1040, 1040A, 1040EZ, 
1040PC, TeleFile), including W-2 forms, 
be sent to the Financial Aid Office. The 
tax returns required are for the year 
preceding the academic year in which the 
student seeks assistance. 
PA residents can apply for state grant 
assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non- 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state to see if 
additional forms must be filed. 
Basic eligibility requirements for all 
;deral programs are available from the 
)epartment of Education at 
/WW. studentaid.ed.gov. Students are 



responsible for understanding the basic 
eligibility requirements. 

Enrollment Status for Financial 
Aid Eligibility 

Financial aid eligibility is substantially 
reduced for students who are charged less 
than full-time tuition. Credit is earned for 
some courses which are offered at no charge, 
including choir, band, theatre practica and all 
scholar seminars. Therefore, these credits 
would not be counted in the full-time tuition 
calculation. For financial aid purposes, a full- 
time student is enrolled in 12-16 billable 
semester hours. A student's financial aid 
eligibility is finalized after the end of the 
college's published add/drop period. 

Financial Aid Satisfactory 
Progress Policy 

To remain eligible for federal, state, and 
institutional financial aid, all students must 
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as 
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory 
progress policy is separate and distinct from 
the College's academic progress policy. 

Students retain eligibility for financial aid 
for ten (10) semesters of full-time study. 
However, it is the College's practice to limit 
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8) 
semesters of full-time study. Should students 
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time 
study, they may still be eligible for federal 
and/or state aid for the 9th or 10th semester. 

In some instances a student may appeal 
academic suspension and be permitted to 
continue enrollment even though the student 
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumula- 
tive GPA (see Academic Levels and Aca- 
demic Standing sections on page 30). A 
student who is granted an academic appeal 
may continue to receive financial assistance 
only if the student meets the minimum 
qualitative (GPA) and quantitative (credits 
completed) requirements listed below. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Attempted 


Min. 


Credits 


Cum GPA 


0-16 


1.85 


17-32 


1.95 


33-h 


2.00 



Progress 
Completion Req. 

75% attempted credits 
15% attempted credits 
15% attempted credits 



Treatment of W, I, X, P & F Grades 
and Repeated Coursework 

1 . Course withdrawals (W) after the drop/add 
period are not included in the GPA 
calculation, but are considered a non- 
completion of attempted coursework. 

2. Incomplete (I) grades are not included in 
the GPA calculation but are considered a 
non-completion of attempted coursework 
until the incomplete grade is replaced with 
a permanent grade and academic progress 
can be reevaluated. 

3. An audit (X) grade is not considered 
attempted coursework. It is not included 
in the GPA calculation or completion rate 
determination. 

4. A satisfactory (P) grade is treated as 
attempted credits earned, but it is not 
included in the GPA calculation unless the 
student has designated a minimum 
acceptance letter grade. 

5. A failing grade (F) is treated as attempted 
credits not earned, it will be included in 
the calculation of the GPA and the 
minimum completion rate. 

6. The most recent course grade for a 
repeated course will be included in the 
calculation of the GPA and every repeated 
attempt will be included in the completion 
rate determination. 

Students who fail to successfully complete 
the minimum number of credits and/or who 
fail to meet the minimum cumulative GPA 
requirement will be placed on financial aid 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



probation. This allows one additional 
semester of course work to bring the aca- 
demic record up to minimum standards. 
Failure to meet the stated minimum after the 
probation period will result in a suspension of 
all (federal, state, and institutional) financial 
aid until the standards are met. 

Financial aid satisfactory progress is 
measured annually and cumulatively by the 
Financial Aid Office. Official notification of 
probation or suspension is made by the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Reinstatement of Aid After 
Financial Aid Suspension 

Reinstatement of financial aid after a 
student is placed on Suspension is achieved 
as follows: 

1 . The student submits a written letter of 
appeal in accordance with the appeals 
process and the Financial Aid Appeals 
Committee grants the appeal. The student 
is placed on Financial Aid Probation for 
the semester rather than on Suspension; or 

2. The student attends Lycoming College 
during the Suspension semester, pays for 
tuition and fees without the help of student 
aid. and does well enough in the course- 
work to satisfy all the satisfactory 
academic progress standards. The student 
must notify the Financial Aid Office if 
they are planning on attending Lycoming 
College without the assistance of financial 
aid; or 

3. The student may attend summer school to 
eliminate the deficiency in credits and/or 
GPA. The student must notify the Finan- 
cial Aid Office if they are planning on 
taking classes during the summer to 
eliminate the deficiency. 

Students who have been placed on 
Suspension cannot skip a semester and regain 
eligibility. No financial aid will be disbursed 
during subsequent semesters for students on 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



RN ANCI AL MATTERS 



Suspension. If the student fails to attain the 
minimum standards after the second semester 
3f probation, eligibility for financial assis- 
ance will be cancelled automatically. 

Appeal Process 

Appeals of Financial Aid Suspension must 
36 made in writing to the Director of Finan- 
;ial Aid by the date specified in the Suspen- 
sion notification letter. The Financial Aid 
\ppeals Committee will review the appeal 
ind notify the student in writing within 5 
A'orking days of their decision. All decisions 
nade by the Financial Aid Appeals Commit- 
:ee are final and not subject to further review. 

The appeal letter must address the extenu- 
iting circumstance(s) why satisfactory 
icademic progress was not made, why the 
extenuating circumstance(s) has changed, as 
veil as an outlined plan for future academic 
iUccess. Extenuating circumstances can 
nclude, but are not limited to, illness or 
njury; death of a family member; family 
iifficulties; interpersonal problems with 
"riends, roommate, significant others; 
lifficulty balancing work, athletics, family 
esponsibility; or financial difficulties. 

Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for 
letermining eligibility for financial assistance 
ind has absolutely no bearing on any determi- 
lation made by the Registrar and/or the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 

'oUege Scholarships & Grants 

»JOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are 
iwarded to eligible students who are full-time 
ind degree-seeking. Students already possess- 
ng a bachelor's degree are ineligible for 
cholarships, grants and institutional loans. 

^ycoming Grants may be awarded to 
tudents to help meet their documented 
inancial need. Renewal requires continued 
inancial need as determined by Federal 
/lethodology and/or the financial aid director. 



006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent 
children of United Methodist ministers and 
ordained ministers of other denominations. 
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for 
children of United Methodist ministers in the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of 
tuition for all others. Students meeting the 
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming 
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the 
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest 
dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to 

25% tuition are awarded to students preparing 
for the Christian ministry. Students must 
complete a pre-ministerial grant application 
available through the financial aid office. 
Students meeting the criteria for this grant and 
any other Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be 
awarded the scholarship(s)/grant that provides 
the highest dollar amount; both will not be 
awarded. 

Federal Grants 

Peli Grants are made available by the federal 
government. Eligibility is based upon a 
federal formula. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants may be awarded to students with 
exceptional financial need. Priority must be 
given to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are 
provided by the federal government. Funds 
are limited. 

State Grants 

Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance 
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for 
PA residents meeting domicile and financial 
requirements of the program. Eligibility is 
determined by PHEAA. These grants are 
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. Non- 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state for availability of 
funds to students attending out-of-state 
colleges. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 




Loan Programs 

Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone 

Loan allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a 
maximum of $2,625 annually. Eligible 
Sophomores may borrow up to a maximum of 
$3,500 annually. Eligible juniors and seniors 
may borrow up to a maximum of $5,500 
annually. The federal government pays the 
interest while the student is enrolled on at 
least a half-time basis. The student begins to 
repay the loan (interest and principal) 6 
months after leaving school. The interest rate 
is fixed at 6.8%. Eligibility is based on 
financial need. 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford/Keystone 
Loan provides an opportunity for students to 
borrow under the Stafford Program who do 
not qualify for the maximum amount of 
subsidized Stafford loan. Maximum grade 
level amount minus subsidized eligibility 
equals unsubsidized eligibility. Interest must 
be paid by the borrower on a quarterly basis 
while enrolled (check with your lender to see 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



if interest payments may be deferred). Other 
aspects of the loan are similar to those under 
the Subsidized program. Independent students 
may be eligible for higher loan limits; contact 
the Financial Aid Office for more information 

Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National 
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to 
students with exceptional need. Borrowers 
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum 
simple interest on the unpaid balance, over a 
period beginning nine months after the date or 
which the borrower ceases to be enrolled at 
least half-time. Funds are limited. 

PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on 
behalf of their dependent student. The amount 
a parent may borrow for one year is equal to 
the cost of education for one year minus any 
financial aid the student is eligible for in that 
year. The interest rate is fixed at 8.5%. 

Employment Opportunities 

Federal College Work-Study Program 
Awards provide work opportunities on 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



•- 



campus for qualified students. Students 
receive pay-checks for work performed in the 
previous pay period. Based on documented 
need and awarded by the Financial Aid Office. 
Funding is limited. The student assumes full 
responsibility in locating a job. Returning 
students who wish to work the following year 
must have their name submitted to the 
Financial Aid Office by their supervisor 
before the end of the Spring semester. 

Students also have the opportunity to seek 
work-study employment off-campus in the 
Community Service program. Interested 
students can get additional information in the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Lycoming Campus Employment Program 

is similar to Federal Work-Study except that 
students are paid with institutional funds only 
and is not based on financial need. A limited 
number of jobs are available. Funding is 
limited. 

Other Job Opportunities are frequently 
available with local business firms or persons, 
'ontact the Career Development Office of 
;he College for information on these 
opportunities. 

Other Aid Sources 

Veterans and Dependents Benefits are 

ivailable for qualified veterans and children 
of deceased or disabled veterans. Contact the 
Veteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office. 

Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC) 

Stipends and Scholarships are available for 
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid 
Dffice for more information. 

Tuition Exchange Grants may be available, 
ycoming College is a member of the Tuition 
Exchange Program. This program is for 
iependent students of employees at participat- 
ng institutions of higher education. Students 
should contact the Tuition Exchange officer at 
heir sponsor institution for information 



regarding this sponsorship. Students are 
expected to apply for all federal and state 
grants. If the student receives a federal or 
state grant, those amounts may be applied 
toward room and board charges if the student 
resides in the dorms. If the student commutes, 
the grant amount is equal to tuition less 
federal and state grants. 

United Methodist Scholarships may be 

available to full-time degree-seeking appli- 
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or 
better, are active in Christian activities, and 
who are active, full members of a United 
Methodist church. Demonstrated financial 
need is also required. Normally, seven $1000 
scholarships are awarded each year. Annual 
application is required. Recipients are 
selected by the Director of Financial Aid and 
will be awarded to the neediest students. The 
funds are provided by the United Methodist 
Church. Applications are available in the 
Financial Aid Office. Renewal requires a 
cumulative GPA of at least 3.00. 

United Methodist Student Loans are 

available on a very limited basis to students 
who are members of the United Methodist 
Church. The maximum amount which may be 
borrowed for an academic year is $2,500 
subject to the availability of the funds. 
Contact The Board of Higher Education and 
Ministry, P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202 
for more information. 

Non-college Aid Opportunities are often 
available through family employers or labor 
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious 
organizations, and secondary schools. Your 
parents should contact their employer or 
organizations of which they are members for 
information on financial aid resources. 



r.006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 




Student Affairs 



The Division of Student Affairs coordi- 
nates a variety of programs, services, and 
activities designed to enhance students' 
personal, social, and educational growth and 
development. This is accomplished through 
a variety of programs, offices, and staff 
including: 

• Campus Ministry 

• Campus Recreation 

• Career Development Center 

• Community Service 

• Commuter Student Affairs 

• Counseling Services 

• Greek Life 

• Health Services 

• International Student Advising 

• Judicial Affairs 

• Residence Life 

• Safety and Security 

• Student Activities and Leadership 
Development 

The Student Affairs staff view students as 
partners in the educational process and, 
therefore, expect that students will share 
responsibility for managing our educational 
community. 

Campus Ministry 

The United Campus Ministry, located in 
Mary Lindsay Welch Honors Hall, is staffed 
by a Protestant and Roman Catholic campus 
minister. The Campus Ministry provides a 
wide range of activities in support of the 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



22 



spiritual development and religious life of 
students. Ecumenical and inclusive in nature. 
Campus Ministry at Lycoming provides 
worship services, service projects, social 
occasions, retreats, and study opportunities. 
The campus ministers are an integral part of 
campus life and are available to students who 
may need support and spiritual direction. 

Campus Recreation 

The Campus Recreation Department 
provides opportunities for students, faculty 
and staff to enjoy a recreational sports 
atmosphere. The new 54,000 square foot 
Recreation Center houses a suspended indoor 
track overlooking 4 large court areas for 
basketball, volleyball and tennis. The center 
also includes a weight room and cardiovascu- 
lar area, both with state of the art equipment. 
The swimming pool is accessible at different 
times throughout the week for open swim. 
The Intramural program is also available to 
students, faculty and staff and offers several 
different team sports including: flag football, 
basketball, volleyball, wiffleball and indoor 
soccer. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center provides 
services which are designed to help individu- 
als make effective career decisions beginning 
with identifying their skills, interests, person- 
ality, and career related values. For individu- 
als unsure of what to major in, resources and 
support are available to research and assess 
their options and determine what they may 
wish to do after graduation. For individuals 
sure of their major but not sure what to do 
after they graduate, in addition to one-on-one 
counseling, a variety of resources are also 
available including books, online materials, 
alumni and other contacts to help them learn 
more about the world of work. 

The Career Development Center teaches 
individuals how they can learn about different 
career fields and present themselves to 
potential employers in a positive and effective 
manner. Helping individuals make appropri- 
ate and meaningful connections between 
college and career is a goal of the Career 
Development Center. The CDC is located on 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



the 3''^ Floor of Wertz Student Center. 
www.lycoming.edu/cdc 

Community Service 

Community Service is a learning opportu- 
nity for students accomplished in conjunction 
with various agencies in the Williamsport 
area and college departments. This activity 
allows students to expand their knowledge 
about diverse individuals and communities. 
The outcome of such service promotes 
students' personal and social development as 
well as giving them an enhanced perspective 
of civic responsibility and social justice. 

The Community Service Center located in 
Honors Hall coordinates many service 
opportunities available to students, faculty, 
and staff in the greater Williamsport area. A 
number of the community service projects 
include Big Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for 
Humanity, the Literacy Project, a school 
tutoring program. Best Buddies, Adopt-A- 
Highway, Bloodmobile, Shepherd of the 
Streets, and the CROP Walk for World Hunger. 

Counseling Services 

Students experience developmental and 
psychological growth as well as difficult 
situations during their college years. Coun- 
seling Services strives to meet students' 
psychological and developmental needs. 
Professional counselors provide individual 
and group counseling, crisis intervention, 
consultation with students, faculty and staff, 
and outreach programming on psychological, 
mental health, and substance abuse issues. 
All services are strictly confidential and free 
of charge to all Lycoming College students. 
Counseling Services also provides referrals to 
area mental health providers for those 
students who wish to meet with someone 
Dutside the College or whose needs cannot be 
rnet by the College. 

health Services 

Lycoming College Health Services 
focuses on the holistic care of the indi- 
vidual, health maintenance, and wellness 
:hrough health education and prevention of 
illness. Educational materials and instruc- 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



tional programs are available through the 
Student Health Services. 

Routine medical care is provided on a 
daily basis Monday-Friday 8:30a.m. -4:00 
p.m. during the fall and spring semesters. 
The office is staffed by a full-time registered 
nurse with a physician available on a limited 
daily basis. 

Health Services' policies reflect the 
recommendations of the American College 
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsyl- 
vania Department of Health, and the 
Centers for Disease Control (CDC). 

Residential Life 

As a residential college, Lycoming offers 
students the opportunity to integrate academic 
and residential experiences. The Residential 
Life Office is committed to providing a 
living/learning environment to help each 
resident grow as a person and as a student. 
Lycoming College requires all full-time 
students to live in college housing and 
participate in the college board plan each 
semester of the academic year that they are 
enrolled. Married students, students residing 
with their parents within a 40 mile radius, 
students living with their dependents, and 
students 23 years or older may request to be 
exempted from this policy. Such requests 
should be submitted in writing to the Dean of 
Student Affairs at least three weeks prior to 
the beginning of the semester that students are 
requesting permission to live off campus. We 
do not provide housing for students who have 
dependent children living with them. 

Residence halls put students at the heart of 
College activity — offering greater opportuni- 
ties for participation. Through programs, 
leadership opportunities, and peer interac- 
tions, residents gain a sense of belonging to 
the campus community, acquire new knowl- 
edge and skills, have easy access to College 
services, make informed choices, and assume 
responsibility for themselves and their 
community. 

The residence halls are staffed with 
upperclass students who serve as Resident 
Advisors (RAs) selected on the basis of 
leadership skills. RAs provide information, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



refer students to campus and local resources, 
help enforce College and community stan- 
dards, use helping skills for students in need, 
and facilitate educational and social pro- 
grams. Most importantly. RAs assist resi- 
dents in the development and maintenance of 
strong, positive residence hall communities. 
With the guidance and support of Residential 
Life staff, each resident is expected to become 
involved in promoting a positive learning 
environment in his or her community. 
Several different living options are 
available for students in our eight residence 
halls. Freshmen are housed together in a co- 
educational environment encouraging 
students to develop class identity and unity. 
The six upperclass halls offer opportunities 
for co-educational housing, an all female hall, 
fraternity and sorority chapter housing, a 
cluster living option. College apartments are 
available to seniors who meet specific grade 
requirements and who are in good disciplin- 
ary standing with the College. Additional 
information is sent to students following their 
acceptance by the College. 

Safety and Security 

The Department of Safety & Security 
strives to maintain an environment that is free 
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This 
responsibility includes the enforcement of 
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and 
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on 
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency 
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty- 
four hour a day telephone extensions are used 
to handle general security concerns. 

The department solicits the cooperation of 
the entire college community in reporting 
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on 
the Lycoming College campus. 

Other services provided by the department 
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran- 
sportation, emergency maintenance referral, 
an escort service, guest and parking registra- 
tion, and the dissemination of telephone 
numbers and general information to the public 
when the Colleee switchboard is closed. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



4 

Student Programs 

The Office of Student Programs and 
Leadership Development promotes the 
personal growth and intellectual development 
of students through co-curricular programs. 
Just as the classroom experience provides a 
forum for new thoughts, ideas, and opinions, 
so does co-curricular programming. The 
office collaborates with students, faculty, and 
staff to foster innovative programs, encourage 
student learning, and prepare students for life 
beyond the College. This is accomplished in 
the context of supplementing the educational 
mission of the College. Through the efforts 
of the student administered Campus Activi- 
ties Board (CAB), co-curricular programming 
is offered to the entire college community and 
is designed to enhance the overall educational 
experience of students through the exposure 
to social, cultural and recreational program. 
Professionals on staff in Student Programs 
plan and implement leadership development 
training programs for the student government, 
the Interfraternity and Panhellenic Councils 
and all registered student organizations. 

Standards of Conduct 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
creation and maintenance of a living-learning 
environment which fosters the intellectual, 
personal, social and ethical development of 
its students. Respect for the rights of others 
and self-discipline are essential to the 
fulfillment of these goals. Students are 
expected to adhere to the policies contained 
in the Student Handbook and other College 
publications. These policies, rules and 
regulations are part of the contractual agree- 
ment students enter into when they register at 
Lycoming College. 

Students who demonstrate an unwilling- 
ness to abide by these policies will be subject 
to disciplinary action which may include 
suspension or expulsion from the College. 
Students are encouraged to review the Student 
Handbook and Housing License in order to 
familiarize themselves with the policies 
governins student conduct. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




Athletics 



Athletics is an important part of the 
.ycoming experience. As a member of the 
rcAA, Lycoming sponsors nineteen 
itercollegiate sports for both men and 
/omen student-athletes. 

Men can choose from football, soccer, 
ross country, wrestling, golf, basketball, 
icrosse, swimming, tennis, and track and 
ield. Women can compete in soccer, cross 
ountry, lacrosse, volleyball, basketball, 
wimming, softball, tennis, and track and field. 

Lycoming is a member of the Middle 
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III 
thletic conference. As a Division III school, 
>ycoming does not offer athletic scholarships. 

In addition, the College offers a very 
ctive intramural and recreation program that 
i open to all students. This program in- 
ludes, among others, basketball, water polo, 
olleyball, flag football, and indoor soccer. 



J»6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ATHLETICS • ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Academic Policies 
And Regulations 



Students are expected to familiarize 
themselves with the academic policies con- 
tained in this Catalog. Failure to do so does 
not excuse students from the require- 
ments and regulations described herein. 

THE UNIT COURSE SYSTEM 

Instruction at Lycoming College is 
organized, with few exceptions, on a depart- 
mental basis. Most courses are unit courses, 
meaning that each course taken is considered 
[o be equivalent to four semester hours of 
credit. Exceptions occur in applied music and 
ilieatre practicum courses, which are offered 
lor either one-half or one semester hour of 
credit; in departments that have elected to 
offer certain courses for the equivalent of one, 
two or three semester hours of credit; and in 
physical activities courses which are zero 
credits. Furthermore, independent studies and 
internships carrying two semester hours of 
credit may be designed. 

The normal student course load is four unit 
courses (16 semester hours) during the fall and 
spring semesters. Students who elect to attend 
the special sessions may enroll in one unit 
course (four semester hours) during the May 
term and one or two unit courses (four - eight 
semester hours) in each of the summer terms. 
A student is considered full time when 
enrolled for a minimum of three unit courses, 
or the equivalent, during the fall or spring 
semesters, one unit course, or the equivalent, 
for the May term, and two unit courses for 
each of the summer terms. 

Students may enroll in five unit courses 
(20 semester hours) during the fall and spring 
semesters if they are Lycoming scholars or 
were admitted to the Dean's List at the end of 
the previous semester. Exceptions may be 
granted by the Dean of the College. There 
will be an additional charge, see page 13. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Overloads are not permitted during the May 
and summer terms. 

ALTERNATIVE 
CREDIT SOURCES 
Transfer Credit 

Matriculated students who wish to study at 
other campuses must obtain prior written 
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair 
of the department in which the credit will be 
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar. 
Course work counting toward a major or minor 
must also be approved in advance by the chair- 
person of the department in which the major or 
minor is offered. Once a course is approved, 
the credit and grades for the course will be 
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the 
student's grade point average as if the courses 
were taken here. This means that "D" and "F" 
grades will be transferred as well as all other 
grades. Unapproved courses will not transfer. 
Final determination of transfer credit will be 
made by the Registrar based on official 
transcripts only. 

Lycoming College does not have a statute 
of limitations but it reserves the right to 
refuse to accept some courses for transfer in 
which the content is outmoded. The Registrar 
will consult the academic department(s) 
involved. 

Students are expected to complete their last 
eight unit courses (32 semester hours) and 1 6 
semester hours in their major at Lycoming. 
Requests for waivers of this regulation must be 
sent to the Committee on Academic Standards. 

Credit By Examination 

Students may earn credit or advanced 
placement through the standardized examina- 
tions listed below. A maximum of 50 percent 
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure- 
ate degree may be earned through these exam- 
inations. The appropriate academic depart- 
ment will determine which tests they will 
accept and the course equivalencies. A list of 
approved examinations is available in the 
Office of the Registrar. Although these 



LYCOMING COLI^EGE 



examinations may be taken after matricula- 
tion, new students who are competent in a 
given area are encouraged to take the 
examination of their choice before entering 
Lycoming so that the college will have the 
test scores available for registration advising 
for the first semester of enrollment. Students 
applying to the college for the first time 
should inform the Admissions Office that 
they have completed these tests and provide 
the official scores as part of their application 
packet. Continuing students must send 
official test scores to the Office of the 
Registrar and inform their academic advisors 
when examinations have been taken. 

The College Entrance Examination Board 
Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - In most 
cases, a score of four is required for credit. 

The International Baccalaureate - Students 
who have completed the full diploma and have 
scores of five or above on all of the higher 
level examinations will be granted 32 credit 
hours; specific courses will be based on the 
examinations taken. Students who complete 
the full diploma but earn less than a score of 
five on all of the higher level examinations 
will be granted eight credits for each higher 
level examination completed with a grade of 
five or higher and four credits for a satisfac- 
tory or higher completion of the Theory of 
Knowledge requirement. Students who have 
completed the certificate will be granted 
credit based on the examinations taken. 
Standard level examinations will not be 
considered. 

The American College Testing Proficiency 
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A 

score equivalent to a grade of "B" or above 
is required. 

College Level Examination Program 

(CLEP) - A score equivalent to a grade of 
"B" or above is required. 

Defense Activity for Non-Traditional 
Education Support (DANTES) A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is 
required. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



ilTUDENT RECORDS 

The policy regarding student educational 
ecords is designed to protect the privacy of 
tudents against unwarranted intrusions and is 
onsistent with Section 43B of the General 
ducation Provision Act (commonly known as 
he Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
»f 1974, as amended). The details of the 
College policy on student records and the 
(rocedures for gaining access to student 
ecords are contained in the cunent issue of the 
itudent Handbook which is available in the 
ibrary, online, and in the Office of the Dean of 
Itudent Affairs. 

^REGISTRATION 

During the registration period, students 
elect their courses for the next semester and 
egister their course selections in the Office of 
tie Registrar. Course selection is made in 
onsultation with the student's faculty advisor 
n order to insure that the course schedule is 
onsistent with College requirements and 
tudent goals. After the registration period, 
ny change in the student's course schedule 
nust be approved by both the faculty advisor 
nd Office of the Registrar. Students may not 
sceive credit for courses in which they are not 
ormally registered. 

During the first five days of classes, students 
lay drop any course without any record of 
uch enrollment appearing on their permanent 
cord, and they may add any course that is 
jot closed. The permanent record will reflect 
tie student's registration as of the conclusion 
f the drop/add period. Students wishing to 
withdraw from a course between the fifth day 
nd the 9th week of classes must process a 
ourse withdrawal form in the Office of the 
Registrar. Withdrawal grades are not com- 
luted in the grade point average. Students may 
ot withdraw from courses after the 9th week 
f a semester and the comparable period during 
le May and summer terms. Students who 
top attending a course (or courses) but do not 
/ithdraw will receive a grade(s) of "F." 



X)6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



In zero semester hour and two semester 
hour (1/2 unit) courses meeting only during 
the last half of any semester, students may 
drop/add for a period of five days, effective 
with the mid-term date shown on the aca- 
demic calendar. Withdrawal from zero-credit 
and half-semester courses with a withdrawal 
grade may occur within 4-1/2 weeks of the 
beginning of the course. It is understood that 
the period of time at the beginning of the 
semester will be identical, for example, a 
period of five days as indicated above. 

Cross Registration 

A special opportunity exists in the 
Williamsport area for students to take courses 
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology. 
Students may enroll for less than a full-time 
course load at the Pennsylvania College of 
Technology while remaining enrolled in 
courses at Lycoming. 

Students must be enrolled full-time in a 
degree program and have earned no more than 
93 semester hours. Cross registration is 
available for the Fall and Spring Semesters, 
and Summer 1 and II. It is not available for 
May Term. 

NON-DEGREE STUDENTS 

Students who do not wish to pursue a degree 
at Lycoming College may, if space permits, 
register for credit or audit courses on either a 
part-time or full-time basis. Students who 
register for less than 12 semester hours are 
considered to be enrolled part-time; students 
who register for 1 2 or more semester hours are 
considered to be enrolled full-time and must 
pay the $200 contingency fee. 

Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree 
student must fill out an application form in the 
Admissions Office, pay a one-time application 
fee, and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time 
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student 
has attempted four unit courses (16 semester 
hours), the student must either matriculate or 
obtain permission from the Dean of the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



■A 



College to continue study on a non-degree 
basis. 

All non-degree students are subject to the 
general laws and regulations of the College as 
stated in the College Catalog and the Student 
Handbook. The College reserves the right to 
deny permission to register for individuals 
who do not meet the standards of the College. 

Students who wish to change from a non- 
degree to a degree status must apply for 
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all 
conditions for admission and registration in 
effect at that time. 

AUDITORS 

Any person may audit courses at Lycom- 
ing at one-fourth tuition per course. Members 
of the Lycoming College Scholar Program 
may audit a fifth unit course per semester at 
no additional charge. Laboratory and other 
special fees must be paid in full. Examina- 
tions, papers, and other evaluation devices are 
not required of auditors, but individual 
arrangements may be made to complete such 
exercises with consent of the instructor. The 
option to audit a course must be declared by 
the end of the drop/add period. Forms are 
available in the Registrar's Office. 

ATTENDANCE 

The academic program at Lycoming is 
based upon the assumption that there is value 
in class attendance for all students. Individual 
instructors have the prerogative of establishing 
reasonable absence regulations in any course. 
The student is responsible for learning and 
observing these regulations. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM 
THE COLLEGE 

A student who wishes to withdraw from 
the College during the semester should contact 
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the 
Assistant Dean for Sophomores. College 
personnel will explain the procedure to ensure 
that the student's financial and academic 
records are properly closed. 

A student who decides to discontinue study 
at the College as of the conclusion of the 
current semester must provide the Registrar 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



with written notification of such plans in order 
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit. 
See page 14 for details. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

The evaluation of student performance in 
courses is indicated by the use of traditional 
letter symbols. The.se symbols and their j 
definitions are as follows: j 

A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve- 
ment through mastery of content or skills and , 
demonstration of creative and independent j 
thinking. 

B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average 
achievement wherein the student reveals 
insight and understanding. . 

C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory ' 
achievement wherein the student's work has 
been of average quality and quantity. The 
student has demonstrated basic competence in 
the subject area and may enroll in additional 
course work. 

D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory 
achievement wherein the student met only the 
minimum requirements for passing the course 
and should not continue in the subject area 
without departmental advice. 

F FAILING — Signifies that the student has 
not met the minimum requirements for 
passing the course. 

I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in 
accordance with the restrictions of established 
academic policy. 

R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall 
have the option of repeating courses for which 
they already have received a passing grade in 
addition to those which they have failed. Credit 
is received only once for the course. The most 
recent course grade will count toward the GPA. 

P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE 
ASSIGNED — Converted from traditional 
grade of A through D-. 

X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which 
no credit is earned. 

W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal 
from the course from the sixth day through the 
ninth week of the semester. Students may not 
exceed 24 semester hours of unsuccessful 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 





Quality Points 




Earned for Eacli 


Grade 


Semester Hour 


A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 


C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


0.67 


F 


0.00 



ourse attempts (grade of F and W) except in 
le case of withdrawal for documented 
ledical or psychological reasons. 
Pluses and minuses may be awarded (except 
3r A+, F+, or F-) at the discretion of the 
istructor. The cumulative grade point average 
3PA) is calculated by multiplying quality 
oints by credits and dividing the total quality 
oints by the total credits. A quality point is 
le unit of 
leasurement of 
le quality of 
ork done by the 
udent. The 
Limulative GPA 

not determined 
y averaging 
jmester GPA's. 

The grade 
oint average for 
le major and 
linor is calcu- 
ted in the same 
ay as the 
jmulative grade 
3int average. A 
inimum of 2.00 is required for the cumula- 
ve grade point average in the major and 
linor to meet the requirements for gradua- 
Dn. 

ass/Fail 

Use of the pass/fail grading option is 
mited as follows: 

Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no 
more that one unit course per semester 
and in no more than four unit courses 
during their undergraduate careers. 
P/F courses completed after declaration of 
a major or minor may not be used to satisfy 
a requirement of that major or minor, 
including courses required by the major or 
minor department which are offered by 
other departments. 

(Instructor-designated courses are excepted 
from this limitation.) 

Courses for which a grade of P is recorded 
may not be used toward fulfillment of any 
distribution or "W" course requirement. 
Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a 
P/F basis. 



16-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



• A course selected on a P/F basis from which 
a student subsequently withdraws will not 
count toward the four-course limit. 

• Instructor-designated courses may be 
offered during the May term with the 
approval of the Dean of the College. Such 
courses are not counted toward the four- 
course limit. 

• P grades are not computed in the grade 
point average. 

• Students electing the P/F option may designate a 
minimum acceptance letter grade from A to 
B-. If the student earns the designated grade 
or better, the grade will be recorded in the 
permanent record and computed in the 
grade point average. If a student selects P/F 
(with no designated minimum acceptance 
grade) and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will 
be recorded in the permanent record but not 
computed in the grade point average. In all 
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this 
grade will be recorded in the permanent 
record and computed in the student's grade 
point average. 

• Students must declare the P/F option before 
the drop/add deadline. 

• Instructors are not notified which of their 
students are enrolled on an P/F basis. 

• Students electing the P/F option are 
expected to perform the same work as those 
enrolled on a regular basis. 

Incomplete Grades 

Incomplete grades may be given if, for 
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually 
medical in nature), the student has not been 
able to complete the work required in the 
course. An incomplete grade must be removed 
within six weeks of the next regular semester, 
othei"wise the incomplete is converted to an "F." 

Repetition of Course 

Students shall have the option of repeating 
courses for which they already have received a 
passing grade in addition to those which they 
have failed. Recording of grades for all 
repeated courses shall be governed by the 
following conditions: 

• A course may be repeated only one time. 
Both attempts will be recorded on the 
student's transcript. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



-i 



• Credit for the course will be given only once. 

• The most recent grade will count toward the 
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade 
cannot replace another grade. 

Final Course Grade Appeal Process 

Assigning final course grades is a responsi- 
bility that falls within the professional judgment 
and expertise of each faculty member. Grades 
assess as accurately as possible a student's 
performance according to clear criteria 
provided in the course such as academic 
performance, class attendance, and punctual- 
ity in submitting assignments. Student 
appeals of the final course grade must follow 
the three-step procedure outlined below. 

( 1 ) At any time after final grade reports are 
issued but no later than two weeks into 
the beginning of the semester following 
the conclusion of the course, the student 
must request an informal conference with 
the instructor to discuss the grade and 
attempt to resolve the concern. 

(2) If the outcome of the informal conference 
is not satisfactory to the student, or the 
instructor is not available, the student may 
submit a written request to meet with the 
department chairperson (or another 
faculty member in the department in 
instances involving the chairperson) 
within two weeks of meeting with the 
instructor. The student's request must 
include a written statement outlining the 
basis for the appeal and documenting the 
date(s) when the student met with the 
course instructor. It is the function of the 
chairperson to determine the relevant 
facts and to attempt to resolve the 
disagreement. The decision regarding the 
course grade in question will be made by 
the instructor in consultation with the 
chairperson (or his/her stand-in). The 
student will receive from the department 
chairperson written notification of the 
decision within one week of the meeting 
with the chairperson. 

(3) If resolution has not been achieved at step 
two, the student or the instructor may 
make a written appeal to the Dean of the 
College within two weeks of the department 
chairperson's written notification. In order 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



to resolve the disagreement, the Dean will 
confer with the student and the instructor 
in private sessions. If the Dean is unable 
to accomplish a resolution, she/he will 
forward the case to the Committee on 
Academic Standards. 

(4) Appeal to the Committee on Academic 
Standards is the most serious level which a 
final course grade appeal can reach. Both 
the student and the instructor must submit 
brief written statements (with accompany- 
ing documentation) to the Committee, 
describing the matter as they understand 
it. The Committee may decide not to heai 
the appeal on the basis of the written 
statements. If it does hear the appeal, the 
Committee will make a final decision in the 
matter, which could include changing the 
original grade. Cases involving grade 
appeals to the Committee on Academic 
Standards will be heard by the entire 
committee but will be voted on only by the 
four faculty members serving on the 
committee. The Dean will communicate in 
writing to the student and the instructor the 
final decision of the Committee within 
threeweeks of receiving the appeal. This 
is the final step in the appeal process. 

ACADEMIC LEVELS 

The following table is used to determine 
the academic grade level of degree candidates, 
See page 1 7 for related Financial Aid informa 
don. 

Year Semester Number of Semester 
Hours Earned 

Freshman 1 Fewer than 1 2 

2 At least 1 2 but fewer than 24 

Sophomore 1 At least 24 but fewer than 40 

2 At least 40 but fewer than 56 

Junior 1 At least 56 but fewer than 76 

2 At least 76 but fewer than 96 

Senior 1 At least 96 but fewer than 1 1 

2 More than 1 1 2 

ACADEMIC STANDING 

Good Academic Standing 

Students will be considered in good academic 
standing if they meet the following standard: 

2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Minimum 
jmester Hours Completed Cumulative GPA 

:wer than or equal to 16 1 .85 

lore than 16, fewer than or equal to 32 1 .95 
lore than 32 2.00 

'robation 

Students who do not meet the standards for 
3od academic standing and/or who have 
irned two or more failing grades at the end of 
ly given semester, will be placed on aca- 
jmic probation for the next semester. 
Students on academic probation are required 
pass ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop, if 
ey have not already done so and are encour- 
jed to attend programs developed by the 
■eshman and Sophomore deans. 

uspension 

Students are eligible for suspension from 
e College when: 

• their cumulative grade point average is below 
good standing for any two semesters, or 

• they earn a grade point average of 1 .50 
or under in any one semester. 

The period of suspension will be for a 
inimum of one full semester, not including 
ay term or the summer sessions. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after suspension will 
be on academic probation. 

• Students readmitted after suspension who 
fail to meet the required standards may be 
dismissed. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval will not be 
accepted for transfer. 

ismissal 

Students will be subject to dismissal from 
i College when: 

• they exceed 24 semester hours of unsuc- 
cessful course attempts (grades of F and 
W) except in the case of withdrawal for 



)6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



documented medical or psychological 
reasons, or 

• they cannot reasonably complete all 
requirements for a degree. 

The standard length of dismissal will be for a 
period of two years. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after dismissal will be 
on academic probation. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses 
not receiving prior approval will not be 
accepted for transfer. 

Probation, suspension, and dismissal become 
effective at the end of the semester in which 
the student fails to meet the academic stan- 
dards listed above. The student will be 
notified of such action via U.S. mail. Receipt 
of such notice is not a prerequisite to the 
student's being placed on probation, suspen- 
sion, or dismissal. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

The integrity of the academic process of 
the College requires honesty in all phases 
of the instructional program. The College 
assumes that students are committed to the 
principle of academic honesty. Students who 
fail to honor this commitment are subject to 
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for 
the adjudication of cases of academic dishon- 
esty are printed in The Student Handbook. 

ACADEMIC HONORS 
Dean's List 

Students are admitted to the Dean's List at 
the end of the fall and spring semesters if they 
meet all of the following conditions: 

• complete at least 1 2 semester hours for the 
semester 

• earn a minimum grade point average of 3.50 
for the semester 

• do not incur grades of F 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS • THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• do not incur grades of P (except in those 
courses graded only as P/F) 

• do not repeat any courses (except those 
which may be repeated for credit) 

Graduation Honors 

Students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts 
degree or the Bachelor of Science degree with 
honors when they have earned the following 
grade point averages based on all courses 
attempted at Lycoming, with a minimum of 64 
semester hours (16 units) required for a student 
to be eligible for honors: 

summa cum laude exactly 3.90-4.00 

magna cum laude exactly 3.67-3.89 

cum laude exactly 3.33-3.66 

Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and 
Societies - Superior academic achievement is 
recognized through the conferring of awards 
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation 
and Commencement and through election to 
membership in honor societies. 

SOCIETIES 

Biology Beta Beta Beta 

Business Delta Mu Delta 

Chemistry Gamma Sigma Epsilon 

Communication Alpha Epsilon Rho 

Criminal Justice Alpha Phi Sigma 

Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon 

Education Kappa Delta Pi 

English Sigma Tau Delta 

Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota 

General Academic Phi Kappa Phi 

History Phi Alpha Theta 

Mathematics Kappa Mu Epsilon 

Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau 

Physics Sigma Pi Sigma 

Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha 

Psychology Psi Chi 

Religion Theta Alpha Kappa 

Social Science Pi Gamma Mu 

Theatre Alpha Psi Omega 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



The Academic 
Program 



Lycoming College awards two different 
degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelc 
of Science (B.S.). For students wishing to do 
multiple degrees are possible. Candidates for 
multiple degrees must satisfy all requirements 
for each degree and earn a minimum of 40 
units ( 160 semester hours). Students who hav 
completed fewer than 40 units but more than 
32 units (128 semester hours), and who have 
completed all other requirements for two 
baccalaureate degrees from Lycoming College 
will receive only one baccalaureate degree. 
They must choose the degree to be conferred. 
Completed majors will be posted to the 
transcript. 

Freshmen entering the College during the 
2006-2007 academic year are subject to the 
requirements which appear on the following 
pages. Continuing students are subject to the 
Catalog in effect at the time of their entry 
unless they elect to complete the current 
curriculum. Students who transfer to the 
College with advanced standing will be subje 
to the requirements imposed upon other 
students at the College who have attained the 
same academic level. 

Students already possessing a baccalaureat 
degree who are returning for a second degree 
will be reviewed on an individiual basis by tb 
Registrar and major department. Post-bacca- 
laureate students will be subject to the current 
catalog, must complete all major requirement! 
and related prerequisites, and may be required 
to complete the distribution requirements. Th 
does not apply to non-degree students in 
certificate-only programs. 

Students must complete the final 32 
semester hours of the degree program at 
Lycoming College. At least 16 semester hour 
in the major program must be taken at 
Lycoming. 

If a student interrupts his or her education 
but returns to the Collese after no more than 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



ne academic year has passed, he/she will 
;tain the same requirements in effect at the 
litial date of entrance. A student who 
ithdraws from the College for more than one 
ear will, upon return, be required to complete 
le requirements currently imposed upon other 
udents of the same academic level. 

Lycoming College certifies five official 
raduation dates per calendar year. Diplomas 
re awarded when all materials confirming the 
Dmpletion of the graduation requirements 
ave been received and approved by the 
egistrar's Office at least five days prior to the 
ate of graduation. Degrees are awarded at 
ie following times: January 1 for those who 
amplete requirements between September 1 
id the end of the Fall semester; May 
!ommencement date for those who complete 
;quirements between January 1 and the end 
f the Spring semester; May term for those 
ho complete requirements during May term; 
ummer I for those who complete require- 
lents during Summer I; Summer II for those 
ho complete requirements during Summer II. 

Lycoming's Commencement ceremony 

curs in May. Students will be permitted to 
articipate in the ceremony when (a) they 
ave finished all degree requirements as of 
le preceding January 1, have finished all 
jquirements as of the May date, or have a 
Ian approved by the Registrar for finishing 
aring May term or the Summer sessions; and 
)) they are in good academic standing at the 
inclusion of their last semester prior to the 
jremony. 

The College will graduate any student who 
as completed the distribution program, 
ilfilled the requirements for one major, 
arned a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
ours) and met all other requirements for 
t"aduation. 

Exceptions to or waivers of any requirements 
id/or policies listed in this Catalog must 
2 made by the Committee on Academic 
tandards. 



106-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE BACCALAUREATE 
DEGREE 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
principle that a liberal arts education is the 
ideal foundation for an informed and produc- 
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine 
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural 
and social sciences - have created the social, 
political, economic and intellectual systems 
which help define contemporary existence. 
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp the 
modes of inquiry and knowledge associated 
with these disciplines. 

Consequently, the Baccalaureate degree 
(Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) is 
conferred upon the student who has completed 
an educational program incorporating the two 
principles of the liberal arts known as distribu- 
tion and concentration. The objective of the 
distribution principle is to insure that the 
student achieves breadth in learning through 
the study of the major dimensions of human 
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences, 
and the natural sciences. The objective of the 
concentration principle is to provide depth of 
learning through completion of a program of 
study in a given discipline or subject area 
known as the major. The effect of both 
principles is to impart knowledge, inspire 
inquiry, and encourage creative thought. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
ARTS DEGREE 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program requirements. 

• Complete one year of Physical Activities, 
Wellness, or Community Service. Military 
Science Oil, 021, 031, or 041 may satisfy this 
requirement. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• Complete a major consisting of at least eight 
unit courses (32 semester hours). Students 
must pass every course required tor the 
major and have a minimum major grade 
point average of 2.00. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units ( 128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.00. Additional credits 
beyond 1 28 semester hours may be completed 
provided that the minimum 2.00 cumulative 
average is maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight courses 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science degree is avail- 
able to students majoring in Biology, Chemis- 
try. Computer Science. Physics or Psychology. 
Students may elect either the B.A. or the B.S. 
degree in these majors. The B.S. degree is 
appropriate for students planning further 
education in a graduate or professional school. 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the B.S. major in either Biology, 
Chemistry, Computer Science, Physics or 
Psychology. Students must pass every 
course required for the major and have a 
minimum major grade point average of 2.00. 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program requirements. 

• Complete one year of Physical Activities, 
Wellness, or Community Service. Military 
Science 01 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 or 041 may satisfy this 
requirement. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum grade point average 
of 2.00. Additional credits beyond 1 28 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



semester hours may be completed provided 
that the minimum 2.00 cumulative average 
maintained. 

• Complete //; residence the final eight course 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree ai 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE DISTRIBUTION 
PROGRAM 

The Distribution Program for 
the B.A. and B.S. Degrees 

A course can be used to satisfy only one 
distribution requirement (except in the Cultural 
Diversity area). Courses for which a grade of 
"P" is recorded may not be used toward the 
fulfillment of the distribution requirements. 
(Refer to page 28 for an explanation of the 
grading system.) No more than two courses 
used to satisfy the distribution requirements 
may be selected from the same department, 
except for ENGL 106 or 107 and Foreign 
Language courses numbered below 222. This 
means that in English, Foreign Languages 
literatures, and Theatre care must be taken to 
comply with this rule. 

A course in any of the following distribu- 
tion requirements refers to a full-unit course 
(four semester hours) taken at Lycoming, any 
appropriate combination of fractional unit 
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate 
to four semester hours, any appropriate course 
which is taken by cross-registration, any 
appropriate course which is part of an ap- 
proved off-campus program (such as those 
listed in the catalog sections titled COOPERi' 
TIVE PROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES, and STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS), or any approved course 
transferred from another institution. 

Special distribution requirements which 
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar 
Program appear on page 43. For infomiation 
regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 26. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALQi 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



English - Students are required to pass 
iNGL 106 or 107 during their freshman year. 

\. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass 
»vo courses (or the equivalent) from Art, 
'reative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or 
HEA 100, 114, 135-136, 137-138, 145, 148, 
01, 212, 235-236, 332, 333, 335. 

. Modern and Ancient Language Studies 

Students are required to pass a course in 
rench, German. Greek. Hebrew, Latin, or 
panish numbered 101. unless exempted on 
16 basis of placement, and a course 
umbered above 101 in the same language, 
lacement in a modem language at the 
ppropriate course level will be determined 
y the faculty of the Department of Foreign 
anguages and Literatures. Placement in an 
ncient language at the appropriate course 
;vel will be determined by the Department of 
eligion. 

K Humanities - Students are required to pass 
)ur courses from History, Literature (English, 
oreign Languages and THEA 335), Philoso- 
hy, and/or Religion. At least one course 
lust be successfully completed in 3 of the 4 
isciplines. 

Mathematics - Students are required to 
monstrate competence in basic algebra and 
) pass one course selected from CPTR 108, 
lATH 106, 109, 112, 123. 128, 129, 130, 
14, or 216. The requirement of competence 
I basic algebra must be met before the end of 
le fourth semester or within one year of 
iitry, whichever is later. Students that have 
bt met this competency requirement before 
le final semester of the applicable time 
briod must register for MATH 100 in that 
mester. 

New students take the mathematics 
lacement examination determined by the 
department of Mathematical Sciences at a 
;w-student orientation session. Those who 
3 not pass this exam may take home a 
jmputerized study guide and take another 
cam at a specified time. 

After beginning classes at Lycoming 
oUege, a student may satisfy the basic 

06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



algebra competence requirement by successful 
completion of MATH 1 00 at Lycoming, or of an 
approved course transfened from another 
college, or by passing a competence examina- 
tion administered by the Department of Math- 
ematical Sciences. Enrolled students may take 
this examination only once during a semester 
and may be subject to a testing fee. No student 
will be permitted to take this examination while 
enrolled in MATH 100. 

F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two laboratory courses chosen from 
Astronomy/Physics, Biology, and/or Chemisty. 

G. Social Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two courses from Criminal Justice, 
Economics, Political Science, Psychology, or 
Sociology- Anthropology . 

H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required 
to pass one designated course which introduces 
students to Cultural Diversity which are distinct 
from the predominant Anglo-American culture. 
The course selected to fulfill this requirement 
may also be used to satisfy one of the other 
general education requirements in the liberal 
arts. Students also may fulfill the cultural 
diversity requirement by successfully completing 
at least one full-time semester ( 12 semester hours) 
in a college-accepted study abroad program. 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as cultural diversity courses and will 
be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity) 
courses for that semester. 



ART 

BUSINESS 

EDUCATION 

ENGLISH 

FRENCH 

GERMAN 

HISTORY 

MUSIC 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 



ART 222, 339 

BUS 244, 319 

EDUC 338 

ENGL 229, 332, 334 

FRN 221, 222, 311 

GERM 221, 222 

HIST 120, 140,220 

230, 240 

MUS 116,128,234 

PSCI221,327, 347 

PSY 341 

REL 110,224,225 

226, 328, 333 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PRCXIRAM 



SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 
THEATRE 

WOMEN'S AND 
GENDER STUDIES 



SOC 229, 331.334. 
335, 336, 337 
SPAN 221, 222. 311 
THEA 114,212. 
332,333,335,410 
WGST 200, 300 



Writing Across The 
Curriculum Program 

I. Purpose 

The Lycoming College Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program has been developed in 
response to the conviction that writing skills 
promote intellectual growth and are a hall- 
mark of the educated person. The program 
has therefore been designed to achieve two 
major, interrelated objectives: 

1) to enhance student learning in general 
and subject mastery in particular, and 

2) to develop students' abilities to commu- 
nicate clearly. In this program, students 
are given opportunities to write in a 
variety of contexts and in a substantial 
number of courses, in which they receive 
faculty guidance and reinforcement. 

IL Program Requirements 

Students must successfully complete the 
following writing requirements: 

1 ) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL 
107 (Honors Composition). 

2) A writing component in all distribution 
courses completed at Lycoming. 

3) Three courses designated as writing- 
intensive, or "W" courses. 

The following policies apply: 

• Successful completion of ENGL 106 
or 107 is a prerequisite for enrollment 
in writing-intensive courses. 

• All courses designated "W" are 
numbered 200 or above. 

• One of the .student's "W" courses must 
be in his/her major (or one of the 
majors) or with departmental approval 
from a related department. All 
three cannot carry the same course- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



36 



number prefix (ex. PHIL. ENGL. 
ACCT. etc.). 

in. Approved Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approvec 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 

ACCOUNTING ACCT 223, 320, 44^ 

ARCHAEOLOGY/CULTURE OF ANCIENT 

NEAR EAST ART 222 

ART ART 222, 223, 331, 

333. 334. 336, 339 
ASTRONOMY ASTR 230 
BIOLOGY BIO 200, 222, 224 
BUSINESS BUS 244, 342, 344, 

410,441 

CHEMISTRY CHEM 330. 33 1 , 332] 

COMMUNICATION COMM 211, 326, 

332, 440 
COMPUTER SCIENCE CPTR 246. 247, 

346, 448 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE CJ 447 
ECONOMICS ECON 236, 337, 34: 

440 
EDUCATION EDUC 338, 339, 34: 

344,447 
ENGLISH ENGL 218, 225, 33 1, 

334, 336. 338 
FRENCH FRN 222, 4 1 2, 426 
GERMAN GERM 321, 426 
HISTORY HIST 215,218, 230J 

247,312,328,330, 
332, 335, 449 
INTERNATIONAL INST 449 

STUDIES 
MATHEMATICS MATH 234 

MUSIC MUS 336 

PHILOSOPHY PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8 

219,301,332,333, 
334, 335, 336, 340 
PHYSICS PHYS 338, 447 

POLITICAL SCIENCE PSCI 2 1 0, 334, 400 
439 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



PSYCHOLOGY PS Y 225, 324, 43 1 , 

432, 436 
^LIGION REL 223, 230, 331. 

337 
SOCIOLOGY- SOC 2 1 0, 229, 33 1 

ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH SPAN 323,418, 

424, 426 
FHEATRE THEA 2 1 2, 332, 333 

Physical Activities, Wellness, and 
il^ommunity Service Program 

„ Purpose 

This program is designed to promote 
tudents' physical welfare, health awareness, 
ind to encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 

I. Program Requirements 

Students must pass any combination of two 
emesters of zero credit course work selected 
rom the following: 

1 . Designated physical activities courses, 
I 2. Designated varsity athletics, 
j 3. Designated wellness courses, 

4. Designated community service projects, 
' 5. Designated military science courses. 

CONCENTRATION 
rhe Major 

Students are required to complete a series 
i»f courses in one departmental or interdiscipli- 
lary (established or individual) major. 
Specific course requirements for each major 
offered by the College are listed in the 
curriculum section of this catalog. Students 
jnust earn a 2.00 or higher cumulative grade 
)oint average in the major. Students must 
leclare a major by the beginning of their 
unior year. Departmental and established 
nterdisciplinary majors are declared in the 
[)ffice of the Registrar, whereas individual 
nterdisciplinary majors must be approved by 
he Committee on Cumculum Development. 
Itudents may complete more than one major, 
ach of which will be recorded on the tran- 
cript. Students may be removed from major 

006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Status if they are not making satisfactory 
progress in their major. This action is taken by 
the Dean of the College upon the recommenda- 
tion of the department, coordinating committee 
(for established interdisciplinary majors), or 
Curriculum Development Committee (for 
individual interdisciplinary majors). The 
decision of the Dean of the College may be 
appealed to the Committee on Academic 
Standards by the student involved or by the 
recommending department or committee. 
Students pursuing majors in two different 
degrees are subject to the policy for dual 
degrees on page 32. 

Departmental Majors — The following 
Departmental majors are available: 

Bachelor of Arts Degree: 

Accounting 

Art History 

Art Studio 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Business Administration 

Chemistry 

Communication 

Computer Science 

Criminal Justice 

Economics 

English 

French 

German 

History 

Mathematics 

Music 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology-Anthropology 

Spanish 

Theatre 

Bachelor of Science Degree: 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 

Physics 

Psychology 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Established Interdisciplinary Majors — 

The following established Bachelor of Arts 
degree interdisciplinary majors include course 
work in two or more departments: 

Accounting-Mathematical Sciences 

Actuarial Mathematics 

American Studies 

Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient Near East 

International Studies 

Literature 

Individual Interdisciplinary Majors — 

Students may design majors which are unique 
to their needs and objectives and which combine 
course work in more than one department. 
These majors are developed in consultation 
with students' faculty advisors and with a 
panel of faculty members from each of the 
sponsoring departments. The applications are 
acted upon by the Curriculum Development 
Committee. The major normally consists of at 
least 10 courses, at least six of which are at the 
300 or 400 level. No more than two courses 
used to satisfy distribution requirements may be 
included in the major. Examples of individual 
interdisciplinary majors are: Legal Studies, 
Women and the Legal System, and Religion 
and Marketing. Applications are available in 
the Office of the Registrar. 

The Minor 

The College awards two kinds of minors, 
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog- 
nition of concentrated course work in an area 
other than the student's major. All minors are 
subject to the following limitations: 

• A minor must include at least two unit 
courses which are not counted in the 
student's major. 

• A student may receive at most two minors. 

• Students with two majors may receive only 
one minor; students with three majors may 
not receive a minor. 

• Students may not receive a minor in their 
major discipline unless their major discipline 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



is Actuarial Mathematics and the minor is 
Mathematics (three courses must be taken 
outside of the major), their major is Art and 
the minor is Art History, their major is 
Biology and the minor is Environmental 
Science, their major is Religion and the 
minor is Biblical Languages. 

A discipline is any course of study in 
which a student can major. Tracks within 
majors are not separate disciplines. 

• A student may not receive a minor unless 
his/her average in the courses which count 
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00. 

• Courses taken P/F may not be counted 
toward a minor. 

Students must declare their intention to 
minor by completing a form available in the 
Office of the Registrar. 

When students complete a minor, the title 
will be indicated on their official transcript. 
Minor requirements must be completed at the 
time of graduation. 

Departmental Minors — Requirements for a! 
departmental minor vary from department to 
department. Students interested in pursuing a 
departmental minor should consult that 
department for its policy regarding minors. 

Departmental minors are available in the 

following areas: 

ACCOUNTING 

ART 

Art History 

Commercial Design 

Painting 

Photography 

Sculpture 
ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 

Biology 

Environmental Science 
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
CHEMISTRY 
COMMUNICATION 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 
ECONOMICS 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



NGLISH 

Literature 

Writing 
OREIGN LANGUAGES 
.ND LITERATURES 

French 

German 

Spanish 
[ISTORY 

American History 

European History 

History 
lATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Computer Science 

Mathematics 
HILOSOPHY 

Philosophy 

Philosophy and Law 

Philosophy and Science 

Ethics 
HYSICS 
OLITICAL SCIENCE 

Political Science 

American Politics 

World Politics 

Legal Studies 
SYCHOLOGY 
ELIGION 

OCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 
HEATRE 

Performance 

Technical Theatre 

Theatre History and Literature 

iterdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary 
iinors include course work in two or more 
partments. Students interested in interdisci- 
inary minors should consult the faculty 
)ordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary 
inors are available in the following areas: 

RCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE 
ANCIENT NEAR EAST 
IIBLICAL LANGUAGES 
OMEN'S AND GENDER STUDIES 



06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL 

PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Professional 
Advising" in The Advising Program section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts 
provide the best preparation for future teachers. 
Thus, all education students complete a liberal 
arts major in addition to the Lycoming College 
Teacher Education Certificate requirements. 
Students can be certified in elementary, 
secondary (biology, chemistry, citizenship, 
English, general science, mathematics, physics, 
social sciences, social studies), K-12 (art, 
foreign languages, music), and special educa- 
tion (cognitive, behavior and physical/health 
disabilities). All teacher education programs 
are approved by the Pennsylvania Department 
of Education. Pennsylvania certificates are 
recognized in most other states either through 
reciprocal agreements or by transcript evalua- 
tion. For more detailed information, see the 
Education Department listing on page 103. 

Preparation for Health Professions — The 

program of pre-professional education for the 
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteopathic, 
podiatric and veterinary medicine; optometry, 
and pharmacy) is organized around a sound 
foundation in biology, chemistry, mathematics, 
and physics and a wide range of subject matter 
from the humanities, social sciences, and fine 
arts. At least three years of undergraduate 
study is recommended before entry into a 
professional school; the normal procedure is to 
complete the Bachelor of Arts degree. 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions known to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HP AC), Dr. 
Edward Gabriel, Chair, during their first 
semester (see page 46). 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Lycoming offers a strong preparation for 
students interested in law as a profession. 
Admission to law school is not predicated 
upon a particular major or aiea of study; rather, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



a Student is encouraged to design a course of 
study (traditional or interdisciplinary major) 
which is of personal interest and significance. 
While no specific major is recommended, 
there are certain skills of particular relevance 
to the pre-law student: clear writing, analyti- 
cal thinking, and reading comprehension. 
These skills should be developed during the 
undergraduate years. 

Pre-law students should register with the 
Legal Professions Advisory Committee 
(LPAC). Dr. John Whelan, Chair, during their 
first semester (see page 47). 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

Students preparing to attend a theological 
seminary should examine the suggestions set 
down by the Association of Theological 
Schools. It is recommended that students 
pursue a broad program in the liberal arts 
with a major in one of the humanities 
(English, history, languages, literature, 
philosophy, religion) or one of the social 
sciences (American studies, criminal justice, 
economics, international studies, political 
science, psychology, sociology-anthropol- 
ogy). Students preparing for a career in 
religious education should major in religion 
and elect five or six courses in psychology, 
education and sociology. This program of 
study will qualify students to work as 
educational assistants or directors of religious 
education after graduate study in a theological 
seminary. 

Students should register with the Theo- 
logical Professions Advisory Committee 
(TPAC), Dr. Steven Johnson, Chair, during 
their first semester. TPAC acts as a "center'" 
for students, faculty, and clergy to discuss the 
needs of students who want to prepare 
themselves for the ministry, religious educa- 
tion, advanced training in religion, or related 

vocations (see page 47). 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS 

Lycoming has developed several coopera- 
tive programs to provide students with 
opportunities to extend their knowledge, 
abilities, and talents in selected areas througl 
access to the specialized academic programs 
and facilities of other colleges, universities, 
academies and hospitals. Although thorougf 
advising and curricular planning are providet 
for each of the cooperative programs, 
admission to Lycoming and registration in th 
program of choice do not guarantee admissic 
to the cooperating institution. The preroga- 
tive of admitting students to the cooperative 
aspect of the program rests with the cooperal 
ing institution. Students who are interested i 
a cooperative program should contact the 
coordinator during the first week of the first 
semester of their enrollment at Lycoming. 
This is necessary to plan their course pro- 
grams in a manner that will ensure comple- 
tion of required courses according to the 
schedule stipulated for the program. All 
cooperative programs require special coordi- 
nation of course scheduling at Lycoming. 

Forestry or Environmental Studies — 

Lycoming College offers a cooperative 
program with Duke University in environ- 
mental management and forestry. Qualified 
students can earn the baccalaureate and 
master degrees in five years, spending three 
years at Lycoming and two years at Duke. 
All Lycoming distribution and major require 
ments must be completed by the end of the 
junior year. At the end of the first year at 
Duke, a baccalaureate degree will be awarde 
by Lycoming. Duke will award the profes- 
sional degree of Master of Forestry or Maste 
of Environmental Management to qualified 
candidates at the end of the second year. 

The major program emphases at Duke are 
Forest Resource Management. Resource Eco 
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology. 

The program is flexible enough, however 
to accommodate a variety of individual 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



esigns. An undergraduate major in one of 
le natural sciences, social sciences, or 
usiness may provide good preparation tor 
le programs at Duke, but a student with any 
ndergraduate concentration will be consid- 
red for admission. All students need at least 
vo courses each in biology, mathematics, 
nd economics. 

Students begin the program at Duke in 
ily after their junior year at Lycoming with a 
^ne-month session of field work in natural 
^source management. They must complete a 
)tal of 48 units which generally takes four 
jmesters. 

Some students prefer to complete the 
^ccalaureate degree before undertaking grad- 
ate study at Duke. The master degree 
;quirements for these students are the same 
5 for those students entering after the junior 
ar, but the 48-unit requirement may be 
;duced for completed relevant undergraduate 
ork of satisfactory quality. All credit 
;ductions are determined individually and 
bnsider the students' educational background 
nd objectives. Faculty advisor: Dr. Melvin 
immerman. 

ledical Technology - Students desiring a 
dreer in medical technology may either 
amplete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of 
cience program followed by a clinical 
iternship at any hospital accredited by the 
American Medical Association, or they may 
pmplete the cooperative program. Students 
lecting the cooperative program normally 
udy for three years at Lycoming, during 
fhich time they complete 24 unit courses, 
icluding the College distribution requirements, 
major, and requirements of the National 
ccrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
ciences (NAACLS). The current requirements 
f the NAACLS are: four courses in chemis- 
y (one of which must be either organic or 
iochemistry); four courses in biology 
ncluding courses in microbiology and 
nmunology), and one course in mathematics. 



106-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Students in the cooperative program usually 
major in biology, following a modified major 
of six unit courses that exempts them from 
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO 
225). Students must take either Microbiology 
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health 
Sciences (BIO 226), and either Human 
Physiology (BIO 323) or Cell Biology (BIO 
435). The cooperative program requires 
successful completion of a one-year internship 
at a hospital accredited by the American 
Medical Association. Lycoming is affiliated 
with the following accredited hospitals: 
Williamsport, Robert Packer, Lancaster, 
Graduate, and Abington. Students in the 
cooperative program receive credit at Lycom- 
ing for each of eight courses in biology and 
chemistry successfully completed during the 
clinical internship. Successful completion of 
the Registry Examination is not considered a 
graduation requirement at Lycoming College. 
Students entering a clinical internship for 
one year after graduation from Lycoming 
must complete all of the requirements of the 
cooperative program, but are not eligible for 
the biology major exemptions indicated 
above. Upon graduation, such students may 
apply for admission to a clinical program at 
any hospital. Faculty Advisor: Dr. Terry 
McGarvey. 

Optometry — Through the Accelerated 
Optometry Education Cuiriculum Program, 
students interested in a career in optometry 
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylva- 
nia College of Optometry after only three 
years at Lycoming College. 

After four years at the Pennsylvania 
College of Optometry, a student will earn a 
Doctor of Optometry degree. Selection of 
candidates for the professional segment of the 
program is completed by the admissions 
committee of the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry during the student's third year at 
Lycoming. (This is one of two routes that 
students may choose. Any student, of course. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



may follow the regular application procedures 
for admission to the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry or another college of optometry to 
matriculate following completion of his or her 
baccalaureate program.) During the three 
years at Lycoming College, the student will 
complete 24 unit courses, including all 
distribution requirements, and will prepare for 
his or her professional training by obtaining a 
solid foundation in biology, chemistry, 
physics, and mathematics. During the first 
year of study at the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry, the student will take 39 semester 
hours of basic science courses in addition to 
introductions to optometry and health care. 
Successful completion of the first year of 
professional training will complete the course 
requirements for the B.A. degree at Lycoming 
College. 

Most students will find it convenient to 
major in biology in order to satisfy the 
requirements of Lycoming College and the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such 
students are allowed to complete a modified 
biology major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and 
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors 
must coordinate their plans with the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee in order to 
ensure that they have satisfied all require- 
ments. Faculty Advisor: Dr. Edward Gabriel. 

Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry 
may either seek admission to a college of 
podiatric medicine upon completion of the 
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel- 
erated Podiatric Medical Education Curricu- 
lum Program (APMEC). The latter program 
provides an opportunity for students to 
qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the 
Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM) 
after three years of study at Lycoming. At 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Lycoming, students in the APMEC program 
must successfully complete 24 unit courses, 
including the distribution requirements and a 
basic foundation in biology, chemistry, 
physics, and mathematics. During the first 
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students 
must successfully complete a program of basi( 
science courses and an introduction to podia- 
try. Successful completion of the first year of 
professional training will contribute toward 
the fulfillment of the course requirements for 5 
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming. 

Students in the cooperative program who 
major in biology will be allowed to complete 
a modified major which will exempt them 
from two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224 
and Plant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at PCPM or OCPM. 

Students interested in a career in podiatrio 
medicine should indicate their intentions to 
the Health Professions Advisory Committee.,, 
Faculty Advisor: Dr. Edward Gabriel. j 

U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training 
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program 
provides an opportunity for Lycoming 
students to enroll in the Army Reserve 
Officers' Training Corps (ROTC). Lycoming 
notes enrollment in and successful comple- 
tion of the program on student transcripts. 
Military Science is a four-year program 
divided into a basic course given during the 
freshman and sophomore years and an 
advanced course given during the junior and 
senior years. Students who have not com- 
pleted the basic course may qualify for the 
advanced course by completing the Leader's 
Training Course between the sophomore and 
junior years. Students enrolled in the 
advanced course receive a monthly, non- 
taxable stipend. One course in military 
history will fulfill the professional military 
education requirements. 

Students successfully completing the 
advanced course and the Leadership 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALCK 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



evelopment and Assessment Course 
tween the junior and senior years will 
lalify for a commission as a Second 
eutenant in the United States Army upon 
aduation, and will incur a service obligation 

the active Army, Army National Guard or 
rmy Reserve. 

The U.S. Army Reserve Officers' Training 
3rps (ROTC) program is offered to 
/coming College students in cooperation 
ith Bucknell University. For more 
formation, call 570-577-1013. 

HE HONORS PROGRAM 

he Scholar Program 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
ecial program designed to meet the needs 
d aspirations of highly motivated students 
superior intellectual ability. Lycoming 
holars satisfy the College's distribution 
quirements with more challenging courses 
an students not in the Scholar Program are 
quired to complete. (Substitutions to the 
holar Distribution Requirements can be 
ide only by successful application to the 
holar' s Council.) Lycoming Scholars also 
rticipate in special interdisciplinary semi- 
rs and in an independent study culminating 
a senior presentation. Scholars may audit a 
th course each semester at no additional 
St. In addition. Scholars may be exempted 
)m the usual limitations on independent 
\dies by the Individual Studies Committee. 
Students are admitted to the program by 
/itation of the Scholar Council, the group 
lich oversees the program. The council 
nsists of a director and four other faculty 
ected by the Dean of the College, and four 
idents elected by current scholars. The 
:idelines governing selection of new scholars 
fc flexible; academic excellence, intellectual 
riosity, and creativity are all taken into 
:ount. Students who desire to participate in 
: Scholar Program but are not invited may 



6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



petition the Scholar Council for consideration. 
Petitioning students should provide the 
Scholar Council with letters of recommenda- 
tion from Lycoming faculty and a transcript to 
be sent to the director of the Scholar Program. 

To remain in the program, students must 
main-tain a cumulative average of 3.00 or 
better. Students who drop below this average 
will be placed on Scholar probation for one 
semester. After one semester, they will be 
asked to leave the program if their GPA has not 
returned to 3.00 or higher. To graduate as a 
Scholar, a student must have at least a 3.00 
cumulative average. Scholars must success- 
fully complete five Lycoming Scholars 
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior 
Scholar Seminar in which they present the 
results of their independent studies. In 
addition, the following distribution require- 
ments must be met. 

Scholar Distribution Requirements for 
Students in B.A. and B.S. Programs 

A. English — Scholars must complete ENGL 
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council 
strongly recommends that qualified scholars 
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling permits. 
ENGL 106 or 107 must be taken during the 
freshman year. 

B. Fine Arts — Scholars are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from the 
following: Art: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 220 or 
higher; Music: MUS 117, 160 or higher; 
Theatre: THE A 1 14 or higher, excluding 
THEA 135-136, 137-138, or 148; Creative 
Writing: ENGL 240, 322, 342, 41 1, 412, 441 
or 442; Literature: Any English Literature 
course (except ENGL 215) and the literature 
courses of the Department of Foreign Lan- 
guages and Literatures (French, German, or 
Spanish). 

C. Modern and Ancient Language Studies 

— Scholars are required to pass a course in 
French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Latin or 
Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or higher. Placement 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



IHF. ACADEMIC PRCXJRAM 



in a modern language at the appropriate 
course level will be determined by the faculty 
of the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. Placement in an ancient language 
at the appropriate course level will be 
determined by the Dept. of Religion. Schol- 
ars who have completed two or more years of 
a given language in high school are not 
admitted for credit to the elementary course in 
the same foreign language except by written 
permission of the chairman of the department. 

D. Humanities — Scholars are required to 
pass four courses from three of the following 
disciplines: History: any course numbered 
200 or higher; Literature: any English 
literature course (except ENGL 215) and the 
literature courses of the Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures (French, 
German, or Spanish); Philosophy: any course 
numbered 200 or higher; Religion: any 
course numbered 222 or higher. 

E. Mathematics — Scholars must earn at 
least a grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH 
106, 109, 1 12, 123 or CPTR 108; or success- 
fully complete one of MATH 128, 129, 130, 
214 or 216. 

F. Natural Sciences — Scholars are required 
to pass two laboratory courses from the 
following: Astronomy/Physics: any course 
numbered 1 1 1 or higher; Biology: any course 
numbered 1 10 or higher; Chemistry: any 
course numbered 1 10 or higher. 

G. Social Sciences — Scholars are required 
to pass two courses from the following: 
Economics: any course numbered 1 10 or 
higher; Political Science: any course 
numbered 106 or higher; Psychology: PSY 

1 10 or any other PSY course numbered 225 
or higher. Sociology-Anthropology: any 
course from 1 10, 220, 229. 300 or higher. 

H. Cultural Diversity — Scholars are 
required to pass one designated course which 
introduces students to Cultural Diversity 
which is distinct from the dominant western 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



culture. Approaches to study may be artistic 
historical, sociological, anthropological, 
international, psychological, or issues orient 
The course selected to fulfill this requiremei 
may also be used to satisfy one of the other 
general education requirements in the libera 
arts. 

I. Writing Across the Curriculum — This 
requirement is the same as that stipulated by 
the College for all students. 

J. Physical Activities, Wellness and Comm 
nity Service — This requirement is the same 
that stipulated by the College for all students. 

K. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team- 
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held eve 
semester under the direction of the Lycoming 
Scholar Council. They meet for one hour eac 
week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour ( 
credit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on 
students' performance. Lycoming Scholars s 
required to successfully complete five semin; 
and they are permitted to register for as many 
eight. Topics for each academic year will be 
selected by the Scholar Council and announc 
before spring registration of the previous yea 
Students must be accepted into the Scholar 
Program before they enroll in a Scholar 
Seminar. Scholars are strongly urged to regis 
for a least one seminar during the freshman 
year. 

L. Senior Project — In the senior year, 
scholars must successfully complete an 
independent studies or departmental honors 
project which has been approved in advance 
the Independent Studies Committee and the 
Scholar Council. This project must be 
presented orally as part of the Senior Schola 
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar 
Council. I 

M. Major — Scholars must complete a maj 
and 32 units (128 semester hours), exclusive 
the Senior Scholar Seminar. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL( 



I 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



ate to Transfer Students — In the case of 
insfer students and those who seek to enter 
3 program after their freshman year and in 
her cases deemed by the Scholar Council to 
^olve special or extraordinary circum- 
inces, the Council shall make adjustments to 
; scholar distribution requirements provided 
it in all cases such exceptions and adjust- 
nts would still satisfy the regular College 
itribution requirements. 

[anagement Scholars 
rogram of the Institute for 
[anagement Studies 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
ogram for academically talented students in 
I three IMS departments. To join the 
anagement Scholars Program, a student must 
;isfy the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one or 

more of the IMS departments. However, 

the IMS Director may invite or permit 

other students to join the Management 

Scholars Program who do not meet this 

criteria, such as freshmen who have not 

yet declared a major or minor. 

b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, or 
exhibit strong academic potential if the 
student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
ident must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successfully complete a major or minor in 
one of the three IMS departments. 

:) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher in 
both overall college work, and within an 
IMS major and/or minor. 
1) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 
A.t least one Management Scholar Seminar is 
ight per academic year on an interdiscipli- 
ry topic of relevance to students in all three 



6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



IMS departments. The seminars are offered as 
one semester-hour courses and do not result in 
overload charges for full-time students. 
Students who are currently Lycoming 
College Scholars may also become Manage- 
ment Scholars and participate in both pro- 
grams. 

Departmental Honors 

Honors projects are normally undertaken 
only in a student's major, and are available 
only to exceptionally well-qualified students 
who have a solid background in the area of 
the project and are capable of considerable 
self-direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00. 
The prerequisites for registration in an honors 
program are as follows: 

• A faculty member from the department(s) 
in which the honors project is to be under- 
taken must agree to be the director and must 
secure departmental approval of the project. 

• The director, in consultation with the 
student, must convene a committee consist- 
ing of two faculty members from the 
department in which the project is to be 
undertaken, one of whom is the director of 
the project, and one faculty member from 
each of two other departments related to the 
subject matter of the study. 

• The Honors Committee must then certify by 
their signatures on the application that the 
project in question is academically legiti- 
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors 
project, and that the student in question is 
qualified to pursue the project. 

• The project must be approved by the 
Committee on Individual Studies. 

Students successfully complete honors 
projects by satisfying the following conditions 
in accordance with guidelines established by 
the Committee on Individual Studies: 

• The student must produce a substantial 
research paper, critical study, or creative 
project. If the end product is a creative 
project, a critical paper analyzing the 
techniques and principles employed and the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



nature of the achievement represented in the 
project shall be also submitted. 

• The student must successfully explain and 
defend the work in a final oral examination 
given by the honors committee. 

• The Honors Committee must certify that the 
student has successfully defended the 
project, and that the student's achievement 
is clearly superior to that which would ordi- 
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in 
a regular independent studies course. 

• The Committee on Individual Studies must 
certify that the student has satisfied all of 
the conditions mentioned above. 

Except in unusual circumstances, honors 
projects are expected to involve independent 
study in two consecutive unit courses. 
Successful completion of the honors project 
will cause the designation of honors in that 
department to be placed upon the permanent 
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in the 
College library. In the event that the study is 
not completed successfully or is not deemed 
worthy of honors, the student shall be re- 
registered in independent studies and 
given a final grade for the course. 

THE ADVISING PROGRAM 
Academic Advising 

One advantage of a small college is the 
direct, personal contact between a student 
and the College faculty who care about that 
student's personal, academic, and profes- 
sional aspirations. The student can draw 
upon their years of experience to resolve 
questions about social adjustment, workload, 
study skills, tutoring and more. Perhaps the 
member of the faculty with the most impact 
on a student is the academic advisor. 

The freshman advisor, whom the student 
meets at summer orientation, assists with 
course selection by providing accurate 
information about requirements, programs 
and career options. Advisors help students to 
identify other campus resources. Health 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Services can supply counseling support for 
students with personal adjustment issues. 

During the sophomore year, the student 
must choose a major and select an advisor fn 
the major department. The new advisor, whil 
serving as a resource, can best advise that 
student about course selection and career 
opportunities. 

Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to contri' 
ute to students' development in yet another 
way. They insist that students assume full 
responsibility for their decisions and acaderr 
progress. By doing so, they help to prepare 
them for the harder choices and responsibili- 
ties of the professional world. 

Also, Lycoming provides special advising 
programs for careers in medicine, law and 
religion. Interested students should register 
with the appropriate advisory committee 
immediately after deciding to enter one of 
these professions. 

Pre-Professional Advising | 

(also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in 
the Concentration section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions - 

Students interested in obtaining teacher cert- 
ification should consult with a member of tht 
Education Department as early as possible. 
See the Education Department listing on 
page 103. 

Preparation for Health Professions — I 

Students interested in one of the health ' 

professions or in an allied health career shou 
make their intentions know to the Admission 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC) 
during their first semester. This committee 
advises students concerning preparation for 
and application to health-professions school 
All pre-health professions students are invite 
to join the student Pre-Health Professions 
Association. Also see descriptions of the 
cooperative programs in podiatric medicine, 
optometry, and medical technology. 

I 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL( 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



eparation for Legal Professions — 

udents interested in pre-law should register 
th the Legal Professions Advisory Committee 
PAC) during their first semester and should 
in the Pre-Law Society on campus. LPAC 
sists the pre-law student through advising, 
mpilation of recommendations, and dissemi- 
tion of information and materials about law 
d the legal profession. The Pre-Law Society 
onsors films, speakers, and field trips 
:luding visits to law school campuses. 

eparation for Theological Professions — 

Lidents who plan to investigate the religious 
cations should register with the Theological 
afessions Advisory Committee (TPAC) 
ring their first semester. TPAC acts as a 
;nter" for students, faculty, and clergy to 
cuss the needs of students who want to 
jpare themselves for the ministry, religious 
ucation, advanced training in religion, or 
ated vocations. Also, it may help coordi- 
te internships for students who desire 
ictical experience in the parish ministry or 
ated areas. 

CADEMIC 
UPPORT SERVICES 

cademic Resource Center 
RC) 

niel Hartsock, Director 
le Keller, Assistant Director 
^w. lycoming.edu/arc 

The Academic Resource Center, located on 
third floor of the Snowden Library, 
ivides a variety of free services to the 
ppus community. 

Tutoring in Writing — Working one-on- 
pne. Writing Consultants use questioning 
techniques to help writers improve papers 
[While developing confidence and indepen- 
dence as writers. Writers may use the 
Writer's Room, a quiet place for writing, to 
work on papers while consulting with tutors 
about development, organization, grammar. 



)-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



documentation, and any other writing 
concern. Writing Consultants offer 35 
hours of scheduled tutoring weekly. 

Tutoring in the Content Areas — The ARC 

offers one-on-one tutoring support in almost 
every course. Tutors assist students with 
homework assignments and test prepara- 
tion. A list of tutors is available on the ARC 
website or by contacting the ARC directly. 

Study Skills Support — The ARC provides 
support through individualized instruction 
and through small group workshops upon 
request. Topics vary depending on the 
needs of students. Also, the ARC offers a 
more formal option for study skills support: 
ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop. 

ARC 100 Success Skills Workshop 

A seven-week course, the workshop 
introduces students to a variety of topics 
important to student success. Among 
these are time management, learning 
styles, motivation, highlighting text, 
note-taking. Topics will be selected to 
meet students' needs. ARC 100 is highly 
recommended for students who, in consul- 
tation with their academic advisors, choose 
to improve their academic skills. This 
non-credit course will be graded on a 
pass/fail basis. 

Disability Support — The Coordinator of 
Services for Students with Disabilities 
assists students in arranging for classroom 
accommodations, meeting requirements, 
and developing appropriate study practices. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Freshmen 

Lycoming College believes a student's 
freshman year needs structure and support. 
This office serves as a focal point for the 
freshman and his or her family. 

Freshman Orientation — The purpose of 
this required program is to acquaint new 
students and their families more fully with 
the College so that they can begin their 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Lycoming experience under the most 
favorable circumstances. Students sit for 
placement tests, confer with their academic 
advisors, preregister for fall classes, and 
become acquainted with their classmates. 
1st Weekend — Begins the day freshmen 
arrive with New Student Convocation. The 
weekend activities include academic success, 
career and library workshops along with 
social events. 

Information and Support — Students 
and their families find the Office of the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an accessible 
resource to resolving problems, developing 
solutions, coordinating services and enabling 
student success. Student and family 
newsletters are provided during the year. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Sophomores 

The College continues to provide academic 
counseling and support as students move into 
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for 
Sophomores meets individually with second 
year students and, in cooperation with the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small 
group retreats and other meetings. These 
efforts are designed to alert students to their 
circumstances, to help them explore options, 
to motivate them to achieve their academic 
aspirations, and to provide them with useful 
strategies and resources for success. 

In addition, the Sophomore Dean consults 
with students on a variety of personal, social, 
residential, financial, and other concerns. 

Early Assessment 

During the sixth week of the semester 
classroom instructors prepare Early Assess- 
ment Progress Reports for freshmen, new 
transfer students, students on academic 
probation, and students with cumulative GPAs 
less than 2.10. In week seven, academic 
advisors, students, parents, deans, and coaches 
receive these progress reports and can counsel 
students having difficulty regarding adjust- 
ment strategies. Progress grades are not 
recorded on the student's permanent record. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES 

First- Year Seminar — Every fall, Lycomin 
College offers a number of first-year seminar 
small classes that investigate topics in variou; 
disciplines. Students receive a letter from the 
Director of the First Year Seminar in the 
spring before their freshman year telling then 
what seminars will be available. 

May Term — This four-week voluntary 
session is designed to provide students with 
courses listed in the catalog and experimenta 
and special courses that are not normally 
available during the fall and spring semesters 
and summer sessions. Some courses are 
offered on campus, others involve travel. In 
addition to the courses themselves, attractior 
include less formal classes and reduced 
tuition rates. On campus courses have 
included Field Geology, Energy Economics, 
Writer's Seminar, American Detective 
Fiction, and The American Hard-Boiled 
Mystery. Travel courses have included 
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and 
Photography, Cross-Cultural Psychology, an 
Tropical Marine Biology in Jamaica. Stu- 
dents may take a maximum of 4 semester 
hours. 

Summer Sessions I and II — These two sue 
cessive five- week academic terms offer the 
opportunity for students to complete intern- 
ships, independent studies and semester ' 
courses. Students may take a maximum of 8 
semester hours. i 

Independent Studies — Independent studiei 
are available to any qualified student who 
wishes to engage in and receive academic 
credit for any academically legitimate course 
of study for which he or she could not other- 
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any 
level (introductory, intemiediate, or advanced) 
and in any department, whether or not the 
student is a major in that department. An ind 
pendent studies project may either duplicate . 
catalogue course or be completely different 
from any catalog course. In order for a studer 



2(K)6-()7 ACADEMIC CAT/\L( 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



be registered in any independent study course, 
e following conditions must be satisfied: 
An appropriate member of the faculty must 
agree to supervise the project and must 
certify by signing the application form that 
the project involves an amount of legiti- 
mate academic work appropriate for the 
amount of academic credit requested and 
that the student in question is qualified to 
pursue the project. 

The studies project must be approved by 
the chair of the department in which the 
studies project is to be undertaken. In the 
case of catalog courses, all department 
members must approve offering the catalog 
course as an independent studies course. 
After the project is approved by the 
instructor and the chair of the appropriate 
department, the studies project must be 
approved by the Committee on Individual 
Studies. 

Participation in independent studies 
ojects which do not duplicate catalog 
urses is subject to the following: 
Jtudents undertaking independent studies 
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50. 
students may not engage in more than one 
ndependent studies project during any 
;iven semester. 

Jtudents may not engage in more than two 
ndependent studies projects during their 
Lcademic careers at Lycoming College. 
The Individual Studies Committee may 
ixempt members of the Lycoming College 
cholar Program from these two limitations. 

As with other academic policies, any other 
ceptions to these two rules must be approved 
the Committee on Academic Standards. 

ternship Program — An internship is a 
arse jointly sponsored by the College and a 
blic or private agency or subdivision of the 
illege in which a student is able to earn 
liege credit by participating in some active 
jacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice. 
For a one unit (4 semester hour) internship, 
least ten hours per week must be spent in 



6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



agency duties. Academic requirements 
include a daily log or journal, a research paper 
of approximately ten pages or its equivalent, 
and a reading list of approximately five books 
or the equivalent. The student and academic 
supervisor meet weekly during the term of the 
internship. 

The objectives of the internship program 
are: 

1 ) to further the development of a central 
core of values, awarenesses, strategies, 
skills, and information through experi- 
ences outside the classroom or other 
campus situations, and 

2) to facilitate the integration of theory and 
practice by encouraging students to relate 
their on-campus academic experiences 
more directly to society in general and to 
possible career and other post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. 

Any junior or senior student in good acad- 
emic standing may petition the Committee on 
Individual Studies for approval to serve as an 
intern. A maximum of 16 credits can be 
earned through internships, practica, and/or 
student teaching. Guidelines for program 
development, assignment of tasks and 
academic requirements, such as exams, 
papers, reports, grades, etc., are established in 
consultation with a faculty director at 
Lycoming and an agency supervisor at the 
place of internship. 

Students with diverse majors have 
participated in a wide variety of internships, 
including ones with NBC Television in New 
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison 
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of 
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County 
Historical Society, the American Cancer 
Society, business and accounting firms, law 
offices, hospitals, social service agencies, 
banks and Congressional offices. 

Practica — Practica are offered in Account- 
ing, Art, Biology, Business, Communication, 
Criminal Justice, Economics, Education, IMS, 
Psychology, and Sociology. These courses 
require 1 to 12 hours of work per week in a 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PRCXDRAM 



business, agency, or organization in addition 
to classroom time. A maximum of 16 credits 
can be earned through practica, internships, 
and/or student teaching. 

Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of 
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide 
individuals who have completed a baccalaure- 
ate degree with the opportunity to become 
certified teachers through on-the-job training. 
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher 
Education Certificate and be certified by the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elemen- 
tary, secondary (biology, chemistry, citizen- 
ship, English, general science, mathematics, 
physics, social sciences, social studies), K-12 
(art, foreign languages, music), and special 
education (cognitive, behavior and physical/ 
health disabilities). 

Interested individuals should file a formal 
application with the Education Department 
for admission to the Intern Program. Upon 
completion of the application process, interns 
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education which 
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching 
position. Necessary professional coursework 
can be completed prior to the teaching 
experience when individuals obtain teaching 
position. See Education Department on page 
103 for more information. 

The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full 
semester liberal arts program for professional 
development and field study is available to 
Lycoming students. The program is open to 
juniors majoring in any discipline or program. 
The Philadelphia Urban Semester is spon- 
sored and administered by the Great Lakes 
Colleges Association. 

Washington Semester — With the consent 
of the Department of Political Science and the 
Registrar, selected students are permitted to 
study in Washington, D.C., at The American 
University for one semester. They may 
choose from seven different programs: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Washington Semester, Urban Semester, 
Foreign Policy Semester, International 
Development Semester, Economic Policy 
Semester, Science and Technology Semester 
or American Studies Semester. 

United Nations Semester — With the 
consent of either the Department of History 
or Political Science and the Registrar, 
selected students may enroll at Drew Univer 
sity in Madison, New Jersey, in the United 
Nations Semester, which is designed to 
provide a first-hand acquaintance with the 
world organization. Students with special 
interests in world history, international 
relations, law, and politics are eligible to 
participate. 

Capitol Semester Internship Program — 

This program is available to eligible students 
on a competitive basis. The program is co- 
sponsored by Pennsylvania's Office of 
Administration and Department of Educatioi 
Paid internships are available to students in 
most majors. Interested students should 
contact the Career Development Center for 
additional information. 

STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS 

Students are encouraged to participate in 
variety of study abroad programs sponsored 
by affiliates or other institutions. Students 
who intend to study abroad must have a 
cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or 
higher. Study abroad opportunities range 
from summer sessions to a full semester or 
academic year overseas. All overseas 
programs require prior approval from the 
students' major departments, the Study 
Abroad Coordinator, the Dean of Students 
and the Registrar. Applications may be 
obtained from the Study Abroad Coordinatoi 

Before embarking on an overseas learninj 
experience, students should review the study 
abroad materials in the Career Development 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



snter (2nd floor, Wertz Center). With the 
ilp of the Study Abroad Coordinator, they 
ust identify any additional program require- 
f ents such as fluency in a foreign language. 

A limited number of competitive grants for 
jdy abroad at our affiliate institutions are 
ailable. Application forms are posted on 
e College's home page under Academic 
ograms. Study Abroad. For more details, 
ntact the Study Abroad Coordinator, 
/coming aid is not part of the Study Abroad 
ckage. 

ffiliate Programs — Lycoming has 
operative arrangements with seven institu- 
)ns overseas: Anglia Polytechnic University 
'ambridge, England), CUEF Universite 
endhal-Grenoble 3 (Grenoble, France), 
;tudio Sampere (Ecuador, Spain), Lancaster 
liversity (Lake District, England), Regent's 
)llege (London, England), Tandem Escuela 
ternacional (Madrid, Spain), and the 
liversity of Westminister (London, En- 
and). Course offerings vary at each 
ititution, contact the Study Abroad Coordi- 
tor for details. Students interested in the 
ograms at Grenoble, Sampere, and Tandem 
ould contact the Department of Foreign 
inguages and Literatures. 

•ograms Sponsored by Other Institutions 

coming students have taken advantage of 
portunities offered by other institutions in 
untries such as Australia, the Czech 
•public, Germany, Hungary, Italy, and 
vitzerland. Information regarding these and 
ler programs are available in the Career 
ivelopment Center, the Department of 
ireign Languages and Literatures, and from 
; Study Abroad Coordinator. 

udent Teaching Abroad — Lycoming 
)llege has established a cooperative 
3gram with Moorhead State University 
abling teacher education students to do all 
part of their student teaching in a foreign 
untry. 



L( 6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




This program offers exceptional students 
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any 
country in the world. Students are placed in 
independent international schools where 
English is the instructional language. An 
effort is made to assign students to geographi- 
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds, 
serve their special interests and expand their 
cultural horizons. 

NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume 
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare 
of students engaged in or en route to or from 
any off-campus studies or activities which are 
not under its exclusive jurisdiction. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CURRICULUM 




Curriculum 



Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and 
Freshman level courses 

Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and 

Sophomore level courses 

Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and 

Junior level courses 

Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and 

Senior level courses 

Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses 
offered on a limited basis 
Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre 
Practicums and other fractional credit courses 
Numbers 470-479 Internships 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study 

Numbers 490-491 Independent Study for ' 

Departmental Honors 

*N = course level 1, 2, 3 or 4 as determined 

by department 

Courses not in sequence are listed separately 

as: 

Drawing ART 1 1 1 

Color Theory ART 212 

Courses which imply a sequence are indicatec 
with a dash between, meaning that the first 
semester must be taken prior to the second, a! 

Intermediate French 

FRN 111-112 
Except for academic reasons, all students 
have the right of access to all courses. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



ACCOUNTING 



ACCOUNTING (AccT) 

ssociate Professor: Kuhns 

ssistant Professors: Wienecke (Chairperson) 

isiting Assistant Professor: Kremer 

The purpose of the accounting major is to 
;lp prepare the student for a career within 
e accounting profession. In order to satisfy 
e needs of an extremely diverse profession, 
e major in accounting consists of two 
parate tracks. Track I is a 150 semester 
mr program designed to meet the 1 50 hour 
quirement of the American Institute of 
ertified Public Accounts for those students 
hose goal is to become a member of the 
ICPA in Pennsylvania or any other state, 
ack II is a 128 semester hour program and 
designed to meet the requirements of the 
;nnsylvania State Board of Accountancy for 
ose students whose goal is to become 
Mtified Public Accountants in Pennsylvania. 

Students planning to sit for the Uniform 
unified Public Accounting Examination are 
vised to check with their State Board of 
:counting to assure that they have com- 
eted all courses required for C.P.A. licen- 
re. 

The Department of Accounting is a 
ember of the Institute for Management 
udies. See page 125. 

ore courses required of all majors: 

CCT 1 10, 223, 344, 345, 436, 440, 441, 
^3; BUS 128, 210, 21 1, 223, 235, 244, 338, 
fl;ECON llOor 111;MATH 123. All 
counting majors are required to take and 
iss a standardized accounting achievement 
am during their final semester. Students 
ho fail may retake the exam or take an 
dependent study in the area(s) that were 
ted unsatisfactorily. 




)6-()7 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Track requirements: 

1. Accounting-150 hours: 

ACCT 320, 442, 447, and either 438, 439 
or 470-479; BUS 236; ECON 1 10 and 1 1 1 ; 
one course from SOC or PSY 

2. Accounting-128 hours: 

One course from ACCT 320, 442, 438, 439 
470-479, or BUS 345 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ACCT 223, 320, and 442. 

Minor 

A minor in the Department of Accounting 
consists of ACCT 1 10 and four higher 
numbered accounting courses as determined 
by the student's interests. 

100 

PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING 

This course prepares students to make 
better informed financial decisions in a 
complicated world. A practical, relatively non- 
technical course designed to help the student 
identify and plan to meet their financial goals. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING 



110 

ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY 

An introductory course in recording, 
classifying, summarizing, and interpreting the 
basic business transaction. Problems of 
classification and interpretation of accounts 
and preparation of financial statements are 
studied. 

130 

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL 
DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to the various components 
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is 
placed on managerial problem-solving 
techniques and the analysis of the results. 
Accounting systems, costing procedures, cost- 
volume profit relationships, managerial 
control processes and the use of computers as 
aids to decision-making are studied. Students 
will gain hands-on experience with various 
computer applications of managerial account- 
ing. Prerequisite: ACCT 1 10. 

223 

COST AND BUDGETARY 

ACCOUNTING THEORY 

Methods of accounting for material, labor 
and factory overhead expenses consumed in 
manufacturing using job order, process, and 
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 110. 

320 

ACCOUNTING INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS/FUND ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to design and use of 
accounting information systems (AIS) and 
design and implementation of control systems 
in AIS. An introduction to the theory and 
practice of fund accounting. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 110. Co-requisite: BUS 211 {in the 
first half of the semester) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



344 

INTERMEDIATE I 

ACCOUNTING THEORY I " 

An in-depth examination of the environ- 
ment within which financial accounting 1 
theory exists. An examination of the basic ' 
postulates that underlie financial statements 
and a critique of what financial reporting 
means. Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent 
of instructor. 

345 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY II 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq- 
uisite: ACCT 344. 

436 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY III 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting liabilities, 
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash 
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 345 with a minimum grade ofC, or 
consent of instructor. 

438-439 

PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING III 

An introduction to the real world of 
accounting. Students are placed in Manageria 
and Public Accounting positions in order to 
effect a synthesis of the students' academic 
course work and its practical applications. I 
Specifics of the course work to be worked om 
in conjunction with department, student and 
sponsor. May be repeated for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

440 

AUDITING THEORY 

A study of the science or art of verifying, 
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and 
reports. The goal of the course is to empha- 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



ACCOUNTING 



ze concepts which will enable students to 
hderstand the philosophy and environment 
f auditing. Special attention is given to the 
ublic accounting profession, studying 
jditing standards, professional ethics, the 
gal liability inherent in the attest function, 
le study and evaluation of internal control, 
le nature of evidence, the growing use of 
atistical sampling, the impact of electronic 
ata processing, and the basic approach to 
lanning an audit. Finally, various audit 
ports expressing independent expert 
pinions on the fairness of financial state- 
ients are studied. Prerequisites: ACCT 344 
id MATH 123; or consent of instructor. 

II 

EDERAL INCOME TAX 

Analysis of the provisions of the Internal 
evenue Code relating to income, deductions, 
ventories, and accounting methods. Practical 
■oblems involving determination of income 
id deductions, capital gains and losses, 
imputation and payment of taxes through 
ithholding at the source and through declara- 
3n are considered. Planning transactions so 
at a minimum amount of tax will result is 
nphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 110 or 
msent of instructor. 

\1 

DERAL INCOME TAX 
DMINISTRATION AND PLANNING 

An analysis of the provisions of the 
ternal Revenue Code relating to partner- 
ips, estates, trusts, and corporations. An 
:tensive series of problems is considered, 
id effective tax planning is emphasized. 
i-e requisite: ACCT 110, or consent of 
structor. 

13 

CCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 

OMBINATIONS 

Certain areas of advanced accounting 
eery, including business combinations and 



ID6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



consolidated financial statements. Prerequi- 
site: A CCT 345. One-half unit of credit. 

447 

ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 

An intensive study of partnerships, 
installment and consignment sales, branch 
accounting, foreign currency transactions, and 
segment interim reporting. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 443. One-half unit of credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in accounting typically work off 
campus under the supervision of a public or 
private accountant. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Typical examples of recent studies in 
accounting are: computer program to generate 
financial statements, educational core for 
public accountants, inventory control, and 
church taxation. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS 




I 



ACCOUNTING - 

MATHEMATICAL 

SCIENCES 

Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator) 

The accounting-mathematical sciences 
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer, 
within a liberal arts framework, courses 
which will aid in constructing mathematical 
models for business decision-making. 
Students obtain the necessary substantial 
background in both mathematical sciences 
and accounting. 

Required accounting courses are: ACCT 
1 10, 223, 320, 344, 345, 441, 442. In 
mathematical sciences, required courses are: 
CPTR 125, 321 and MATH 112, 128, 129, 
338 and either 123 or 332. Recommended 
courses include: MATH 130, 238, 333; 
BUS 223, 235, 236, 338, 339; CPTR 108. 
246; ECON 1 10, 1 1 1; PSY 224, 225; and 
SOC 110. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACTUARIAL 
MATHEMATICS 

Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator)' 

The Actuarial Mathematics major is 
designed to offer, within a liberal arts 
framework, coursework to prepare for an 
actuarial career. Students obtain the neces- 
sary mathematical background for the first 
actuarial exam and two or three exams 
beyond the first one. Students also obtain 
some background in accounting, economics, 
and business which is needed for an actuarial 
career. At the time of completion of all majoi 
requirements, or shortly thereafter, a student 
should be prepared to sit for up to four of the 
examinations of the Society of Actuaries. 

The Actuarial Mathematics major consists 
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non- 
credit colloquia. In Mathematical Sciences 
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128 
(or exemption by examination from 128), 
129, 130, 234, 238, 332, 333, and two courses 
from MATH 321, 338, and 400. Also 
required are ACCT 1 10, ECON 1 10; one of 
MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of ACCT 130. 
ACCT 441, BUS 338, ECON 331 or441; twc 
semesters of MATH 339 or 449 taken during 
the junior and/or senior years with at least 
one semester for a letter grade. 

Recommended courses include: ACCT 
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR 
108; ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106, 
23 1 , 432, 434. It is also strongly recom- 
mended that the student complete as many of 
the actuarial examinations as possible prior to 
graduation. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



AMERICAN STUDIES 




liMERICAN 
I'TUDIES (AMST) 

lotessor: Piper (Coordinator) 

The American Studies major offers a com- 
■shensive program in American civilization 
lich introduces students to the complexities 
derlying the development of America and 
contemporary life. Thirteen courses are 
luded. 

bur Course Requirements 

The primary integrating units of the major, 
fcise courses — some team-taught — will 
;ourage students to consider ideas from 
■ferent points of view and help them to 
•elate information and methods from 
ious disciplines: 
lAMST 200 — America as a Civilization 

(First semester of major 

study) 
AMST 220 — American Tradition in the 

Arts and Literature 
HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and 
Methodology (junior or senior year) 
Internship or Independent Study (junior 
or senior year) 

Concentration Areas 

Six courses in one option and three in the 
ler are needed. Six primary concentration- 
tion courses in American Arts or American 
ciety build around the insights gained in the 
re courses. They focus particular attention 

areas most germane to academic and 
cational interests. The three additional 



)-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



courses from the other option give further 
breadth to an understanding of America. 
Students also will be encouraged to take 
elective courses relating to other cultures. 
Students should design their American 
Studies major in consultation with the 
program coordinator. 

American Arts Concentration Option 

ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century 

ENGL 222 — American Literature I 

ENGL 223 — American Literature II 

MUS 128 — American Music 

MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music 

THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre 

American Society Concentration Option 

ECON 224 — Urban Problems 

PSCI 331 — Civil Rights and Liberties 

PSCI 335 — Law and Society 

SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities 

Students interested in teacher certification 

should refer to the Department of Education 

on page 103. 

200 

AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION 

An analysis of the historical, sociocultural. 
economic, and political perspectives of 
American civilization with special attention to 
the intenelationships between these various 
orientations. May be taken for either one-half 
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B); 
declared majors and prospective majors should 
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate 
years. 

220 

AMERICAN TRADITION IN 

THE ARTS AND LITERATURE 

The relationship of the arts and literature to 
the various historical periods of American life. 

470-479 INTERNSHIP (See Index) 

N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY 

(See Index) 



490-491 



INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 

(See Index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 




ARCHAEOLOGY 
AND CULTURE OF 
THE ANCIENT 

NEAR EAST (ARCH) 

Assistant Professor: Knauth (Coordinator) 

The interdisciplinary major in 
Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient Near 
East is designed to acquaint students with the 
"cradle of Western civilization." The major 
requires completion of ten courses relevant to 
the study of the ancient Mediterranean and 
Near Eastern worlds plus a capstone 
experience: 

1 . Four core courses: 

ART 222 Survey of Art: Ancient. 

Medieval and Non-Western Art 
HIST 2 1 Ancient History or REL 223 : 

Roots of Early Christianity 
REL 226 Biblical Archaeology 
REL 328 History and Culture of the 

Ancient Near East 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2. Two semesters of ancient language study 
from: 

GRK 101-102 New Testament Grammar 

and Readings 
HEBR 101-102 Old Testament Grammar 

and Readings 
LAT 10 1 - 1 02 Latin Grammar and 
Readings 
(Modern Hebrew, Arabic, Classical Greek, 
Coptic, GRK 221-222, HEBR 221-222, or 
LAT 221-222 may be substituted) 

Although not included in the major, tl 
study of German and/or French is strongl 
recommended for those planning to 
pursue graduate studies in the field. 

3. Four courses from related disciplines, at 
least two of which must be numbered 20( 
or above: 

a) At least two must be taken from the 

following: 

HIST 210 or REL 223 (not counting as a 

core course): 

Anthropology (SOC 1 14, 229, 336, or 

337); 

Biblical literature (REL 113, 114, 333, 

337); 

2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 



Classical literature (ENGL 225); 
Geology (ASTR 102 or 1 12, 104); 
Greek philosophy (PHIL 301 ); 
Judaism and/or Islam (HIST 232; REL 
224); 

Middle Eastern politics (PSCI 327). 
Other courses from the fields of art, 
economics, history, literature, philosophy, 
political science, and religion (or other 
related fields), including independent 
study projects, may be applied to the 
major, subject to advanced approval by the 
supervisory committee. 

Archaeology Colloquium: Juniors and 
seniors are required to successfully 
complete ARCH 348 and 448 each 
semester that they are a declared major for 
a maximum of four semesters. 

The capstone experience consists of the 
following components: 
Research or Practical Experience: 
All students must either: 

a) participate in an approved 
archaeological field school (students 
must keep and submit a journal 
documenting all aspects of the 
experience); or 

b) complete a relevant internship (students 
must keep and submit a journal 
documenting the experience); or 

c) undertake a research project making 
substantial use of archaeological data 
(can be an honors or scholars project or 
independent study). 

Colloquium Presentation: 

Seniors are required to give a presentation 

in their senior year. Presentations will be 

based on the student's research or 

practical experience. All presentations 

must include a substantial research 

component in consultation with a faculty 

advisor. 

Portfolio: 

All students must submit a portfolio of 

their best work from contributing courses. 

representing their level of mastery in the 

6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



related disciplines, and briefly reflect on 
their experience in the major. 
Minor 

An interdisciplinary minor in Archaeology 
and Culture of the Ancient Near East requires 
completion of one archaeology course from 
REL 226 or ARCH/REL 401, and four courses 
— at least three of which must be numbered 
200 or higher— from REL/ARCH 401, ARCH 
421, ART 222, ASTR 102 or 1 12, HIST 210, 
REL 1 13 or 1 14, 223, 224, 226, 228, SOC 
1 14. and 229. At least two of these courses 
must be from outside the Religion Depart- 
ment. 

348 & 448 

ARCHAEOLOGY COLLOQUIUM 

A series of occasional events, including 
methodology workshops, visiting speakers, 
and senior presentations. Required of all 
junior and senior majors for a maximum of 
four semesters. Meeting times to be 
determined. Pass-fail, non-credit seminar. 

401 

FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY 

Participation in an approved archaeological 
dig or field school program in the Near East 
or Mediterranean region. Includes instruction 
in excavation techniques, recording and 
processing of artifacts. A survey of excavation 
and research and the use of archaeology as a 
tool for elucidating historical and cultural 
changes. Under certain circumstances, 
participation in an archaeological field school 
in North, Central, or South America, or 
elsewhere may be accepted. Special fees 
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only. 
Cross-listed as REL 401 for Mediterranean 
and Near Eastern digs only. Students 
desiring credit toward the Religion major or 
humanities distribution requirement should 
register for REL 40L 

421 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD SUPERVISION 

Participation in an archaeological 
excavation or field school program at the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST • ART 




level of assistant supervisor or above. 
Includes instruction in on-site supervision of 
daily digging, record-keeping, and 
interpretation of finds, and/or specialized 
training in excavation project coordination, 
data processing, or analysis of specific types 
of material culture. Research project 
required. Prerequisite: ARCH/REL 401 or 
equivalent experience. Special fees apply. 
May Term or Summer Sessions only. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in archaeology usually work in 
historical museums or art museums under the 
supervision of a museum director/curator/ 
archaeologist and a member of the faculty. 
Course can also be designated as ART, HIST, 
or REL and taken through the relevant 
department. 

N80-89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

This course represents an opportunity to 
pursue specific research interests not usually 
covered in regular courses. Course can also 
be designated as ART, HIST, or REL and 
taken through the relevant department. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



(ART) 



Professor: Golahny, Shipley 
Associate Professor: Estomin (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Tran 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Smith 
Pai1-time Instmctors: Bastian, Gorg. Kaufman, 
Rhone. States, Sterngold, Johnson 

The Art Department offers two majors in 
the B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art Historj 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
STUDIO ART 



To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree 
with a major in studio art, students must 
complete the seven-course foundation 
program and the requirements for an area of 
specialization, successfully complete each 
semester's colloquium (while a declared 
major), and successfully complete the senior 
exhibition. Exception to participation in the 
colloquium may he made by the art faculty. 

Placement into ART 227, Photography I, 
will be based on the experience of the studen 
and determined by the faculty of the Art 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



partment. Students who place out of ART 
7 will take ART 337, Photography II, to 
fill the foundation requirement in photog- 
ihy. In addition, students placed into ART 
7 who are specializing in Track IV, 
mmercial Design, will be required to take 
;h ART 344, Computer Graphics for 
ctronic Media, and ART 430, Interactive 
ilti-Media and Web Design. Students 
cializing in Track VI, Photography/ 
ctronic Art. will be required to take ART 
1-, Computer Graphics for Electronic 
dia; ART 431, Advanced Digital Imaging; 
an approved independent study. 

mndation Program 

Till — Drawing I 

T 1 15 — Two-Dimensional Design 

T 116 — Figure Modeling* 

T 2 1 2 — Color Theory 

T 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval 

and Non-Western Art 
T 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non- Western Art 
T 227 — Photography I 
T 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

Students planning to follow the Art 
leralist track are not required to take ART 
> as part of the foundation program. 

•eas of Specialization 

Painting 

T 220 — Painting I 
T 221— Drawing II 
T 330 — Painting II 
T 446 — Studio Research 
two art history courses numbered 
I or above. 



Printmaking 

T 221 — Drawing II 
T 228 — Printmaking I 
T 338 — Printmaking II 
T 446 — Studio Research 

two art history courses numbered 

or above. 

1-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



III. Sculpture 

ART 225— Sculpture I 

ART 226 — Figure Modeling II 

ART 335— Sculpture II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

IV. Commercial Design 

ART 221— Drawing II 

ART 337— Photography II 

ART 343 — Introduction to Computer 

Art 
ART 344 — Computer Graphics for 

Electronic Media, OR 
ART 430 — Interactive Multi-Media and 
Web Design. (Commercial 
Design majors are strongly 
encouraged to take both.) 
ART 442 — Special Projects with 
Commercial Design 
ART 470— Internship OR 
ART 449— ArtPracticum 

A student is encouraged to take the 
following courses: ART 431, Advanced 
Digital Imaging; BUS 332, Advertising; BUS 
344, Electronic Commerce and Internet 
Marketing; COMM 323, Feature Writing for 
Special Audiences; COMM 1 10, Principles of 
Communication; and PSY 224, Social 
Psychology. 

V. Generalist Art Major 

To be taken by those students who are 
seeking teaching certification in Ait. In 
addition, this area of specialization is recom- 
mended for those students also majoring or 
minoring in Psychology with a possible future 
career in art therapy. 
ART 119— Ceramics I 
ART 220— Painting 
ART 225— Sculpture I 
ART 228— Printmaking I 
ART 343 — Introduction to Computer 

Art 
and two art history courses numbered 300 or 
above. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Students planning to complete the K-12 art 
certification program must also fulfill the 
following requirements: 
ART 3 10 — History and Practice of Art 

Education 
EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of 

Education 
EDUC 339 — Middle and Secondary 

School Curriculum and 

histruction 
PS Y 138 — Educational Psychology 
EDUC 446, 447, 448, and 449 — 

Professional Semester 
Students are also encouraged to take ART 1 1 6 
and EDUC 232. 

VI. Photography/Electronic Art 

ART 337— Photography II 

ART 342 — Photography III 

ART 343 — Introduction to Computer 

Art 
ART 43 1 — Advanced Digital Imaging OR 
ART 432— Photography IV 
Students are encouraged to take both ART 43 1 
and ART 432. 

Two Art History courses numbered 300 or 
above. 

Students are also encouraged to take ART 
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media, 
and ART 430, Interactive Multi-Media and 
Web Design. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: ART 222 and 339. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ART 222, 223, 331, 333, 334, 
336, and 339. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
ART HISTORY 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in art history, a student must take 
courses in art history, studio art, and history 
and/or religion. A student majoring in art 
history is advised to take a foreign language. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Art History majors (once declared) are 

required to participate in each semester's art 

colloquium. 

Required of all students: 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non- Western Ar 
ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the 

Renaissance through the 

Modem Age 
ART 447 — Art History Research 
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

Choose four of the following: 

ART 310 — History /Practice Art Education 
ART 331 — Recent Developments in Art 
ART 333 — 19th Century European and 

American Art 
ART 334 — Art of the Renaissance 
ART 336 — Art of the Baroque 
ART 339 — Women in Art 

Choose two of the following: 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 
ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 
ART 116 — Figure Modeling 1 
ART 227 — Photography I 

Two Additional Courses Outside the Art 
Department: 

Students must take at least two additional 
courses in the areas of History, Literature, 
Theater or Religion. Students should select 
these courses with their advisors. 

The following courses have been approve 
to be offered as writing intensive courses am 
may be offered as such: ART 222. 223, 331, 
333, 334, 336 and 339. Students must checl 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 



Minors 

Five minors are offered by the Art Depart- 
ment. Requirements for each follow: Com- 
mercial Design: Art 11 1, 1 15, 212, 223, 227 
and 343; Painting: Art 1 1 1, 1 15, 220, 330 an 
221 or 223: Photography: ART 111,212. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALff' 






5, 227, 337 and 342; Sculpture: Art 1 16, 
5, 226, 335, and 111, 1 19 or 445; Art His- 
y: Art 222, 223 and two advanced art his- 
y courses. Art majors who minor in art his- 
y must take two additional upper level 
irses beyond the two required for the minor 
mded for students who major in other dis- 
lines (i.e., Art 222, 223 and four upper 
el courses). 



AWING I 

Study of the human figure with gesture and 
portion stressed. Student is made familiar 
h different drawing techniques and media, 
ne drawings from nature. 



0-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 

The basic fundamentals found in the two- 
lensional arts: line, shape, form, space, 
pr, and composition are taught in relation- 
) to the other two-dimensional arts, 
xptual theories and their relationships to 
It and why we see what we see in art are 
mssed with each problem. 

URE MODELING I 

Understanding the figure will be approached 
)ugh learning the basic structures and pro- 
ions of the figure. The course is conceived 
three-dimensional drawing class. At least 
figure will be cast by each student. 



lAMICSl 

mphasis placed on pottery design as it 

ites to function of vessels and the design 

|imeters imposed by the characteristics of 

The techniques of ceramics are taught to 
fcurage expression rather than to dispense 
ely a technical body of information. 



l07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



212 

COLOR THEORY 

A study of the physical and emotional 
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on 
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the 
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten 
will form the base for this course with some 
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber 
Birren, and Wilhelm Ostwald. 

220 

PAINTING I 

An introduction of painting techniques and 
materials. Coordination of color, value, and 
design within the painting is taught. Some 
painting from the figure. No limitations as to 
painting media, subject matter, or style. 
Prerequisite: ART J 15 or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

DRAWING II 

Continued study of the human figure. 
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure- 
ground coordination with the use of value and 
design. Prerequisite: ART 111. 

Ill 

SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT, 

MEDIEVAL, AND NON- WESTERN ART 

A survey of the major developments in the 
visual arts of the Ancient, Medieval, and Non- 
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation 
of form and content, the function and meaning 
of the visual arts within their respective 
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy. 

223 

SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE 
RENAISSANCE THROUGH 
THE MODERN AGE 

A survey of Western architecture, sculp- 
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the 
interrelation of form and content and on the 
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural 
environment: 14th-20th centuries. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



225 
SCULPTURE I 

An introduction to the techniques, materi- 
als, and ideas of" sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax, 
wood, and other materials will be used. The 
course will be concerned with ideas about 
sculpture as expression, and with giving 
material form to ideas. 

226 

FIGURE MODELING II 

Will exploit the structures and understand- 
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce 
larger, more complex figurative works. There 
will be a requirement to cast one of the works 
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART J 16 and consent 
of instructor. 

227 
PHOTOGRAPHY I 

Objectives of the course are to develop 
technical skills in the use of photographic 
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom, 
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the 
areas of composition, form, light, picture 
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have 
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full- 
manual operation. 

228 
PRINTMAKING I 

Introduction to the techniques of 
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithography 
printing. One edition of at least six prints 
must be completed in each area. Prerequisite: 
ART 111 or 115; or consent of instructor. 

229 

CERAMICS II 

Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on 
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as 
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite: 
ART 119. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



310 

HISTORY AND PRACTICE 
OF ART EDUCATION 

This course concerns the teaching of art, 
from the distant past to the present. Topics 
include Discipline-Based Art Education: its 
philosophy, history, and context; lesson 
planning; and teaching methods. Course woi| 
includes observation of art classes in elemen' 
tary and secondary schools in the greater 
Williamsport area. Required of art majors in 
the K-12 certification program. 

330 

PAINTING II 

Continuation of Painting I (ART 220). 
Emphasis is placed on individual style and 
technique. Artists and movements in art are 
studied. No limitations as to painting media,! 
subject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 22CJ 

331 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ART 

Recent developments, taking into account 
global issues, historical reference, and news 
media. 

333 

19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 
AND AMERICAN ART I 

The art of Western Europe and the Uniteqj 
States from 1780-1900, with emphasis on 
painting in France. Those artists to be 
studied include David, Goya, Delacroix, 
Courbet, the Impressionists, Turner, Homer.j 
Cole and Eakins. 



334 

ART OF THE RENAISSANCE 

The art of Italy and Northern Europe fron 
1300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters 
Giotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, 
Raphael, Titian, Van Eyck, and Durer, the 
sculptors Ghiberti, Donatello and Mich- 
elangelo, and the architects Brunelleschi and 
Alberti. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



ULPTURE II 

A continuation of Sculpture I (ART 225). 
iphasis is on advanced technical process, 
sting of bronze and aluminum sculpture 
11 be done in the school foundry. Prerequi- 
ART 225. 



T OF THE BAROQUE 

Seventeenth-century painting and sculp- 
in Italy and The Netherlands with 
phasis on Bernini, Poussin, Rubens, and 
nbrandt, with special attention given to the 
(ressive, narrative, and painterly styles 
sent in their art. 



OTOGRAPHY II 

To extend the skills developed in Photog- 
hy I (ART 227) by continued growth in 
inical expertise including instruction in 
)to art processes such as collage, multiple 
ges, hand-coloring and/or toning. Empha- 
is placed on conceptual and aesthetic 
ects of photography. Prerequisite: ART 



[NTMAKING II 

Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228). 
phasis on multi-plate and viscosity 
iting. Prerequisite: ART 228. 



)MEN IN ART 

\ survey of women artists from a variety 
iewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social, 
tical and economic — which seeks to 
erstand and integrate the contributions of 
nen artists into the mainstream of the 
ory of art. 



W ACADEMIC CATALOG 



342 

PHOTOGRAPHY III 

Study of aesthetics and compositional 
strategies using medium and large format 
cameras and advanced printing techniques for 
black and white photography. Emphasis is 
placed on developing a comprehensive and 
conceptual portfolio. Prerequisites: ART 
227, 337, and either ART 11 1 or 115; or 
consent of instructor. 

343 

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ART 

Use of computers as an artist's and 
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on 
study of image manipulation, illustration and 
layout programs. Content of course includes 
fundamentals of vector and raster imaging, 
typography, design, layout, color separation, 
and manipulating computer images obtained 
from scanners, video sources, and the 
students' own original production using 
computer paint software. Prerequisites: ART 
227 and either ART 111 or 1 15; or consent of 
instructor. 

344 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS 
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA 

Use of the computer as a tool to create, 
manipulate and edit video for artistic and 
commercial purposes. Content of course 
includes computer animation, multi-media 
program production and computer interfaced 
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

430 

INTERACTIVE MULTI-MEDIA 
AND WEB DESIGN 

This course is a concentrated, hands-on 
study of interactive media for CD-ROM and 
the World Wide Web. It includes study of the 
history and design principles of interactive 
art, creation of 2-D computer animation. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



digital sound editing, Web design and CD- 
ROM production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

431 

ADVANCED DIGITAL IMAGING 

Study of techniques and aesthetics ot" color 
and digital photography and fine art digital 
printing. Students will produce a portfolio 
that demonstrates mastery of advanced digital 
imaging and printing techniques and compe- 
tence in the concepts and aesthetics of digital 
and color photography. This course will serve 
as the capstone course for digital photogra- 
phers in the Photography/Electronic Art track. 
Prerequisites: ART 337, 343; or consent of 
instructor. 

432 
PHOTOGRAPHY IV 

This is a course dedicated to the creation 
of a professional portfolio. The students will 
devise projects that will further development 
in the areas that interest them most. Work 
from this class may be incorporated in the 
senior group exhibition. This course will 
serve as the capstone course for the traditional 
photographers in the Photography/Electronic 
Art Track. Prerequisite: ART 342. 

440 

PAINTING III 

Advanced study of painting techniques and 
materials. A personal painting direction is 
expected. There is some experimentation with 
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART 
330. 

441 

DRAWING III 

Continued study of the human figure, 
individual style, and professional control of 
drawing techniques and media are empha- 
sized. Prerequisite: ART 221 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



442 

SPECIAL PROJECT IN J 

COMMERCIAL DESIGN 

Concentrated research, preparation and 
execution of a series of projects in commer- 
cial design utilizing computer graphics, pag 
layout programs and paint, draw and image 
manipulation software that simulate tradi- 
tional airbrush, water-based mediums, 
markers, colored pencils and ink pens. The 
following skills are involved: illustration, 
photography, design, typesetting, lettering, 
layout, overlays, scanning color separation, 
matching and proofing and preparation of 
files for a service bureau or printer. Prereqi 
site: ART 343 or consent of instructor. 

445 

SCULPTURE III 

In Sculpture III the student is expected tai 
produce a series of sculptures that follow a 
conceptual and technical line of developmen 
Prerequisites: ART 116, 225, and 335. 

446 

STUDIO RESEARCH 

Independent research and creation of nev 
artwork in an elective studio area, conducte( 
under the supervision of the appropriate 
faculty member. Includes creation of work, 
which may be incorporated in the senior gro 
exhibition. This course will serve as the 
capstone studio experience for Art majors ii| 
the Painting, Printmaking and Sculpture 
tracks. 

447 

ART HISTORY RESEARCH 

Independent research, conducted under tl 
supervision of the appropriate faculty 
member, includes the research and writing c 
a thesis, to be presented to a committee of fi 
Department faculty. This course may be 
repeated for credit. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAU i- 



ART • ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



J8, 248, 348 and 448 
RT COLLOQUIUM 

A non-credit seminar in which faculty, 
udents and invited professionals discuss and 
itique specific art projects. Required of all 
udents majoring in art. Taken each 
mester. Meets 2-4 times each semester. 
iss/Fail. Non-credit seminar. 

\9 

RT PRACTICUM 

This course offers students internship 
perience in commercial design or commer- 
al photography with companies and 
ganizations. Students work at least 10 
»urs per week for a sponsoring company 
d attend seminar sessions on issues 
levant to their work assignments. Students 
ust apply directly to the Art Department to 
range job placement before pre-registration 
be eligible for this course. Prerequisite: 
IT 442 or consent of instructor. 

0-479 

TERNSHIP (See index) 
This course offers students internship 
perience in commercial design or commer- 
il photography with companies and 
ganizations. Prerequisite: ART 430 or 

or consent of instructor. Students must 
\ply directly to the Art Department to 
range job placement before pre-registra- 
n to be eligible for this course. 

0-491 

DEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
EPARTMENTAL honors (See index) 




l»-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY 
AND PHYSICS 

Professor: Fisher 

Associate Professors: Erickson (Chairperson), 

Wolfe 
Part-Time Instructor: Campbell 

The department offers two majors. The 
major in astronomy is specifically designed to 
train students in the field of planetarium edu- 
cation; it also may serve as a basis for earning 
state certification as a secondary school teacher 
of general science. The major in physics can 
prepare students for graduate work in physics, 
astronomy, engineering and other related 
physical sciences, for state certification as 
secondary school teachers of physics, or for 
technical positions in government or industry. 

ASTRONOMY (ASTR) 

The major in astronomy requires courses in 
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathematics. 
The required courses are ASTR 111, 448, and 
five additional courses numbered ASTR 1 1 2 or 
higher four of which must be numbered ASTR 
230 or higher; PHYS 225-226; two courses in 
chemistry to be selected from CHEM 110, 111, 
330. 331, or 439; and MATH 128-129. 
Astronomy majors are also required to register 
for four semesters of ASTR 349 and 449 (non- 
credit colloquia). 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



• II 



The requirement tor taking ASTR 44S can 
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or 
honors project where the resuUs would be 
pre-sented at a departmental colloquium. A 
dt)uble major in astronomy and physics need 
only take the course once. Students who have 
successfully completed a summer REU, RUG, 
or equivalent research experience may request 
departmental approval to substitute that 
experience plus an additional advanced 
astronomy or physics course not already 
required by the major in place of ASTR 448. 

The following courses are recommended: 
PHIL 223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 103. 

The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ASTR 230. 

Minor 

A minor in astronomy consists of a grade 
of C or better in both ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 
225 plus any three additional courses selected 
from PHYS 226 or ASTR courses numbered 
200 or higher. 

000 

LABORATORY TEACHING METHODS 

This course provides students with 
practical experience in laboratory teaching. 
Students in this course will be paired with a 
faculty mentor and will help supervise labs, 
deliver pre-lab lectures and assist in ordering 
chemicals, supplies, and equipment, and in 
preparing laboratory experiments. Students 
will complete a project that integrates the 
physical science education literature, class- 
room instruction materials, laboratory safety 
and proper storage and disposal of materials 
and equipment used. In the appropriate 
situation, a student may substitute plan- 
etarium show preparation and presentation for 
laboratory exercises. Open to junior physic s 
and/or astronomy majors pursuinfi certifica- 
tion in education, with consent of the instriic- 



YCOMING COLl,EGE 



tor. N cm-credit course. Cross-listed as 
PHYS 000. 

104 

FIELD GEOLOGY 

A methods course introducing the field 
techniques needed to study the geology 
of an area. May or summer term cmly. 

107 

OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY 

A methods course providing the opportu- 
nity to make a variety of astronomical 
observations, both visually and photographic- 
ally, with and without telescopes. The 
planetarium is used to familiarize the student 
with the sky at various times during the year 
and from different locations on earth. May or 
summer term only. 

101 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

111 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

A summary of current concepts of the 
universe from the solar system to distant 
galaxies. Describes the techniques and 
instruments used in astronomical research. 
Presents not only what is reasonably well 
known about the universe, but also considers 
some of the major unsolved problems. 
Credit may not be earned for both 101 and 
III. Co requisite for 1 1 1 : MATH 1 27 or 
consent of instructor. 

102 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

112 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

A study of the surface processes and 
internal structure of the planet Earth. Shows 
how past events and lifeforms can be recon- 
structed from preserved evidence to reveal 
the geologic history of our planet from its 
origin to the present. Describes the ways 
geology influences our environment. Credit 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



{ 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



nay not be earned for both 102 and 112. 
'orequisite for 112: MATH 127 or consent of 
nstructor. Alternate years. 

20 

4ANNED SPACE FLIGHT 

Traces the development of space flight 
apability from Sputnik (1957) through the 
arly Space Race to achieve a manned landing 
pon the surface of the Moon, the era of 
pace stations, development of the Space 
ransportation System (space shuttle), to 
urrent U.S. and Russian space efforts. 
Examination of scientific, engineering, and 
olitical motivations. Extensive use of 
[ASA video. May incorporate travel to 
[ASA facilities. Offered only when possible 
t May Term. Not for distribution. 

30 

PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES 

A methods course covering major aspects of 
lanetarium programming, operation and 
laintenance. Students are required to prepare 
nd present a planetarium show. Upon 
iiccessfully completing the course, students 
re eligible to become planetarium assistants. 
hree hours of lecture and demonstration and 
iree hours of practical training per week. 
Prerequisite: a grade ofCor better in ASTR 
01 or 1 11. Alternate years. 

43 

LANETARY SCIENCE 

A comparative survey of the various 
iasses of natural objects that orbit the sun, 
icluding the major planets, their satellites, 
le minor planets, and comets. Topics 
iclude meteorological processes in atmos- 
lieies, geological processes that shape 
irface features, internal structures, the role 
I spacecraft in the exploration of the solar 
stem, and clues to the origin and dynamic 
solution of the solar system. Four hours of 
dure per week. Prerequisites: a grade of C 
■ better in ASTR 1 1 1 or 112, or PHYS 225. 
Itcrnate years. 



(".07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special 
theory of relativity and an introduction to the 
general theory. Topics include: observational 
and experimental tests of relativity, four- 
vectors, tensors, space-time curvature, 
alternative cosmological models, and the 
origin and future of the universe. Four hours 
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ASTR 
1 11 and PHYS 225. Alternate years. Cross- 
listed as PHYS 344. 

445 

STELLAR EVOLUTION 

The physical principles governing the 
internal structure and external appearance of 
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and 
transport within stars. The evolution of stars 
from initial formation to final stages. The 
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn- 
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: ASTR HI and PHYS 226. 
Alternate years. 

446 

STELLAR DYNAMICS AND 
GALACTIC STRUCTURE 

The motion of objects in gravitational 
fields. Introduction to the n-body problem. 
The relation between stellar motions and the 
galactic potential. The large-scale structure 
of galaxies in general and of the Milky Way 
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture 
per week. Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and 
PHYS 225. Alternate years. 

448 

RESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
under the guidance of a faculty member in the 
department. In weekly meetings, they share 
reports from the literature and report on their 
own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of 
the instructor Cross-listed as PHYS 448. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



May he taken a second time with departmental 
approval. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUI A 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy 
and physics offers students a chance to meet 
and hear active scientists in astronomy, 
physics, and related scientific areas talk about 
their own research or professional activities. 
In addition, majors in astronomy and physics 
must present two lectures, one given during 
the junior year and one given during the 
senior year, on the results of a literature 
survey or their individual research. Students 
majoring in this department are required to 
attend four semesters during the junior and 
senior years. A letter grade will be given 
when the student gives a lecture. Otherwise 
the grade will be P/F. Non-credit course. 
One hour per week. Cross-listed as PHYS 
349 & 449. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of astronomy. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



PHYSICS (PHYS) 

The B.A. Degree 

The required courses for the B.A. in physics 
are PHYS 225, 226, 331, 332, 448 and four 
additional courses numbered PHYS 333 or 
higher; two courses in chemistry to be 
selected from CHEM 110, 1 1 1. 330, 331, or 
439; and MATH 128-129. Physics majors are 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



also required to register for four semesters of 
PHYS 349 and 449 (non-credit colloquia). 

The B.S. Degree 

The required courses for the B.S. in physics 
are PHYS 225, 226, 331, 332, 337. 439, 448, 
and three additional courses numbered PHYS 
333 or higher; two courses in chemistry to be 
selected from CHEM 1 10, 1 1 1, 330, or 331; 
MATH 128,129; and two additional courses 
from MATH 130, 214, 231, 233, 238, 321, 

332, 333; CPTR 125, 246; CHEM 330, 331, 

333, or 443. Physics majors are also required 
to register for four semesters of PHYS 349 
and 449 (non-credit colloquia). 

The requirement for taking PHYS 448 can 
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or 
honors project where the results would be 
presented at a departmental colloquium. A 
double major in astronomy and physics need 
only take the course once. Students who 
have successfully completed a summer REU, 
RUG, or equivalent research experience may 
request departmental approval to substitute 
that experience plus an additional advanced 
astronomy or physics course not already 
required by the major in place of PHYS 448. 

Up to two courses chosen from ASTR 1 1 1 
1 12, 243, 445 and 446 may substitute for two 
physics electives. The following courses are 
recommended: MATH 231. 238; CPTR 125 
(these are required or useful by many 
internships and graduate schools), and PHIL 
223, 333. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 103. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PHYS 338 and 447. 

Minor 

A minor in physics requires completion of 
the following courses with a C grade or 
better: PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one 
additional course selected from PHYS 
courses numbered 300 or higher. 



[! 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



100 

ABORATORY TEACHING METHODS 
This course provides students with 
)ractical experience in laboratory teaching. 
Jtudents in this course will be paired with a 
acuity mentor and will help supervise labs, 
leliver pre-lab lectures and assist in ordering 
hemicals, supplies, and equipment, and in 
reparing laboratory experiments. Students 
vill complete a project that integrates the 
ihysical science education literature, class- 
oom instruction materials, laboratory safety 
nd proper storage and disposal of materials 
nd equipment used. Open to junior physics 
nd/or astronomy majors pursuing certification 
■I education, with consent of the instructor. 
Jon-credit course. Cross-listed as ASTR 000. 

06 

•NERGY ALTERNATIVES 

A physicist' s definition of work, energy, and 
ower. The various energy sources available 
DT use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and 
usion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The 
dvantages and disadvantages of each energy- 
onversion method, including availability, 
fficiency, and environmental effects. Present 
reas of energy research and possible future 
evelopments. Projections of possible future 
nergy demands. Exercises and experiments in 
nergy collection, conversion, and utilization. 
iay or summer term only. 

08 

IREAT IDEAS OF THE 

HYSICAL UNIVERSE 

An introduction to several major concepts 
f physics which have developed over the 
ast several centuries, relating them to their 
road implications. The emphasis is on a 
escriptive rather than a mathematical 
iscussion of topics which range from early 
^reek concepts of science to present day 
[lethods and techniques used to describe the 
hysical universe. Many distinctions and 
imilarities between science and other areas of 
uman endeavor will be studied to demon- 



)06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



strate the beauty, simplicity, harmony, and 
grandeur of some of the basic laws which 
govern the universe. Three hours of lecture 
and two hours of laboratory per week. Alter- 
nate years. 

225 

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I 

A mathematically rigorous introduction to 
physics designed for majors in the natural 
sciences and mathematics. Topics include 
classical mechanics, thermodynamics, and 
mechanical waves. Five hours of lecture and 
recitation and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Co-requisite: MATH 128. This course 
is intended for freshman and sophomore 
majors in the natural sciences and students 
intending to pursue health professions, and 
any majors in the mathematical sciences. 

226 

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS II 

A mathematically rigorous introduction to 
physics designed for majors in the natural 
sciences and mathematics. Topics include 
electromagnetism, optics, and quantum 
physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation 
and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: PHYS 225 and MATH 128. 
This course is intended for freshman and 
sophomore majors in the natural sciences and 
students intending to pursue health professions, 
and any majors in the mathematical sciences. 

331 

CLASSICAL MECHANICS 

An analytical approach to classical mechan- 
ics. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics 
of single particles and systems of particles, 
gravitation and other central forces, moving 
reference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamilto- 
nian formulations of mechanics. Four hours of 
lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a grade ofC or 
better in PHYS 225. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



332 

ELECTROMAGNETISM 

A theoretical treatment of classical electro- 
magnetism. Topics include: electrostatics, 
magnetostatics. electric and magnetic poten- 
tials, electric and magnetic properties of matter. 
Maxwell's equations, the electromagnetic 
field, and the propagation of electromagnetic 
radiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours 
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH 
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226. 

333 

OPTICS 

Geometrical optics, optical systems, 
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer 
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and 
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture 
and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 128: or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

336 

MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS 

Solution of ordinary linear differential 
equations using power series and Laplace 
transforms, nonlinear differential and coupled 
differential equations, Fourier analysis using 
both trigonometric and complex exponential 
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue 
problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces, 
partial differential equations, boundary value 
problem solutions to the wave equation, heat 
flow equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq- 
uisites: MATH 231 and 238. Alternate years. 

337 

THERMODYNAMICS AND 

STATISTICAL MECHANICS 

Classical thermodynamics will be pre- 
sented, showing that the macroscopic proper- 
ties of a system can be specified without a 
knowledge of the microscopic properties of 
the constituents of the system. Then statisti- 
cal mechanics will be developed, showing 
that these same macroscopic properties are 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



determined by the microscopic properties. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation per 
week. Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 
129. Alternate years. 

\ 
338 
MODERN PHYSICS 

Thorough investigation of changes in the 
classical understanding of space and time 
together with those of energy and matter that 
led to the time development of relativistic ano 
quantum mechanical theories. Topics 
include: introduction to special relativity, 
blackbody radiation, the postulation of the 
photon and quantization, atomic spectra, 
interactions of matter and energy, Bohr mode!, 
of the atom, concepts of symmetry, and 
development and applications of the 
Schrodinger equation. Four hours of lecture , 
and one-three hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a grade of C 
or better in PHYS 226. 

339 

CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS 

Structural topics include ordinary crystal- 
line structures, liquid crystals, quasi-crystals, 
and nanostructures. Property-related topics 
include periodic potentials, band structure, 
electromagnetic and thermal properties, 
superconductivity, superfluidity, aspects of 
surface physics, and aspects of polymer 
physics. Four hours of lecture and three 
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
PHYS 332 and MATH 129, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special theory 
of relativity and an introduction to the general 
theory. Topics include: observational and 
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors, 
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative 
cosmological models, and the origin and future 
of the universe. Four hours of lecture per week, 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL0( 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



Prerequisites: ASTR 111 andPHYS225. 
Uternate years. Cross-listed as ASTR 344. 

139 

NTRODUCTION TO 
QUANTUM MECHANICS 

Introduction to the basic concepts and 
irinciples of quantum theory. Solutions to 
he free particle, the simple harmonic oscilla- 
or, the hydrogen atom, and other central 
0rce problems are presented using the 
tchrodinger wave equation approach. Topics 
Iso include operator formalism, eigenstates, 
igenvalues, the uncertainty principles, 
tationary states, representation of wave 
Imctions by eigenstate expansions, and the 
leisenberg matrix approach. Four hours of 
ecture. Prerequisites: Either PHYS 226 or 

HEM 331, and MATH 231. Cross-listed as 

HEM 439. 

47 

JUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 

The course will consider properties of 
uclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear 
eactions (including fission and fusion), and 
roperties of elementary particles. The 
iteractions of nuclear particles with matter 
nd the detection of nuclear particles will be 
overed. It will be shown how observed 
ihenomena lead to theories on the nature of 
undamental interactions, how these forces 
let at the smallest measurable distances, and 
vhat is expected to occur at even smaller 
istances. Four hours of lecture and recita- 
ion and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226, MATH 129, and 
ither PHYS 338 or CHEM 110. Alternate 
ears. 

148 

lESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
nder the guidance of a faculty member in the 
lepartment. In weekly meetings, they share 
eports from the literature and report on their 



:006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of 
the instructor Cross-listed as ASTR 448. 
May be taken a second time with departmen- 
tal approval. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 
COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and 
physics offers students a chance to meet and 
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics and 
related scientific areas talk about their own 
research or professional activities. In addition, 
majors in astronomy and physics must present 
two lectures, one given during the junior year 
and one given during the senior year, on the 
results of a literature survey or their individual 
research. Students majoring in this department 
are required to attend four semesters during the 
junior and senior years. A letter grade will be 
given when the student gives a lecture. Other- 
wise the grade will be P/F. Non-credit course. 
One hour per week. Cross-listed as ASTR 349 & 
449. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in physics work off campus under 
the supervision of professional physicists 
employed by local industries or hospitals. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of physics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 




BIOLOGY (BIO) 

Professor: Zimmerman 
Associate Professor: Gabriel 
Assistant Professors: Briggs (Chairperson), 
Broussard, McGarvey, Morrison, Newman 
Part-Time Instructor: Burke 

The Department of Biology offers both 
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, with minors 
available in Biology and Environmental 
Science. Consent of instructor may replace 
BIO 110-111 as a prerequisite for all upper 
level biology courses. 

The B.A. Degree 

To earn the B.A. degree students must 
complete the 1 3 course major which consists of 
BIO 1 10. 1 1 1, 222, 224, 225, 321, 323 and 
one course in Biology numbered 328 or 
higher (excluding BIO 400, 401 or 470); one 
course from CHEM 215, 220, or 221 plus two 
additional units of Chemistry; two units of 
mathematical sciences chosen from CPTR 
108, 125 and/or MATH 109, 123, 127, 128 or 
above. In addition, juniors and seniors are 
required to successfully complete BIO 349/449 
(non-credit colloquium) for a maximum of four 
semesters and complete the capstone experi- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ences described below. Enrollment in studeni 
teaching and/or other similar off-campus 
academic experiences will be accepted by the 
department in lieu of that semester's collo- 
quium requirement. Only two courses 
numbered below 22 1 may count toward the 
major. Declared Biology majors may 
substitute BIO 106-107 for BIO 1 10-1 1 1 witl 
written consent of the department chair. 

The B.S. Degree 

To earn the B.S. degree students must 
complete the 1 3 course major described for 
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement, 
complete the capstone experiences described 
below, and pass three courses chosen in any 
combination from the following: BIO 328 or 
above (including BIO 400, 401 and/or 470). 
CHEM 200 or above, PHYS 200 or above, o 
MATH 1 27 or above. 



Cooperative Programs 

Certain specific exceptions to the B.A. am 
B.S. degrees will be made for students in 
accelerated programs. The requirements for 
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry 
or Environmental Studies, Medical Technol- 
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the Aca- 
demic Program section of the catalog. 

2()()6-()7 ACADEMIC CATALO 



idents interested in these programs should 
ntact the program director before finahzing 
;ir individual programs. 

riting Intensive Courses 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
luirement: BIO 200, 222 and 224. 

pstone Experiences for Biology Majors 

In order to graduate, all biology majors 
ist demonstrate to the Department their 
nmand of biology by meeting the foUow- 
; three criteria. 

. Practical Experience: All students must 
complete at least one of the experiences 
in the following list: Internship, 
Practicum, Relevant Summer Experi- 
ence, Independent Studies, Honors, 
Medical Technology Internship, Teach- 
ing Semester, Biology Laboratory 
Assistant, Biology-related volunteer 
work. (Summer experiences. Biology- 
related volunteer work, or working as a 
lab assistant must be approved by the 
Department in order to be used to meet 
this requirement.) 

. Research & Presentation Component: 

All junior and senior majors are 
required to successfully complete 
Biology Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449) 
during all their semesters on campus. 
During their final year, students will 
research a biological topic and make an 
oral presentation at the Biology Collo- 
quium. This will provide the student 
with the basic level of information 
literacy in the biological science. 

. Assessment: All majors are required to 
take at least one of the exams listed 
below or pass a Biology Department Exit 
Exam. GRE - Bio subject exam, MCAT, 
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By the 
end of their first semester of their senior 
year, students must provide the Depart- 
ment official documentation of the scores 
they have earned on one of these exams. 

i-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



If one or more of these requirements 
have not been met by the end of their 
first semester of their senior year, the 
student must submit a plan signed by 
their advisor showing when and how 
these requirements will be completed. 

Certification in Secondary Education 

A Biology major interested in becoming 
certified at the secondary level to teach 
Biology and/or General Science should, as 
early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education 
Handbook and should make their plans known 
to their advisor and the Chair of the Education 
Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled before the Professional Semester. 

a) To obtain certification in Secondary 
Biology a student must successfully 
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200, 
PSY 138, EDUC 338, EDUC 339, the 
Pre-Student Teaching Participation, and 
the Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 
447 and 449). Students may choose 
EDUC 232 as an Education elective. 

b) Students interested in obtaining General 
Science/Biology certification must com- 
plete all the requirements for secondary 
Biology listed in (a) as well as PHYS 108 
or 225 and any two courses from ASTR 

1 1 1, 1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recommended as an additional course. 

Minors 

The Department of Biology offers two 
minors: Biology and Environmental Science. 

A minor in biology requires the comple- 
tion of four courses numbered 200 or higher, 
with their appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two 
introductory biology courses). At least two of 
these must be from the series of courses BIO 
222, 224, 225, 321, or 323. 

A minor in Environmental Science 
consists of two introductory biology courses 
(one of which must be BIO 220), BIO 224, 
two additional courses numbered 200 or 
higher, one course in economics (recom- 
mended ECON 225), and ASTR 102. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Biology majors who minor in Environ- 
mental Science must complete all require- 
ments of the biology major. In addition, they 
need to complete BIO 220, BIO 401, ECON 
225, ASTR 1 1 2, and one course selected from 
either ECON 240. SOC 229. or an advanced 
biology course (32K or higher). 

Clean Water Institute 

This institute is designed to provide a 
forum for the natural resource heritage of 
North Central Pennsylvania, the Susquehanna 
River and its major tributaries (Pine, 
Loyalsock. Lycoming, and Muncy Creeks). 
The institute provides a service not only to 
Lycoming College students, through coordi- 
nation of Environmental internships, practica 
(BIO 401) and independent study/honors 
projects, but also the community. This may 
include seminars or workshops on environ- 
mental issues as well as monitoring assistance 
to watershed groups. 

000 

SEMINAR IN BIOLOGICAL EDUCATION 

Each student planning to teach Biology in 
secondary schools will attend a series of 
seven seminars, conducted prior to student 
teaching, during the spring semester of the 
junior year. These seminars will be con- 
ducted by members of the biology faculty. In 
addition to pertinent teaching issues, students 
will also be exposed to procedures for 
laboratory set up and maintenance, and safety 
procedures for students and materials in a 
laboratory. Special arrangements will be 
made for non-degree students. Non-credit 
course. 

106 

CELLS. GENES AND SOCIETY 

This course investigates the roles cellular 
phenomena, genes and biotechnology play in 
everyday life. The primary goal of this course 
is to improve recognition and understanding 
of the implications of biology in health care. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



agriculture, law, bioethics, and business. 
Credit may not be earned for both BIO 106 
and 110. BIO 106 is not a prerequisite for 
BIO 107. Three hours of lecture and one- 
three hour Uib per week. 

107 

ANATOMY FOR HEALTH 
CARE CONSUMERS 

This course is a brief survey of human 
anatomy and physiology, which includes 
study of the complementary nature of form 
and function, as well as study of the levels o 
biological organization within the body. The 
objective is to provide students with a back- 
ground which will allow them to read, 
comprehend, and appreciate current articles 
on this subject in the popular press. Studeni 
learn the names, structure, and general 
functions of the major organs of the body. 
Animal dissection is optional. Credit may m 
be earned for both BIO 107 and 111. BIO 
106 is not a pre-requisite for BIO 107. Thre 
hours of lecture and one-three hour labora- 
tory per week. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY I 

An introduction to the study of biology 
designed for students planning to major in tH 
sciences. Major topics considered include a 
survey of biochemistry, cell biology, genetic 
development, and evolution. Credit may not 
be earned for both BIO 106 and 110. Three 
hours of lecture and one three-hour labora- 
tory per week. 

Ill 

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY II 

An introduction to the study of biology 
designed for students planning to major in the 
sciences. Major topics considered include a 
survey of eukaryotic diversity mammalian 
anatomy and physiology, animal behavior, 
ecology, and evolution. Prior completion of 
BIO 1 10 is recommended, but not required. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



redit may not be earned for both BIO 107 
id 111. Three hours of lecture and one 
ree-hour laboratory per week. 

)0 

HE 4™ AND 5™ KINGDOMS 

While food, oxygen and medicines are all 
jcessary for human existence, the impor- 
nce of plants and fungi are often ignored by 
ir society. Plants and fungi play an essential 
le in our planet's ecology and are central in 
iman cultural evolution. Topics covered by 
is course include the ways plants and fungi 
ork, how humans have used plant and 
ngal products for their benefit and pleasure 
rough out history, and how different 
lytochemicals can influence human health. 
'e will also examine human impacts on 
ant and fungal biodiversity, how we have 
tered the environment in our quest for food 
id the perfect American lawn, and the 
ipacts of genetic engineering. Three hours 

lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
eek. This course does not count towards the 
ology major. 

m 

NVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 

This course provides an introduction to eco- 
gical principles and concepts with an 
Lamination of the biological basis of contem- 
?rary environmental problems. The effects of 
(iman population on earth's resources are 
ddied against a background of biological and 
;alth sciences. This course is designed 
^marily for students not planning to major in 
e biological sciences. Three hours of lecture 
id one three-hour laboratory per week, 
rerequisite: BIO 1 10. This course is not a 
ibstitutefor BIO III for majors. 

S2 
ENETICS 

A general consideration of the principles 
)verning inheritance, including treatment of 
assical, molecular, cytological, physiology. 



06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



microbial, human, and population genetics. 
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO IIO-III. 

224 

ECOLOGY 

The study of the principles of ecology with 
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical, 
and biological factors affecting the distribu- 
tion and succession of plant and animal 
populations and communities. Included will 
be field studies of local habitats as well as 
laboratory experimentation. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 lO-l 1 1. 

225 

PLANT SCIENCES 

A survey of the structure, development, 
function, classification, and use of plants and 
related organisms. The study will comprise 
four general topic areas: form, including 
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth 
and reproduction; function, concentrating on 
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photo- 
synthetic organisms; classification systems 
and plant identification, and human uses of 
plants. Three hours of lecture and one three 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO 110-111. 

226 

MICROBIOLOGY FOR 
THE HEALTH SCIENCES 

A study of microorganisms with emphasis 
given to their taxonomy and their role in various 
aspects of human infectious disease. Mecha- 
nisms for treating and preventing infectious 
diseases will be presented. Laboratory to 
include diagnostic culture procedures, antibiotic 
sensitivity testing, serology, anaerobic tech- 
niques and a study of hemolytic reactions. Three 
hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: One year of introductory 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



level hioloiiy, one yeai of chemistry or consent of 
instructor. Not open to students who have 
received credit f)r BIO 32 1 . 

321 

MICROBIOLOGY 

A study (it" microorganisms. Emphasis is 
given to the identification and physiology of 
microorganisms as well as to their role in 
disease, their economic importance, and 
industrial applications. Three hours of lecture 
and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisites: BIO J 1 0-1 J I. Not open to 
students who have received credit for BIO 226. 

323 

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 

The mechanisms and functions of systems, 
including the autonomic, endocrine, digestive, 
cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous, 
and reproductive systems. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: BIO IIO-H 1. 

328 

AQUATIC BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course dealing with 
freshwater ecosystems. Studies will include a 
survey of the plankton, benthos, and fish — as 
well as the physical and chemical characteris- 
tics of water that intluence their distribution. 
Several local field trips and an extended field 
trip to a field station will familiarize students 
with the diversity of habitats and techniques 
of limnologists. Alternate years. Prerequi- 
sites: BIO 110-111. 

329 

TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course where students 
study the creatures of the fringing reefs, 
barrier reefs, lagoons, turtlegrass beds and 
mangrove swamps at a tropical marine 
laboratory. Studies will include survey of 
plankton, invertebrates, and fish as well as the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



78 



physical and chemical characteristics that 
influence their distribution. Prerequisites: 
BIO 110-111. Alternate May terms. 

333 

MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS 

An overview of plants that produce 
physiologically active substances that are 
important to humans and animals. Major 
themes include: Mechanisms and symptom 
of poisoning, and plant chemicals with usef 
physiological effects. Laboratory topics 
include plant classification and techniques f 
compound identification. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 

Comparative study of the invertebrate 
phyla with emphasis on phylogeny, physiol- 
ogy, moiphology, and ecology. Two three- 
hour lecture/lcdjoratory periods per week. 
Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. Alternate year 

338 

HUMAN ANATOMY 

An upper-division elective course which 
uses a combined organ-system and regional 
approach to the study of human anatomy. T 
course includes lecture, laboratory and 
individual and/or group mini-projects. 
Computer simulated dissection software 
packages are used extensively. Video presei 
tations of cadaver dissections and a video di 
of cross-sectional anatomy are available for 
study. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10 and 1 1 1. 

340 

PLANT ANIMAL INTERACTIONS 

An investigation of different herbivorous 
animals, plant defenses, and how herbivores 
influence plants. Topics include evolution o 
herbivores and plants, effects of herbivory o; 
individuals and communities, and types of 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



lant defenses. We will also discuss how 
nimals deal with plant defenses, the advan- 
ces and disadvantages of monophagous and 
olyphagous lifestyles, different types of 
erbivores and herbivore damage, and 

Siutualisms between plants and their herbi- 
ores. Three hows of lecture and one three- 
our laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
10 1 10-111, or consent of instructor 

Alternate years. 

41 

ERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY 

A study of the development of vertebrates 
om fertilization to the fully formed fetus, 
articular attention is given to the chick and 
jman as representative organisms. Two 
\ree-hour lecture/laboratory periods per 
eek. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. Alter- 
2te years. 

42 

NIMAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of causation, function, evolution, 
jrjid biological significance of animal behav- 
irs in their normal environment and social 
)ntexts. Three hours of lecture and one 
ur-hour laboratory each week. Prerequi- 
tes: BIO 1 10-111. Alternate years. 

#6 

IROLOGY 

An introduction to the study of viruses, 
he course will cover virus anatomy and 
,e [production, diseases caused by viruses, 
ji lOdern treatments of viral infections and viral 
iccines produced by recombinant DNA and 
her technologies. Course content will also 
elude a description of how viruses are used 
; tools for genetic engineering and for 
udying cellular processes like membrane 
gnal transduction, regulation of genetic 
^pression and oncogenesis (cancer). Four 
\)urs of lecture per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
W-1 11 or consent of instructor. Alternate 
'ars. 



^ 



D6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



347 
IMMUNOLOGY 

The course introduces concepts concerning 
how pathogens cause disease and host defense 
mechanisms against infectious diseases. 
Characterization of and relationships between 
antigens, haptens, and antibodies are presented. 
Serological assays will include: agglutination, 
precipitations, immunofluorescence, 
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement 
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and 
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such as 
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological renal 
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups, 
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and 
function of complement, autoimmunity, and 
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hours 
of lecture, one three-hour laboratory, and one 
hour of arranged work per week. Prerequi- 
sites: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

348 
ENDOCRINOLOGY 

This course begins with a survey of the 
role of the endocrine hormones in the 
integration of body functions. This is 
followed by a study of the control of hormone 
synthesis and release, and a consideration of 
the mechanisms by which hormones accom- 
plish their effects on target organs. Two 
three-hour lecture/laboratoty periods per 
week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. Alter- 
nate years. 

400 

BIOLOGY PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior biology majors jointly sponsored by 
the Department and a public or private 
agency. The practicum is designed to 
integrate classroom theory with field or 
laboratory practice. In addition to attendance 
at a weekly seminar, students will spend 10- 
1 2 hours per week at the sponsoring agency. 
Academic work will include, but is not 
limited to: a log, readings, recitation and an 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



assigned research paper related to the specific 
agency's activities. May be repeated once for 

credit with conscsnt of instructor. 

401 

ENVIRONMENTAL PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior students interested in environmental 
science. Students work on projects jointly 
sponsored by the Clean Water Institute and a 
public or private agency. The practicum is 
designed to integrate classroom theory with 
field and/or laboratory practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency or project. Academic work includes, 
but is not limited to a log, readings, recitation 
and an assigned research paper related to the 
specific agency or project activity. May be 
repeated once for credit with consent of 
instructor. 

430 

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 
OF VERTEBRATES 

Detailed examination of the origins, 
structure, and functions of the principal 
organs of the vertebrates. Special attention is 
given to the progressive modification of 
organs from lower to higher vertebrates. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10- 
111. Alternate years. 

431 

HISTOLOGY 

A study of the basic body tissues and the 
microscopic anatomy of the organs and 
structures of the body which are formed from 
them. Focus is on normal human histology. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
110-111. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



435 

CELL BIOLOGY 

An intensive study of the cell as the basic 
unit of life. Topics will include: origins of 
cellular life, biochemistry of the cell, enzymatic 
reactions, cellular membranes, intracellular 
communication, the cell cycle, the cytoskeleton 
and cell motility, protein sorting, distribution 
and secretion. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1 ant 
one .semester of organic chemistty. Alternate 
years. 

436 

EVOLUTION 

The study of the origin and modification ( 
life on earth. Topics discussed include 
molecular evolution, population genetics, 
gene flow, natural selection, sexual selection 
kin selection, neutral theory, extinction, co- 
evolution, and the evolution of man. Four 
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO 110-111, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

437 

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY \ 

An in-depth analysis of fundamental 
cellular information flow processes with 
particular emphasis on how these processes 
have been harnessed in the laboratory, 
resulting in technologies such as DNA clonir 
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain 
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapj 
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and 
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of 
lecture, a one-hour lab and a three-hour lab 
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and 
one semester of organic chemistry. 

439 

MEDICAL GENETICS 

This course is concerned with the relation 
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions wil 
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor- 
malities, metabolic variation and disease, 
somatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



Timunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will 
ffer practical experiences in genetic diagnos- 
c techniques. Prerequisites: BIO 1 lO-l 1 1. 
lay term only. 

40 

ARASITOLOGY AND 
lEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY 

The biology of parasites and parasitism, 
tudies on the major groups of animal para- 
tes and anthropod vectors of disease will 
ivolve taxonomy and life cycles. Emphasis 
'ill be made on parasites of medical and 

terinary importance. Three hours of lecture 
nd one three-hour laboratory per week, 
rerequisites: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

44 

lOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
Irbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
id nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
id biochemical control mechanisms, 
icluding allosteric control, induction, 
spression, signal transduction as well as the 
arious types of inhibitive control mecha- 
isms. Three hours of lecture, one three-hour 
boratory and one hour of arranged work 
?r week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221, or 
msent of instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM 
i4. Alternate years. 

45 

ADIATION BIOLOGY 

A study of the effects of ionizing and non- 
(nizing radiations on cells, tissues and 
"ganisms. Consideration will be given to 
[pair mechanisms and how repair deficien- 
es elucidate the nature of radiation damage. 
hree hours of lecture and one three-hour 
boratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
1 0-111, one year of chemistry. Alternate 
ars. 



. 



:.ANT PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY 

A study of plant resource acquisition in the 
ce of competing neighbors and the quickly 



06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



changing global environment. The course 
will focus on how differences in the environ- 
ment affect plant water use, carbon dioxide 
acquisition, light capture and nutrient uptake. 
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
110-111 and 225. Alternate years. 

349 & 449 

BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM 

This course offers the student a chance to 
become familiar with research in the biologi- 
cal sciences using techniques such as meeting 
and talking with active researchers, reading 
and critically analyzing the current literature, 
and discussing the ideas and methods shaping 
biology. Students will be required to read and 
analyze specific papers, actively participate in 
discussions. Biology majors with junior and 
senior standing are required to successfully 
complete colloquim during all semesters on 
campus except for semesters when student 
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit 
course. One hour per week. Prerequisite: 
biology majors with junior or senior class 
standing. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent samples of internships in the 
department include ones with the Department 
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medi- 
cine or rehabilitative therapies at a local 
hospital. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Departmental studies are experimentally- 
oriented and may entail either lab or field 
work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Examples of recent honors projects have 
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth 
research, drug synthesis and testing. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 




BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

(BUS) 

Associate Professor: Sterngold, Weaver 

(Chairperson) 

Assistant Professors: Boyd, Kolb 

Part-time Instructors: Larrabee, Remoff 

This major is designed to educate students 
about business and management functions in 
both commercial and non-commercial 
organizations. The program provides a well- 
balanced preparation for a wide variety of 
professions and careers, including banking, 
financial services, small business manage- 
ment, marketing, sales, advertising, retailing, 
general management, supervision, invest- 
ments, human resources management, and 
management information systems. The major 
is also appropriate for students who plan to 
attend graduate school in business or related 
fields, such as law or public administration. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



The Department of Business Administi a 
tion is a member of the Institute for Manage 
ment Studies. See page 125. 

All students majoring in Business Admii' 
istration must complete the core courses and 
at least one of the four tracks listed below. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 110, 130 or 223; BUS 128,210,211, 
223, 235, 244, 338, 441 ; ECON 110 and 1 1 ] 
Statistics is also required. It is recommende 
that students complete most of the core 
courses (except BUS 441 ) before starting 
their track requirements. 

Track requirements: 

1. General Management: 

Three courses from BUS 330, 344, 345, o; 
449 

2. Financial Management: 
BUS 339; two courses from BUS 345, 
410, or ECON 220 

3. Marketing Management: 
BUS 342. 429: and either BUS 319 or 332 

4. International Business Management 
BUS 319, 330; and two higher-numbered 
language courses beyond those used to 
meet the distribution requirement. Major 
in the International Management track an 
encouraged to minor in a foreign language. 

Minor 

A minor in Business Administration 
consists of ACCT 1 10; BUS 128, 244, 338; 
and one course from BUS 330, 339, or 429. 

Internships 

Through BUS 439, Business Practicum, 
the department facilitates a wide variety of 
internships with businesses, government 
agencies and nonprofit organizations. In 
addition, the department is a member of the 
Institute for Management Studies, which als( 
facilitates internships, including full-time 
internships during the summer. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



Hversity and Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses satisfy the cukural 
iversity requirement: BUS 244 and 319. 
ij'he following courses, when scheduled as W 
ourses, count toward the writing intensive 

quirement: BUS 244, 342, 344, 410 and 
41. 

28 
je|lARKETING PRINCIPLES 

A study of the methods used by business 
nd nonprofit organizations to design, price, 
romote and distribute their products and 
^rvices. Topics include new product 
evelopment, advertising, retailing, consumer 
ehavior, marketing strategy, ethical issues in 
ojiarketing and others. 



10 

[UMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

A study of the recruitment, selection, 
evelopment, compensation, retention, 
valuation, and promotion of personnel 
ithin an organization. Emphasis is on 
nderstanding these major activities 
erformed by Human Resource Management 
i4rofessionals as organizations deal with 
icreased laws and regulations, the 
roliferation of lawsuits related to Human 
esources, changes in work force 
haracteristics, and an increasingly 
ampetitive work environment. One-half unit 
{credit. 



11 

lANAGEMENT INFORMATION 
YSTEMS 

A study of computer information systems 
nd digital networks from the perspective of 
usiness managers and other end-users. 
!opics include the components and functions 
ils( f management information systems, personal 
roductivity applications, distributed networks 
bd communication systems (including the 
[iternet and World Wide Web), database 



06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



management, electronic commerce and other 
emerging technologies and business 
applications. One-half unit of credit. 

223 

QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS 

A study of the quantitative approach to 
managerial decision-making. Using deci- 
sional models, students explore quantitative 
applications to quality control, resource 
allocation, inventory control, decisional 
analysis, network scheduling, forecasting, and 
other topics. Prerequisite: Statistics, or 
consent of instructor. 

235 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES I 

Lectures and analyses of cases on the 
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law 
in general, and particularly as relating to 
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments. 

236 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES II 

Lectures on the fundamentals and history 
of the law relating to legal association, real 
property, wills, and estates. 

244 

MANAGEMENT AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of the complex character of 
organizational life and the discipline and 
process of management. Topics include the 
evolution and scope of organizations and 
management, planning, organizing, leading, 
and controlling. Emphasis is placed on the 
importance of managing in a global environ- 
ment, understanding the ethical implications 
of managerial decisions, and appreciating 
work place diversity. 

319 

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 

An investigation of the challenges of 
marketing products in an increasingly global 
environment. Special emphasis is placed on 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



the cultLiral and social diversity of interna- 
tional markets. Examines the marketing 
strategies of global firms, and the challenges 
of international pricing, distribution, promo- 
tion and product development. Prerequisite: 
BUS 12H or consent of instructor. 

330 

INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT 

A study of the dynamic process of applying 
management concepts and techniques in a 
multinational environment. Topics include 
global strategy and competitiveness, the 
cultural context, intercultural communica- 
tions, organizational behavior and human 
resource management, and ethics and social 
responsibility. Special emphasis is placed on 
managing organizational cultures and 
diversity and the environment for interna- 
tional management. Prerequisite: BUS 244 
or consent of instructor. 

332 

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION 

How businesses and other institutions 
promote their products to consumers. The 
role of advertising and promotion in the 
marketing strategy of the firm is investigated, 
and the effects of different promotional tools 
and advertising techniques is discussed. 
Prerequisite: BUS 128 or consent of instruc- 
tor. 

338 

FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

A study of the fundamental theory, tools, 
and methods of financial management. 
Topics include the mathematics of finance, 
working capital management, capital budget- 
ing, and analysis of financial statements. 
Prerequisites: ACCT 110 and statistics, or 
consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



339 

INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

An intensive study of issues and applica- 
tions of financial management. Topics 
covered include international finance, ethics, 
capital structures, cost of capital, financial 
analysis and forecasting. Extensive use of 
directed and non-directed cases. Prerequisiti 
BUS 338 or consent of instructor. 

342 

MARKETING RESEARCH 

This is a study of the principles and 
practices of marketing research. The focus i; 
on the development and application of 
marketing research methods. Topics coverec 
include selection of a research design, data 
collection, analysis and report writing. Both 
quantitative and qualitative methods will be 
covered. The class will focus on an applied 
project. Prerequisites: BUS J 28 or consent 
of instructor. 

345 

FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS 

Deals with the analysis of financial state- 
ments as an aid to decision making. The them 
of the course is understanding the financial 
data which are analyzed as well as the method 
by which they are analyzed and interpreted. 
This course should prove of value to all who 
need a thorough understanding of the uses to 
which financial statements are put as well as u 
those who must know how to use them 
intelligently and effectively. This includes 
accountants, security analysts, lending 
officers, credit analysts, managers, and all 
others who make decisions on the basis of 
financial data. Prerequisite: ACCT 110. 

410 

INVESTMENTS 

An introduction to the financial sector of 
the economy and the structure and functions , 
of financial markets and the agencies 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



nvolved; brokerage houses and stock 
;xchanges; the various types of investments 
ivailable. Techniques used to evaluate 
inancial securities. Also covered are recent 
levelopments in investment theory. 
Prerequisite: BUS 338 or consent of instructor. 

29 

/lARKETING STRATEGY 

A study of the methods used by business 
nd nonprofit organizations to analyze and 
elect target markets, and then to develop 
trategies for gaining and maintaining these 
ustomers. Topics include competitive 
trategy. market segmentation, product 
ositioning, promotional design and market- 
ig-related financial analysis. Case studies, 
nd the development of a detailed marketing 
Ian are covered. Prerequisite: BUS 128 or 
onsent of instructor. 

39 

lUSINESS PRACTICUM 

This course provides students with 
ractical work experience with local compa- 
ies and organizations. Students work 10-12 
ours per week for their sponsor organiza- 
pns, in addition to attending a weekly 
minar on management topics relevant to 

i(j|ieir work assignments. Since enrollment is 
mited by the available number of positions, 
tudents must apply directly to the business 
epartment before preregistration to be 

[(jigible for the course. Prerequisite: Con- 
fnt of instructor. 

ki 

TRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 

An intensive study using case analysis of 
ie planning and control of business enter- 
rises designed to build students' skills in 
onducting strategic analysis in a variety of 
idustries and competitive situations, 
hrough case studies, research, presentations. 



106-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



and discussions, students examine industry 
structure, functional strategies, competitive 
challenges of a global marketplace, and 
sources of sustainable competitive advantage. 
This course is designed to integrate the 
knowledge and skills gained from previous 
coursework in business and related fields. 
Prerequisites: All core courses or consent of 
instructor. Seniors only. 

449 

SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 
AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

This course provides the student with the 
information needed to develop a business plan 
for starting and operating a small business 
enterprise. The course focuses on the key 
elements of planning and the essential charac- 
teristics of small businesses. The discussion 
and analysis of small business cases and the 
problems/opportunities facing small businesses 
are used to reveal trends in the small business 
community and the role of government. 
Prerequisite: BUS 244. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 




CHEMISTRY (chem) 

Professor: McDonald 

Associate Professor: Bendorf (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Mahler, Ramsey 
Part-time Assistant Professor: Berkheimer 
Part-Time Instructor: Tom 

The Department of Chemistry offers both 
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, and is 
approved by the American Chemical Society 
(ACS) to certify those students whose 
programs meet or exceed requirements 
established by the ACS. Students who 
complete the ACS certified degree are also 
eligible for admission to the American 
Chemical Society following graduation. 

For students planning on graduate study in 
chemistry, German is the preferred foreign 
language option, and additional courses in 
advanced mathematics and computer science 
are also recommended. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: CHEM 330, 331, and 332. 

The B.A. degree 

To earn the B.A. degree a student must 
complete CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , 330-33 1 . 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



332, 333; PHYS 225-226; MATH 128-129; 
and, as a Capstone experience, one of the 
following: CHEM 449, 470, 490 or the 
Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 449). 

The B.S. degree 

To earn the B.S. degree a student must 
complete the thirteen course major described 
above as well as three unit courses in chemis 
try at the 400-level. One unit course from thef 
following list may be substituted for one 400- 
level chemistry course: PHYS 331 or above; 
BIO 222 or above; MATH 123, 130, 214, 216 
231.238, 332; or CPTR 125. 

ACS Certification 

To earn ACS certification, a student must 
complete the requirements described above 
under the B.A. degree as well as CHEM 443, 
444, and one additional course from CHEM 
440, 442 or 446. Students completing this 
program of study may elect to receive either 
the B.A. or the B.S. degree. 



Certification in Secondary Education 

A Chemistry major interested in becoming 
certified in secondary education in Chemistiy 
and/or General Science/Chemistry should, as 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG » 



arly as possible, consult the current Depart- 
nent of Education Teacher Education Hand- 
ook and make their plans known to their 
dvisor and the Chair of the Education 
)epartment so the required courses can be 
cheduled for the Professional Semester. A 
hemistry major who successfully completes 
le Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 
[49 ) has also satisfied the Chemistry Capstone 
xperience. 

a) To be certified in secondary education 
in chemistry a student must: complete 

a chemistry major; pass CHEM 000, two 
biology courses numbered 1 10 or higher, 
PSY 1 10 and 138, EDUC 200. 338 and 
339; complete the Pre-Student Teaching 
Participation and pass the Professional 
Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 449). The 
student may choose EDUC 232 as an 
additional Education elective. 

b) A student interested in obtaining 
General Science/Chemistry certification 
must complete all the requirements for 

j secondary certification in chemistry shown 
in (a) and must also pass any two units 
from ASTR 1 1 1, 1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is 
strongly recommended as an additional 
course. 

linor 

A minor in chemistry requires completion 
if CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , and two CHEM 
)urses numbered 300 or higher. 

)0 

Laboratory teaching methods 

This course provides students with 
radical experience in laboratory teaching, 
tudents in this course will be paired with a 
iculty mentor and will help supervise labs, 
eliver prelab lectures and assist in ordering 
hemicals and prepping laboratory experi- 
lents. Students will complete a project that 
itegrates the chemical education literature, 
lassroom instruction materials, laboratory 
afety and chemical procurement, storage and 
isposal. Open to junior chemistry majors 
ursuing certification in education, with 
onsent of the instructor. Non-credit course. 



(06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



100 

chemistry in context 

A science distribution course for the non- 
science major. The course will explore real- 
world societal issues that have important 
chemical components. Topics covered may 
include air and water quality, the ozone layer, 
global warming, energy, acid rain, nuclear 
power, pharmaceuticals and nutrition. The 
chemistry knowledge associated with the 
issues is built on a need-to-know basis. Three 
hours of lecture and one two-hour laboratory 
period each week. Not open for credit to stu- 
dents who have received credit for CHEM 110. 

110 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 

A quantitative introduction to the concepts 
and models of chemistry. Topics include 
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure, 
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry, 
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The 
laboratory introduces the student to methods of 
separation, purification, and identification of 
compounds according to their physical 
properties. This course is designed for 
students who plan to major in one of the 
sciences. Three hours lecture, one hour of 
discussion and one three-hour laboratory 
period each week. Prerequisite: MATH 100 
or consent of department. 

Ill 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 

A continuation of CHEM 1 10, with emphasis 
placed on the foundations of analytical, inor- 
ganic, and physical chemistry. Topics include 
kinetics, general and ionic equilibria, acid-base 
theory, electrochemistry, thermodynamics, 
nuclear chemistry, coordination chemistry, and 
descriptive inorganic chemistry of selected 
elements. The laboratory treats aspects of 
quantitative and qualitative inorganic analysis. 
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discus- 
sion, and one three-hour laboratory period 
each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 110 or 
consent of department . 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



215 

ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL 
CHEMISTRY 

A descriptive study of the compounds of 
carbon. This course will illustrate the 

principles of organic chemistry with material 
rele\ ant to students in biology. Topics 
include nomenclature, mechanism, alkanes, 
arenes. amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates 
and other naturally occurring compounds. 
This course is designed for students who 
require only one semester of organic 
chemistry, and is not intended for students 
planning to enroll in chemistry courses 
numbered 220 or above. Three hours of 
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 1 11. Not open for 
credit to students who have received credit 
for CHEM 220. 

220-221 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A systematic study of the compounds of 
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic 
series. The laboratory work introduces the 
student to simple fundamental methods of 
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory period each week. Prerequisite for 
CHEM 220: CHEM 111. Prerequisite for 
CHEM 221: A grade ofC- or better in CHEM 
220. 

330-331 

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of energy, time and structure in 

chemistry and its reactions, including in-depth 
gas laws, thermodynamics, pha.ses, equilib- 
rium, electrochemistry, kinetics, quantum 
mechanics and statistical mechanics. The 
laboratory work includes techniques in 
physiochemical measurements. Three hours 
of lecture and one four-hour laboratory 
period each week. Prerequisites: CHEM 111. 
MATH 129, PHYS 225-226: or consent of 
instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



332 

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental methods of 
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary 
instrumental analysis together with practice in 
laboratory techniques and calculations of these 
methods. Three hours of lecture and two 
three-hour laboratory periods each week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 111 or consent of instructor. 

333 

ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A study of modem theories of atomic and 
molecular structure and their relationship to 
the chemistry of selected elements and their 
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one 
four-hour laboratory period each week. Pre- 
requisites: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one 
year of physics; or consent of instructor. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM 
MECHANICS 

Introduction to the basic concepts and 
principles of quantum theory. Solutions to the 
free particle, the simple harmonic oscillator, 
the hydrogen atom, and other central force 
problems are presented using the Schrodinger 
wave equation approach. Topics also include 
operator formalism, eigenstates, eigenvalues, 
the uncertainty principles, stationary states, 
representation of wave functions by eigenstate 
expansions, and the Heisenberg matrix 
approach. Four hours of lecture. Prerequi- 
sites: Either PHYS 226 or CHEM 331, and 
MATH 231. Cross-listed as PHYS 439. 

440 

ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

Theory and application of modern synthetic 
organic chemistry. Topics may include 
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon 
bond forming reactions, functional group 
transformations, and multi-step syntheses of 
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents, 
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture 
and one four-hour laboratory period. Pre- 
requisite: CHEM 221. 



2()()6-07 ACADEMIC CATAD 



oc 



M 

PECTROSCOPY AND 
[OLECULAR STRUCTURE 
Theory and application of the identification of 
ganic compounds. Special emphasis will be 
aced on the utilization of spectroscopic 
chniques (H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS. 
id MS). Three of hours lecture and one four - 
lur laboratory period each week. Prerequisite: 
HEM 221. 

J3 

DVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of advanced analytical methods 
ith emphasis on chromatographic, electro- 
lemical, and spectroscopic methods of 
strumental analysis. Three hours lecture 
id one four-hour laboratory period each 
eek. Prerequisites: CHEM 331 and 332, or 
msent of instructor. 

14 

lOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
irbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
id nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
id biochemical control mechanisms, includ- 
g allosteric control, induction, repression, 
»nal transduction as well as the various types 

inhibitive control mechanisms. Three 
Durs of lecture, one three-hour laboratory 
id one hour of arranged work per week. 
!'erequisite: CHEM 221, or consent of 
structor. Cross-listed as BIO 444. 

<i6 

RGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY 
An introduction to the chemistry of 
mpounds containing metal-carbon bonds, 
pics include structure and bonding, reac- 
i)ns and mechanisms, spectroscopy, and 
plications to organic synthesis. The use of 
[ganometallic compounds as catalysts in 
dustrial processes will be emphasized. Three 
mrs of lecture and one four-hour laboratory 
riod each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221. 

18 & 448 

HEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students and 
vited professional chemists discuss their own 

36-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 






research activities or those of others which 
have appeared in recent chemical literature. 
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit 
Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior 
and senior years. 

449 

CHEMISTRY RESEARCH METHODS 

This course focuses on the nature and 
practice of chemistry. Students will conduct 
research into a particular chemical problem 
with a faculty research advisor, and will 
explore different aspects of chemistry and 
discuss their research in a weekly seminar. A 
report on the research will be written. Majors 
are strongly encouraged to enroll in this course 
in either their junior or senior year. Eight to 
ten hours of laboratory work and one hour 
seminar each week. Prerequisites: CHEM 
221 and consent of instructor; Corequisite: 
CHEM 330. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work under 
supervision in an industrial laboratory and 
submit a written report on the project. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project and will write a 
thesis on the work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project with emphasis on 
showing initiative and making a scholarly 
contribution. A thesis will be written. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 



COMMUNICATION 

Assistant Professors: Koehn , 

Wild (Chairperson) 
Visiting Instructor: Knapp 
Part-time Instructors: Ogurcak, Van Auken 

The major in Communication seeks to 
provide a foundation in communication 
theory and media criticism as well as exper- 
tise in a particular area of communication. 
All students majoring in Communication 
must complete the five courses listed in the 
Core and eight additional courses in one of 
the four areas of concentration listed below: 
four required courses and four elective 
courses. 

Sophomores, juniors, and seniors who 
have declared a major in Communication are 
required to enroll in and successfully com- 
plete the non-credit Media Arts Colloquium 
during each semester they are on campus or 
until they have successfully completed at least 
four semesters of this noncredit course. All 
students in this major should consider 
electing an internship before graduation. 

The major in Communication enables 
students to pursue employment and/or 
graduate studies in a variety of fields includ- 
ing corporate communication, public rela- 
tions, audio and video production, print and 
broadcast journalism, professional media 
writing, and media research and analysis. 

All majors in Communication are encour- 
aged to take advanced courses in a foreign 
language and to consider the following liberal 
arts electives: MATH 123 and/or courses in 
Computer Science; ART 222 and 223; 
courses in contemporary American and/or 
international history, economics, and political 
science; and courses in literature from the 
Departments of Theatre, English, and Foreign 
Languages and Literatures. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: COMM 211, 326, 332 and 440. 







Minor 

A minor in Communication consists of am 
five courses offered by the Communication 
Department (courses offered by other depart- 
ments count only toward the major in Com- 
munication, not toward the minor). One of 
these five courses must be selected from 
COMM 326, COMM 348, or COMM 440. 

CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF 
ALL MAJORS 

COMM 110 Communication Principles 

and Ethics 
COMM 21 1 Public Speaking: Research, 

Principles, and Practice 
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural 

Studies: Literature, Film, and 

Television 
COMM 440 Communicaton Research 

Methodology 

Media Arts Colloquium 



COMM 246, 
346, 446 
THEA212 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Multicultural America on 
Screen 

2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



COMMUNICATION 



iajors must concentrate in one of the 
)llowing four areas of study. 
. Corporate Communication 

equired for all students in this concentration: 
OMM 2 1 2 Group Communication and 

Conflict Resolution 
OMM 235 Writing and Speaking in 

Business and the Professions 
OMM 324 Public Relations Cases and 

Problem-Solving 
SCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regula 

tion 
Elective choices for students in this 
ncentration must include at least one 
[dditional course in Communication as well as 
e course at the 300-level or above. Students 
ay elect to take as many additional commu- 
cation courses as they choose. Elective 
urses offered by other departments that may 
so be used to fulfill elective requirements in 
lis concentration include the following: 
RT 227 Photography I 
RT 343 Introduction to Computer Art 
US 128 Marketing Principles 
US 244 Management and Organizational 

Behavior 

NGL 2 1 8 Classical and Modem Rhetoric 
NGL322 Advanced Writing: The 

Creative Essay 
1ST 220 Women in History 
1ST 230 African American History 
SCI 210 Communication and Society 
SCI 316 Public Opinion and Polling 
SY 225 Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 
SY 324 Social Psychology 
OC 220 Sociology of Family 
OC 33 1 Sociology of Gender 
HEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture 

Masterpieces 
HEA 335 Modern Drama 
HEA 4 1 Theatre and Culture 



Electronic Media 

equired for all students in this concentration: 
OMM 218 Digital Audio Production 
OMM 223 Basic Digital Video Production 
OMM 348 Advanced Digital Video 
Production 

l|06-07 academic CATALOG 



THEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture 

Masterpieces 
Elective choices for students in this 
concentration must include at least one 
additional course in Communication as well as 
one course at the 300-level or above. Students 
may elect to take as many additional commu- 
nication courses as they choose. Elective 
courses offered by other departments that may 
also be used to fulfill elective requirements in 
this concentration include the following: 
ART 227 Photography I 
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art 
ART 344 Computer Graphics for 

Electronic Media 
BUS 128 Marketing Principles 
BUS 244 Management and 

Organizational Behavior 
ENGL 2 1 8 Classical and Modern Rhetoric 
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The 

Creative Essay 
HIST 220 Women in History 
HIST 230 African American History 
PSCI 210 Communication and Society 
PSCI 3 1 6 Public Opinion and Polling 
PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 
PSY 324 Social Psychology 
SOC 220 Sociology of Family 
SOC 331 Sociology of Gender 
THEA 335 Modern Drama 
THEA 410 Theatre and Culture 

3. Media Writing and Culture 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 217 Print Journalism 
COMM321 Screenwriting 
COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special 

Audiences 
COMM 329 Broadcast Journalism 

Elective choices for students in this 
concentration must include at least one 
additional course in Communication as well as 
one course at the 300-level or above. Students 
may elect to take as many additional commu- 
nication courses as they choose. Elective 
courses offered by other departments that may 
be used to fuUfill elective requirements in this 
concentration include the following: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 



ART 227 Photography I 

ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art 

BUS 128 Marketing Principles 

BUS 244 Management and Organizational 

Behavior 
ENGL 218 Classical and Modern Rhetoric 
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The Creative 

Essay 
HIST 220 Women in History 
HIST 230 African American History 
PSCI 210 Communication and Society 
PSCI 316 Public Opinion and Polling 
PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 
PSY 324 Social Psychology 
SOC 220 Sociology of Family 
SOC 33 1 Sociology of Gender 
THEA 1 14 Film Arts: Motion Picture 

Masterpieces 
THEA 335 Modern Drama 
THEA 410 Theatre and Culture 

4. General Communication 

Required for all students in the concentration: 

l.One course from Corporate Communica- 
tion: 

COMM 212 Group Communication and 

Conflict Resolution 
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in Business 

and the Professions 
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and 

Problem Solving 
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation 

2. One Course from Electronic Media: 

COMM 218 Digital Audio Production 
COMM 223 Basic Digital Video Production 
COMM 348 Advanced Digital Video Produc 

tion 
THEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture Master 

pieces 

3. One Course from Media Writing and 
Culture: 

COMM 217 Print Journalism 
COMM 321 Screenwriting 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special 

Audiences 
COMM 329 Broadcast Journalism 

4. One course from: 

COMM 312 Leadership Communication 
COMM 332 Topics in Communication 
COMM 335 Media History and Theory 
COMM 340 Acting and Directing for the 
Camera 

5. Elective courses 

Elective courses for students in this 
concentration must include at least one 
additional course in Communication as well 
as one course at the 300-level or above. 
Students may elect to take as many additions 
communication courses as they choose. 
Elective courses offered by other department 
may also be used to fulfill elective 
requirements in this concentration include th 
following: 



Photography I 

Introduction to Computer Art 

Computer Graphics for Elec 

tronic Media 

Marketing Principles 

Management and Organizationa 

Behavior 

Classical and Modern Rhetoric 

Advanced Writing: The Creativ 

Essay 

Women in History 

African American History 

Communication and Society 

Public Opinion and Polling 

Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 

Social Psychology 

Sociology of Family 

Sociology of Gender 

Modern Drama 

Theatre and Culture 



ART 227 
ART 343 
ART 344 

BUS 128 
BUS 244 

ENGL 218 
ENGL 322 

HIST 220 
HIST 230 
PSCI 210 
PSCI 316 

PSY 225 

PSY 324 
SOC 220 
SOC 331 
THEA 335 
THEA 410 

110 

COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES 
AND ETHICS 

Introduction to the basic theories and 
principles of communication as they apply to 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



COMMUNICATION 



e process of sending messages among 

dividuals, small groups, and mass audi- 

ices. Consideration of the ethical issues 

volved in the communication process. 

ctive learning through readings, case studies, 

mulations, oral reporting, and library 

search. 

10 

JTERPERSONAL AND 

JTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION 

This is a workshop course in the theory and 
actice of communication between individuals 
both formal as well as informal situations 
ith particulai- attention given to the impact of 
Iture upon communication between individu- 
5 in international situations. Open to freshmen 

sophomores only. Alternate years. 

1 

JBLIC SPEAKING: RESEARCH, 
ilNCIPLES, AND PRACTICE 

Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of 
uations to general as well as targeted 
diences. Emphasis on researching and 
Iving problems having to do with persua- 
)n and informative speaking. Training in 
ing rhetorical theory to prepare, deliver, and 
aluate the student's own speeches. Prereq- 
iite: ENGL 106 or 107. 



^OUP COMMUNICATION 
vlD CONFLICT RESOLUTION 

Readings, case studies, simulations, and 
ictice in the methods of working in groups 
d in resolving conflicts within and between 
3ups in various contexts, including educa- 
n, industry, and professional situations, 
ntemporary theory and methods for 
itivating and maintaining the productivity 
groups will be examined in some detail. 
erequisites: ENGL 106 or 107 and one 
ler course in Communication (211 recom- 
nded), Psychology, Education, or Business. 

7 

INT JOURNALISM 

This course studies and applies practical 
3erience in the newsgathering process for 

>07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



print media. Emphasis is on beat reporting, 
copy editing, interviewing, reporting and 
writing as applied to a variety of forms for 
both news and persuasive print media formats 
as well as on the ethical issues concerning 
reporting for the print media. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107. 
218 
DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION 

This course studies the principles and 
techniques of audio production using both 
analog and digital technologies. Various 
program formats and the use of sound as an 
art form are also considered. 

223 

BASIC DIGITAL VIDEO PRODUCTION 

This course trains students in the funda- 
mentals of pre-production, production, and 
postproduction for video using digital and 
analog formats. Emphasis is on mastering the 
basic styles of video production from concept 
to completion within as well as outside the 
studio. 

230 

DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND 
PHOTOJOURNALISM 

This interactive course teaches students to 
design, layout, and produce print media using 
electronic desktop publishing tools. Students 
will develop approaches that will be applied 
in this course. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 
107 

235 

WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS 

AND THE PROFESSIONS 

Study of communication theory as applied 
to business and professional settings. Using 
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic 
media to solve a variety of communication 
problems that frequently occur in the world 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 



of work. Prerequisite: COMM 21 1. 

312 

LEADERSHIP COMMUNICATION 

The theory and practice of leadership 
communication in diverse settings and 
contexts. Classical leadership styles will be 
examined and researched in regard to how 
these relate to goal-setting and motivating 
individuals and groups. Field work on- and 
off-campus is a major component of this 
course. Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107: at 
least one of these: COMM 211, 212, or 235: 
or consent of instructor Alternate years. 

321 

SCREENWRITING 

This course trains students to analyze and 
write scripts for radio, film, and television. 
The development of the original screenplay is 
emphasized. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 
107. or consent of instructor. 

323 

FEATURE WRITING FOR SPECIAL 
AUDIENCES 

Practice in writing a variety of feature 
stories and editorials for different media and 
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature 
writing for magazines compares and contrasts 
with feature writing for newspapers and 
feature stories for television. Readings, peer 
review, and training in how to develop ideas 
using primary and secondary research. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

324 

PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND 
PROBLEM SOLVING 

Training in methods of public relations 
research, program planning and evaluation, 
working with the media, writing for public 
relations and advertising, and conducting a 
public relations campaign to solve a problem 
or crisis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and 
electronic communication. Prerequisites: 
ENGL 106 or 107 and COMM 235: or 
consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



326 

MEDIA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL 
STUDIES: LITERATURE. FILM. AND 
TELEVISION 

Introduction to methods of analyzing 
popular culture and the arts using one or moi 
of these approaches: textual criticism, conter 
analysis, semiotics, auteur criticism, historic; 
criticism, frame theory, and structural 
analysis. Comparison of the ways in which 
different media create values and portray 
individuals, social conflicts, and human 
aspirations. Prerequisite: One course from: 
THEA 212, ENGL 217 or 331: or consent of\ 
instructor. 

329 

BROADCAST JOURNALISM 

This course provides practical experience 
in the newsgathering process for electronic 
media with an emphasis on covering the Iocs 
story from the small-station perspective. 
Students in the course are responsible for 
writing, producing, editing, and broadcasting 
newscasts for radio as well as television. 
Major emphasis is placed on the ethical issue 
concerning reporting for the broadcast media 
Prerequisite: COMM 217 or 323. Alternate 
years. 

332 

TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION 

Study of communication theory as applied 
to a special area or style of communication ii 
readings, discussions, and applications. 
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above 
May be repeated for credit with change of 
topic. 

335 

MEDIA HISTORY AND THEORY 

This course reviews the recent history of 
the media with a major emphasis on the 
cultural theories that have been used to 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



COMMUNrCATION 



scribe and critique the media and its 
Huence upon audiences. Prerequisite: 
phomore standing or above. 



:ting and directing 
)r the camera 

This workshop course analyzes, rehearses, 
rects, and shoots scripted scenes for fihn 
d television. The course studies classic 
een acting and directing styles. All 
idents act as well as direct. Prerequisites: 
le course from COMM 223, THEA 114 or 
lEA 145: or consent of instructor. Alter- 
te years. 

8 

)VANCED DIGITAL 

DEO PRODUCTION 

Advanced production of documentary, 
Tative and experimental video. Explora- 
n of a variety of approaches to motivating 

nt and directing for the camera. Prerequi- 
zs: COMM 223 and THEA 114, or 
vanced course work in acting and direct- 
', or consent of instructor. 

S, 346, and 446 
iDIA ARTS COLLOQUIUM 
A seminar in which students are expected 
work in the field of communication on a 
ular basis. The areas of work can relate to 
npus media, campus public relations, 
nissions, non-profit organizations, and 
er communication-based organizations 
)roved by the supervising faculty member, 
dents enrolled in the colloquium are required 
iceep a log and to work for a minimum of 
je hours each week in their approved work 
lation. Open only to majors. Non-credit 
i Pass/Fail. Once the major is declared, 
dents are required to enroll in the seminar 
h semester until they graduate or until 
y have successfully completed four 
testers, whichever comes first. Only one 



1-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



colloquium may be taken per semester. 

400 

PRACTICUM 

An elective for junior and senior majors 
who wish to acquire additional experience in 
working with practicing professionals. Open 
only to majors and minors. 

440 

COMMUNICATION RESEARCH 
METHODOLOGY 

This course trains students in quantitative 
and qualitative communication research 
methodology. Students do intensive reading 
in an area related to their track and produce a 
research project which involves written as 
well as oral presentation. Prerequisites: 
COMM 326 and Senior standing, or consent 
of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns usually work off-campus in a field 
related to their area of study. Prerequisite: 
junior or senior standing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Studies involve research related to the area 
of study of the student. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 




COMPUTER 
SCIENCE 

(see Mathematical Sciences) 

CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE (cj) 

Associate Professor: Carter (Chairperson) 
Visiting Instructor: Guttendorf 
Instructor: Kurtz 
Part-time Instructors: Anderson. Bluth. Robbins 

Criminal Justice is an interdisciplinary 
social science program. Course work leading 
to this baccalaureate degree will provide 
students with strong communication and 
analytical skills. This is accomplished through a 
critical and in-depth interdisciplinary analysis 
of the causes of crime, formal and informal 
efforts at preventing and controlling crime. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



and treatment of the field of criminal justice 
an applied social science where students are 
taught to integrate theory construction with 
practical application. The Criminal Justice 
program offers opportunities for internship 
and practicum experiences in the field, and 
prepares students for careers in law enforce- 
ment, court services, institutional and commi 
nity-based corrections, treatment and counse 
ing services, and for further education at the 
graduate level. The Criminal Justice prograr 
also prepares students for activist and leader- 
ship roles in their communities by exploring 
core issues related to quality of life, security 
and freedom. 

The major in Criminal Justice consists of 1 
courses, distributed as follows: 

A. Criminal Justice core courses (four 
courses): 

CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 

CJ 201 Policing and Society 

CJ 203 Correctional Systems 

CJ 447 Research Methods in Criminal Justic 

B. Courses in tiie social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political dimension 
of crime, law and justice (six courses): 

PHIL 218 Issues in Criminal Justice 
PSY116 Abnormal Psychology 
SOC 300 Criminology 

Two courses from: 

PSCI 33 1 Civil Rights and Liberties 

PSCI 332 Courts and the Criminal Justice 

System 
PSCI 335 Law and Society 

One course from: 

CJ 204 Youth, Deviance and Social 

Control 

SOC 222 Introduction to Human Services) 
SOC 331 Sociology of Gender 
SOC 334 Racial and Cultural Minorities 

C. Criminal Justice Practicum (strongly 
recommended, but not required for the 
major) Majors should seek advice 
concerning course selection from their 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL( 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



advisors or the criminal justice coordina- 
tor, and should note course prerequisites 
in planning their programs. 

[inor in Criminal Justice 

A minor in criminal justice consists of five 
.urses: CJ 100, CJ 201, CJ 203, PSCI 332, 
d SOC 300. A student may substitute another 
levant course for one of the required courses 
th consent of the criminal justice coordinator. 

riting Intensive Courses 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
courses, count towards the writing inten- 

/e requirement: CJ 447, PHIL 218, and 

)C331. 

to 

TRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

This course explores the role of law 
forcement, courts and corrections in the 
ministration of justice; the development of 
lice, courts and corrections; the scope and 
ture of crime in America; introduction to 
; studies, literature and research in criminal 
>tice; basic criminological theories; and 
reers in criminal justice. 

1 

)LICING AND SOCIETY 

Who are the police and what is policing? 
ploration of these questions provides a 
ntext for critical inquiry of contemporary 
V enforcement in the United States, 
tention is given to law enforcement 
rposes and strategies, the work force and 
)rk environment, and why sworn officers do 
lat they do. Emphasis is also placed on 
ing policed and policing the police, 
satment of these issues enables exploration 
basic and applied questions about the 
ejection of state power in community 
ations, including those related to homeland 
purity. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 



)-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



203 

CORRECTIONAL SYSTEMS 

This course presents an overview of 
offenders, punishment, correctional ideolo- 
gies, and societal reaction to crime. The 
historical and philosophical development of 
the correctional system is examined. The 
primary emphasis is on critical analysis of 
contemporary correctional programming for 
adult and juvenile offenders in the United 
States. Other social issues and structures 
directly related to corrections are explored. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

204 

YOUTH, DEVIANCE AND 
SOCIAL CONTROL 

This course is designed to provide the 
student with a general understanding of 
juvenile deviance and state processes 
intended to interrupt youth deviance and 
juvenile delinquency, particularly in the 
juvenile justice system. Students will explore 
historical perspectives, deviant juvenile 
subculture, underlying philosophies, the 
formal processes and organization of juvenile 
justice systems, promising prevention/ 
treatment approaches and juvenile probation 
practices. Students will be asked to think 
critically and offer solutions or strategies to a 
range of dilemmas confronting the juvenile 
justice system, including the transfer of 
juveniles to adult status and the movement to 
privatize juvenile justice services. Prerequi- 
site: CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

340 

PROBATION AND PAROLE 

This course provides an in-depth study of 
community-based corrections programs and 
their impact on the offender, the criminal 
justice system, and society. Particular 
attention is given to offender diagnostics and 
classification, treatment and supervision 
needs, pre-sentence and pre-parole investiga- 
tions, casework planning, applicable laws, 
and corrections policies. Prerequisite: CJ 
100 or consent of instructor. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



341 

CRIME PREVENTION 

Students examine crime prevention and 
control policies, programs, and procedures to 
determine what works and why. The focus is 
on social, situational, and environmental 
sources of crime. Crime prevention measures 
focus on reducing crime by re-creating 
physical design, by empowering citizen 
organizations, through programs that build 
safe communities, and through programs in 
place among "at risk" populations in schools, 
neighborhoods, and homes. Prerequisite: CJ 
J 00 or consent of instructor. 

342 

ORGANIZATIONAL CRIME 

Three major areas of organizational crimes 
are covered, including traditional organized 
crime, crimes of the corporate world, and 
crimes committed under auspices of the 
government. Examples of topics include 
international organized crime cabals, drug 
trafficking and money laundering by the CIA, 
political bribe taking, government brutality 
and physical/economic coercion, civil rights 
violations, and crimes situated in the manu- 
facturing, pharmaceutical, and service trades. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

345 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

This is a seminar for advanced students 
offered in response to student request and 
faculty interest. This course may he repeated 
for additional credit with approval of the 
criminal justice coordinator, but only when 
course content dijfers. Sample topics include 
the death penalty, hate crimes, civil liability 
in criminal justice, justice in the media, 
environmental crime, etc. Prerequisite: CJ 
100 or consent of instructor. 

347 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE FORENSICS 

This course is an exploration of the history 
and application of forensic sciences that 
provides a wide overview of the many 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



subfields within this discipline. Specifically, 
this course provides the student with an 
understanding of key definitions, theoretical 
frameworks, and forensic science's role 
within the contemporary law enforcement 
environment. In addition, the course 
addresses the impact that this developing fiel 
has had on society as a whole. Prerequisite: 
CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

447 

RESEARCH METHODS 
IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Students learn social science methods, 
research design and implementation, and 
evaluation of contemporary research in 
criminal justice. Topics covered include the 
logic of causal order, sampling theory, 
qualitative and quantitative design, data 
collection, and proper analysis of data. This 
course is a how-to-do research course that 
requires students to conduct original research 
projects under supervision. Students actively 
engage in content analysis, behavioral 
observation, survey and interview-based 
research, and limited quasi-experimental 
design studies. Emphasis is placed on 
conducting field research and communicating 
research in writing. Each student prepares a 
literature review and written research pro- 
posal that can be carried out while placed 
with a criminal justice agency on practicum 
(CJ 448). Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 201, and 
CJ 203, or consent of instructor. 

448-449 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE PRACTICUM 

Students are placed with criminal justice 
agencies, providing opportunities to apply 
classroom knowledge in an organizational 
setting, encouraging development of profes- 
sional skills, helping students identify and 
clarify career interests, and providing oppor- 
tunities to conduct hands-on field research. 
Each student completes an original research 
project under supervision of the instructor 
with input from the on-site agency representa 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO< 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE -ECONOMICS 



tive. Students will prepare a comprehensive, 
formal, written research paper on an appropri- 
ate topic. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of 
criminal justice coordinator. 

470 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Students desiring an internship in criminal 
justice must get considerably advanced 
approval by the criminal justice coordinator. 
Criminal justice internships normally will not 
be approved for semesters during which 
practicums are also available. Internships are 
intended as a four-credit-only course. How- 
ever, under unusual circumstances, up to 12 
credits may be approved by the criminal 
justice coordinator. An example of an appro- 
priate 12-credit internship is the FBI Honors 
Internship Program, which requires relocation 
to Washington, D.C., and participation in a 
full-time program that mns the duration of the 
summer. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

N80 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

This course represents an opportunity to 
pursue specific interests and topics not usually 
covered in regular courses. Through a 
program of readings and tutorials, the student 
will have the opportunity to pursue these 
interests and topics in greater depth than is 
usually possible in a regular course. Prerequi- 
site: CJ 100 and consent of criminal justice 
coordinator. 

N90 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ECONOMICS (EcoN) 

Professor: Madresehee 

Associate Professor: Sprunger (Chairperson) 

Assistant Professor : Gandhi 

The Department of Economics offers three 
tracks. Track I (General Economics) is de- 
signed to provide a broad understanding of 
economic, social, and business problems. In 
addition to preparing students for a career in 
business or government, this track provides an 
excellent background for graduate or profes- 
sional studies. Track II (Managerial Econom- 
ics) develops students' capacity to analyze the 
economic environment in which an organiza- 
tion operates and to apply economic reasoning 
to an organization's internal decision making. 
These courses have more of a managerial 
emphasis than traditional economics courses. 
Track III (Quantitative Economics) focuses 
study on the more quantitative and analytical 
courses in the department. In addition to a 
broad coverage of economic theory and 
applications, these courses especially prepare 
students for statistical analysis and research of 
economics issues. This is also an excellent 
track for students interested in graduate school. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Track I - General Economics requires ECON 
1 1 0. 1 I 1 . 33 1 , 440. and 44 1 , and three other 
courses in economics. Depending on their 
academic and career interests, students are 
encouraged to select a minor in another 
department such as poHtical science, philoso- 
phy, or history. 

Track II - Managerial Economics requires 
ECON 1 1 0, 11 1 , 220, 332 and 44 1 ; ACCT 
1 10 and either BUS 223 or any accounting 
course numbered 130 or higher; BUS 338; 
and two other economics courses numbered 
200 or above, excluding ECON 349. 

Track III - Quantitative Economics requires 
ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 230, 44 1 ; either 227 or 33 1 ; 
MATH 128 or 109; MATH 2 14 or 332 and 
either three other economics courses or two 
other economics courses and one extra math 
course numbered 1 29 or higher. 

In addition, the department recommends that 
majors in Track I and Track II take MATH 123. 
Track I and Track III majors are encouraged to 
take ACCT 1 10. Students interested in 
graduate school should consult with members 
of the economics department faculty for 
recommendations on additional coursework. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ECON 236, 337, and 440. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 103. 

Minor 

The department offers two minors in econom- 
ics. The General Economics minor requires the 
completion of ECON 1 10, 1 1 1 and three other 
economics courses numbered 200 or above, or 
any four economics courses numbered 200 or 
above. The Quantitative Economics minor 
requires five courses including ECON 1 10 and 
111; and three courses from MATH 2 1 4 or 332 
(not both), ECON 227, 230, 33 1 , or 441 . 

The Department of Economics is a member of 
the Institute for Management Studies. See page 
125. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



102 

CONSUMER ECONOMICS 

A course in " family" or "practical" 
economics, designed to teach students how 
they and their families can be intelligent 
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save, 
and borrow so as to maximize the value they 
receive for the income they have. Treats 
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses 
and abuses of credit; investing, savings, 
buying insurance, automobiles and houses; 
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc. 

no 

PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS 

Macroeconomics deals with problems of the* 
economic system as a whole. What influences 
the level of national income and employment? 
What is inflation and why do we have it? What 
is the role of government in a modern capitalis- 
tic system? How does business organize to 
produce the goods and services we demand? 
How are the American financial and banking 
systems organized? What is the nature of 
American unionism? What are the elements of 
government finance and fiscal policy? 

Ill 

PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 

This course focuses upon microeconomics 
and selected current economic problems. It 
deals with the relatively small units of the 
economy such as the firm and the family. 
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how 
business firms decide what and how much to 
produce and how goods and services are 
priced in different types of markets. Also 
considers such problems as economic growth, 
international trade, poverty, discrimination, 
ecology, and alternative economic systems. 

220 

MONEY AND BANKING 

Covers business fluctuations and monetary 
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of 
society; the banking system; credit institu- 
tions; capital markets, and international 
financial relations. Prerequisite: ECON 1 10. 



224 

URBAN PROBLEMS 

The application of economic theory to the 
study of significant social, political, and 
economic problems associated with urbaniza- 
tion, including poverty, employment, educa- 
tion, crime, health, housing, land use and the 

! environment, transportation, and public 

{finance. Analysis of solutions offered. 

; Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 111, or consent of 

\ instructor. Alternate years. 

■225 
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 

j A study of the relationship between 
environmental decay and economic growth, 
with particular reference to failures of the 
price and property-rights systems; application 

I of cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at the 
creation of an ecologically viable economy. 

227 

GAME THEORY 

An introduction to the field of game theory. 
The focus of study is on how people behave in 
strategic situations. Applications include 
pricing, bargaining, negotiating, and voting. 
Prerequisite: ECON HI or consent of the 
instructor. Alternate years. 

230 

ECONOMETRICS 

Econometric models provide one of the 
most useful and necessary sets of tools for 
decision-making. By using a variety of 
modern statistical methods, econometrics 
helps us to estimate economic relationships, 
test different economic behaviors, and forecast 
different economic variables. Prerequisites: 
MATH 123. ECON 110 and 111; or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

236 

AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY 
I This course examines topics in American 
■ Economic History from the post-Civil War era 
through World War II. Topics covered 
include the causes of the rise of big business 
as the dominant means of production, the 
emergence of the union movement, the growth 



12006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



of the U.S. economy to the largest in the 
world, and the changing role of government in 
the economic system. 

240 

ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 

An introduction to the theory and practice 
of economic geography with emphasis upon 
the historical dynamics of local, regional, and 
global organization. This course considers the 
forces reshaping global economic geography 
including the factors that determine the com- 
petitive advantage of nations. These factors 
include resources such as food, energy, materi- 
als, and changing patterns of world population. 
Also included will be theoretical literature 
reparding locational decisions and choice, as 
well as the rapidly changing global economy 
in the context of trade theory and the shifting 
focus of international economics activity. 

327 

PUBLIC CHOICE 

This course focuses on the application of 
economics to the political processes of voting 
and bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will 
be the study of problems that can occur within 
the democratic process because the incentives 
given to public servants do not always match 
society's best interests. Policies and institu- 
tions that can improve such problems will be 
explored. U.S. elections and campaigns will 
provide many of the applications for the class. 
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 or 111, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

330 

INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary 
theory regarding consumer demand, production 
costs and theory, profit maximization, market 
structures, and the determinants of returns to 
the factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON 
110. Alternate years. m 

331 

INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary 
theory and practice with regard to business 
fluctuation, national income accounting, the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS 



determination of income and employment levels, 
and the use of monetary and fiscal policy. 
Prerequisite: EC ON 110. Alternate years. 

332 

GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY 

An analytical survey of government's 
efforts to maintain competition through 
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable 
cases of private monopoly, through public 
utility regulation and via means of regulatory 
commissions, and to encourage or restrain 
various types of private economic activities. 
Prerequisites: ECON 110 and 111, or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

LABOR PROBLEMS 

The history of organized labor in the 
United States, including the structure of 
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the 
role of government in labor-management 
relations and the economic impact of unions. 
Alternate years. Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 
111, or consent of instructor. 

337 

PUBLIC FINANCE 

An analysis of the fiscal economics of the 
public sector, including the development, 
concepts, and theories of public expenditures, 
taxation, and debt at all levels of American 
government. Also includes the use of fiscal 
policy as an economic control device. 
Prerequisites: ECON 1 10 and 111, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

343 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE 

A study of the principles, theories, develop- 
ment, and policies concerning international 
economic relations, with particular reference 
to the United States. Subjects covered include: 
U.S. commercial policy and its development, 
international trade theory, tariffs and other 
protectionist devices, international monetary 
system and its problems, balance of payments 
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON 
110 and 111. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



102 



349 

MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM 

An apprentice-level work experience for 
junior or senior economics majors jointly 
sponsored by the department and a public or 
private agency (or a subdivision of the college 
itself) designed to better integrate classroom 
theory and workplace practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of 
the effort expended will consist of academic 
work related to agency activities. 

440 

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 

A discussion of the origins, development, 
and significance of the economic ideas 
embodied in the works of Smith. Marx, 
Schumpeter, Keynes, and others. Prerequisite 
ECON 1 10 or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

441 

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 

The application of economic theory and 
methodology to the solution of business 
problems. Subjects include: optimizing 
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory, 
production theory, cost theory, linear pro- 
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc- 
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites: 
ECON 1 10 and 111. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically off-campus in business, banking 
or government, supervised by assigned 
employee of sponsoring organization. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Superior students may select independent 
study in various courses, particularly in 
preparation for graduate school. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO( 




EDUCATION (EDuc) 

\ssistant Professors: Chamberlain, 
CjListafson, Hungerford (Chairperson) 

Visiting Instructor: Postal 

Part-time Instructors: Furman, Johnson, 
Rhinehart, Salvatori 

Student Placement Coordinator: Curry 

The Education department offers 
Pennsylvania-approved teacher certification 
programs in elementary, secondary. Art (K- 
12), Foreign Language (K-12), Music (K-12), 
ind Special Education (Cognitive, Behavior 
and Physical/Health Disabilities). Education 
IS not a major at Lycoming College. All 
students wishing to be certified in 
Elementary, Secondary Education areas, K-12 
areas, or Special Education must choose a 
major from any offered by the College. 

All students seeking teacher certification 
must complete EDUC 200 with at least a B- 
3r consent of the department within the five 
years before applying for the professional 
semester. All students must complete a 
minimum of 30 hours of observations and 
participation with the assigned cooperating 



006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



teacher during the semester prior to their 
professional semester. 

Elementary Teacher Certification 

Students seeking elementary teacher 
certification must complete PSY138, 
EDUCOOO, 340, 341, 342, 343, and 344 prior 
to being accepted to the professional semester. 

Secondary Teacher Certification 

Students seeking secondary teacher 
certification must complete PSY 138, EDUC 
338 and 339 prior to being accepted into the 
professional semester as well as the necessary 
subject area courses. (See exception below for 
students seeking K-12 certifications.) 
Students may earn one or more of the 
following certifications: 
Biology 
Chemistry 
Citizenship (economics, history, political 

science) 
English 
General science (astronomy, physics, 

biology, chemistry) 
Mathematics 
Physics 

Social sciences (psychology, sociology- 
anthropology) 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Social studies (economics, history, 
philosophy, political science, psychology, 
sociology-anthropology) 
Students seeking certification in secondary 
math must also complete EDUC 345 before 
acceptance into the professional semester. 
Students seeking certification in any of the 
secondary science area (biology, chemistry, 
physics) and general science (astronomy, 
physics, biology, chemistry) must also 
complete the required safety and maintenance 
workshop in their content area. These 
workshops will address safety issues 
(laboratory instruction, regulations for use of 
chemicals, materials and specialized 
equipment) and general lab behavior. Students 
will also be taught how to actually set up and 
maintain a laboratory (in their particular 
science field) in a middle/secondary school. 

K-12 Teacher Certification 

Students seeking K-12 certification must 
complete PSY 138 and EDUC 339 and the 
necessary subject area courses including the 
methods course appropriate to their discipline 
and offered by that department prior to being 
accepted to the professional semester. EDUC 
338 is not required for K-12 certification. 
Students may earn K- 1 2 certification in one 
or more of the following areas: 

Art 

Music 

French 

German 

Spanish 

Special Education Teacher Certification 

Students seeking Special Education 
certification must complete PSY 138, PSY 
216, EDUC (300, 230, 330, 331, 332, 344, and 
430 prior to being accepted to the profes- 
sional semester. 

Students interested in the teacher education 
program should refer to the Teacher Educa- 
tion Handbook, which specifies the current 
requirements for certification. Early consulta- 
tion with a member of the Education Depart- 
ment is strongly recommended. Application 
for the professional semester must be made 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



during the fall semester of the junior year. 

The Department of Education admits to th( 
professional semester applicants who have 

(a) completed the participation requirements 

(b) paid the student teaching fee, (c) obtainec 
a recommendation from the student's major 
department, (d) passed a screening and 
interview conducted by the Education Depar 
ment, (e) passed the PPST Reading. Writing, 
and Math portions of the NTE exam, and 
(f) achieved an overall grade point average o 
3.00 or better. Major departments have 
different criteria for their recommendations; : 
therefore, the student should consult with the 
chairperson of the major department about 
those requirements. The Pennsylvania state 
requirements override any contractual agree- 
ment the student teacher has with the college 
via the catalog under which they were admit- 
ted. 

Additional teacher intern program infor- 
mation can be found on page 50. 

The following course will satisfy the 
cultural diversity requirement: EDUC 338. 

The following courses, when scheduled a 
W courses, count toward the writing intensi\ 
requirement: EDUC 338, 339, 343, 344. and 44' 

000 

SEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION, AND MATH ACTIVITIES 

Each elementary student teacher attends ; 
series of 24 seminars, conducted prior to 
student teaching, during the fall semester of I 
the senior year. These seminars, conducted 
by certified public school personnel, empha-i 
size activities and knowledge which are 
helpful in the self-contained elementary 
classroom. Non-credit course. 

200 

INTRODUCTION TO THE 
STUDY OF EDUCATION 

A study of teaching as a profession with 
emphasis on the economic, social, political, 
and religious conditions which intluence 
American schools and teachers. Considers in 
is given to the school environment, the 
curriculum, and the children with the intentic 

2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALm 



EDUCATION 



that students will examine more rationally 
aej their own motives for entering the profession. 

230 

INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL 
EDUCATION 

This course covers historical, philosophi- 
cal, and legal perspectives related to excep- 
tional students. All major areas of exception- 
ality are covered including those who are 
categorized as "gifted." A study of typical 
and atypical development of children pro- 
vides the basis for an in-depth study of the 
characteristics and classifications of excep- 
tional students. An emphasis is placed upon 
the ethical and professional behaviors of 
teachers of students with disabilities in 
special education and/or regular classrooms 
settings including multi-cultural and multilin- 
gual situations. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 or 
consent of department. 

232 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

AND COMMUNICATIONS 

A study of the value, design, construction, 
and application of the visual and auditory aids 
to learning. Practical experience in the 
handling of audio-visual equipment and 
materials is provided. Application of audio- 
visual techniques. Application of the visual 
and auditory aids to learning. Students will 
plan and carry out actual teaching assign- 
ments utilizing various A-V devices. 

330 

READING FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS: 

ASSESSMENT AND INSTRUCTION 

This course provides students seeking 
certification in Special Education with a 
course that addresses the assessment tools and 
the teaching strategies for evaluating reading 
needs, skills, and strengths and with specific 
teaching strategies to help special needs 
students accomplish reading success. Prereq- 
uisite: EDUC 344 or consent of department. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



331 

CURRICULUM AND ASSESSMENT FOR 
STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES 

This course provides information and 
experiences in assessment strategies, curricu- 
lum requirements, and planning for students 
with disabilities. Legal and ethical issues are 
covered. Curriculum for early intervention, 
elementary and secondary education, and 
transition planning for adult life are included. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 230. 

333 

PROGRAMS AND SERVICES FOR 
INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES 

This course investigates community based- 
services, professional organizations, support 
programs for parents and students, assistive 
technologies, and related services such as 
occupational therapy and counseling. Theo- 
retical perspectives of emotional and behav- 
ioral disorders and educational approaches to 
behavioral issues are discussed. Group 
processes and communication are studied. 
Significant field experiences are required. 
Prerequisite or co-requisite: EDUC 331. 

338 

LITERACY FOR 
MIDDLE/SECONDARY SCHOOLS 

This course is designed to teach the 
strategies necessary to implementing literacy 
skills in the middle/secondary content areas. 
Reading, writing, speaking, listening and 
media interpretation in content areas will be 
the focus. Developmental stages for 
adolescents and critical reading strategies will 
be addressed in addition to strategies for using 
young adult literature in the content areas. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 or consent of 
instructor. 

339 

MIDDLE AND SECONDARY SCHOOL 
CURRICLUM AND INSTRUCTION 

An examination of the various curricula of 
the public schools and their relationship to 
current practices. Special attention will be 
given to development of the curriculum, state 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



and national curriculum standards, and 
criteria for the evaluation of curricula and 
student progress. A particular emphasis will 
be placed upon emerging issues and technol- 
ogy as they relate to curriculum. Emphasis 
will be placed upon the curriculum work 
within the teaching field of each individual. 
Prerequisites: PSY 138 and EDUC 200, or 
consent of instructor. 

340 

TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

This course is intended for prospective 
elementary and middle school teachers and is 
required for all those seeking elementary 
certification. Topics include number systems, 
computational algorithms, measurement, 
geometry, and children's development of 
mathematical concepts. Includes an emphasis 
on adapting instruction for diverse learners. 
Prerequisites: PSY 138, EDUC 200, and tM'o 
courses in mathematics; or consent of instruc- 
tor. 

341 

TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Studies and experiences to develop a basic 
understanding of the structure, concepts, and 
processes of anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, and 
sociology as they relate to the elementary 
school social science curriculum. Practical 
applications, demonstrations of methods, and 
the development of integrated teaching units 
using tests, reference books, films, and other 
teaching materials. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

342 

TEACHING SCIENCE IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Science methods and materials interpreting 
children's science experiences and guiding the 
development of the scientific concepts. A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Study of the science content of the curriculum, 
its material and use. Observation and partici- 
pation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

343 

TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND 
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A course designed to consider means of 
communication, oral and written, including 
both practical and creative uses. Attention 
will be given to listening, speaking, written 
expression, linguistics and grammar, and 
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the 
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil- 
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle 
for developing creative characteristics in 
children and for ensuring an appreciation of 
the creative writing of others. Observation 
and participation in Lycoming County 
elementary schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 
200 and PSY 138, or consent of instructor. 

344 

TEACHING READING IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A basic course in the philosophy and 
rationale for the implementation of an 
elementary reading program from kindergar- 
ten through sixth grade. Emphasis is upon 
designing a reading instructional program 
which reflects the nature of the learning 
process and recognizes principles of child 
development through examination of the 
principles, problems, methods, and materials 
used in elementary reading programs. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 or PSY 138, or 
consent of instructor. 

345 

CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN 
MIDDLE/SECONDARY MATHEMATICS 

This is a basic course in the theory and 
pedagogy needed for the instruction of 
mathematics in the Middle/Secondary 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO< 



EDUCATION 



chools. It is designed to examine and 
nplement curriculum, teaching strategies, 
nd required standards in math in the middle 
nd secondary schools. The needs and 
evelopmental stages of middle/secondary 
dolescents will also be addressed. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and two courses in 
lathematics; or consent of instructor. 

Che Professional Semester 

Students are considered full time when 
nrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
|tudents needing an additional course must 
omply with the standards stated in the 
College catalog. 

'he Elementary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the 
ilementary Professional Semester: 

:DUC 445 Methods of Teaching 

in the Elementary School 

iDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 
American Education 

iDUC 448 Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School 

45 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE 
'ROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

The course emphasizes the relationship 
etween the theoretical studies of physical, 
ocial and cognitive development and the 
lenientary classroom environment. Particu- 
\r consideration will be given to the appro- 
•riate age and developmental level of the 
tudents with an emphasis upon selection 
nd utilization of methods in all the elemen- 
ary subject areas, including art and music. 
Specific attention is given to the development 
if strategies for structuring lesson plans, for 
naintaining classroom control, and for 
iverall classroom management. Direct 
pplication is made to the individual student 
eaching experience. Prerequisites: EDUC 
W, 340, 341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre- 
tudent teaching participation. 



,0()fv07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

448 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi- 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in an 
elementary school. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the school 
district to which they are assigned. Two units 
maximum. 

The Secondary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the 
Secondary Professional Semester: 

EDUC 446 Methods of Teaching in the 

Middle Level and Secondary 

Schools 
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 

American Education 
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 

Secondary School 

The K-12 Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the K-12 

Professional Semester: 

EDUC 445 Elementary or 

or 446 Secondary Methods 

EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 
American Education 

EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the 
Elementary Schools 
(4 semester hours/6 weeks) 

EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 
Secondary Schools 
(4 semester hours/6 weeks) 

446 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN MIDDLE 
LEVEL AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS 
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

A study of materials, methods, and 
techniques with emphasis on the student's 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



major. Specific attention is given to structur- 
ing unit and lesson plans, maintaining 
classroom discipline, and to overall classroom 
management. Stress is placed on the selection 
and utilization of a variety of strategies, 
materials, and technologies to support 
learning for a diverse student population. 
Students teach demonstration lessons in the 
presence of the instructor and members of the 
class and observe superior teachers in 
Lycoming County middle and secondary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200, PSY 138, 
and pre-student teaching participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

449 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional laboratory experience under 
the supervision of a selected cooperating 
teacher in a secondary school. Student 
teachers are required to follow the calendar of 
the school district to which they are assigned. 
Two units maximum. 

The Special Education Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Special 

Education Professional Semester: 

EDUC 430 Methods of Teaching 

Students with Special Needs 

EDUC 431 Current Issues in Special 
Education 

EDUC 432 Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School 
(4 semester hours/7 weeks) 

EDUC 433 Student Teaching in the 
Secondary School 
(4 semester hours/7 weeks) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



430 

METHODS OF TEACHING STUDENTS 
WITH SPECIAL NEEDS (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

This course addresses planning and 
methods for teaching students with disabil 
ties in all content areas. Integration of 
content and skill areas, least restrictive 
environment strategies including inclusion 
and resource room settings, and technolog; 
are stressed. Prerequisites or co-requisite 
EDUC 330, 331, 333, and 344. 

431 

CURRENT ISSUES IN SPECIAL EDUC AT] [T 
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMEST^ 

This capstone course for Special Educat 
requires students to reflect upon their cour 
of study, field experiences, and student 
teaching; to research and analyze current 
issues in the field; and to complete their 
professional portfolios. The content of the 
course will vary according to the needs of 
students, current events, and issues in Spec 
Education. 

432 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL FOR 
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the super i 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in ar 
elementary school. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the scho 
district to which they are assigned. 

433 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL FOR 
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supei 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in a 
secondary school. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the scho 
district to which they are assigned. 



2(X)6-07 ACADEMIC CATA 



./'^V 




ENGLISH (ENGL) 

'rofessors: Feinstein, Hawkes (Chairperson), 

Moses 
\ssociate Professors: Hafer, Lewes 
Assistant Professors: Leiter, Preston 
/isiting Instructor: Hansum 

The department offers two programs 
eading to the major in Enghsh: 

''rack I - English Major in Literature 

This track is designed for students who 
:hoose Enghsh as a hberal arts major that pre- 
pares them for a wide range of career options; 
or students who choose Enghsh as their 
ubject area for elementary certification or who 
vish to earn secondary certification in Enghsh; 
or students who wish to improve their verbal 
ind analytic ability in preparation for a specific 
:areer, such as technical writing, business, or 
aw; and for students who intend to pursue 
graduate study in British or American 
iterature. 



006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



A minimum often courses is required for 
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 2 1 7; 220; 
22 1 ; two courses selected from 222, 223, 229; 
two from 31 1,312, 31 3, 314, and 315; one 
from 335 and 336; two electives beyond 
composition; and the Capstone Experience. 

Students who wish to earn secondary teacher 
certification must complete a minimum of 
twelve courses in English. Required courses 
are ENGL 217; 220; 221; 335; 336; 338; two 
courses from 222, 223, 229; three courses from 
311, 312, 313, 314, and 315; one elective 
beyond composition; and the Capstone 
Experience. Required courses outside English 
are EDUC 200, 338, 339, 446, 447, and 449; 
PSY llOand 138;andTHEA 100. 

Students who intend to pursue graduate 
study in British or American literature should 
complete the twelve English courses specified 
for secondary certification and, as part of that 
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti- 
cism, as their English elective. 

Track II - English Major in Creative Writing 

This track is designed for students who 
aspire to careers as professional writers, as 
editors, and as publishers; for students who 
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A. 
program; or for students who would like to 
discover their creative potential while pursu- 
ing a fundamental liberal arts education. 

A minimum of ten courses is required for 
Track II. Required courses are ENGL 240; 
two courses selected from 220, 221, 222, 223, 
225, and 229; two from 31 1, 312, 313, 314 
and 315; one from 331 or 332; one from 335 
and 336; two from 341, 342, 441, and 442 
(note prerequisites); and one from 411 or 412. 

Students who wish to earn secondary 
teacher certification must complete a mini- 
mum of twelve courses in English. Required 
courses are ENGL 220, 240, 335, 336, 338; 
one course selected from 221, 222, 223, 225, 
and 229; two from 31 1, 312, 313, 314, and 
315; one from 331 and 332; two from 341, 
342, 441, 442 (note prerequisites); and one 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



from 41 1 and 412; ENGL 217 recommended. 
Required courses outside English are EDUC 
200, 338, 339. 446. 447. and 449; PSY 1 10 
and 138; and THE A 100. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: ENGL 229. 332. and 
334. The following courses, when scheduled 
as W courses, count toward the writing 
intensive requirement: ENGL 218, 225, 311. 
334, 336, and 338. 

Capstone Experience 

Seniors in the literature track must hand in 
a portfolio of writing during the first week of 
their final semester. The portfolio must 
include four major papers from English 
courses and a self-assessment essay. Seniors 
in the creative writing track must successfully 
complete either ENGL 41 1 or ENGL 412. 

Minors 

The department offers two minors in 
English: 

Literature: Five courses in literature at the 
200 level or above, at least three of which 
must be numbered 300 or above. 

Writing: Five courses, four of which are 
chosen from ENGL 217, 218, 240, 322, and 
338; plus one writing-intensive course in 
literature at the 300 level. 

106 

COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the compos- 
ing skills needed to articulate and defend a 
position in various situations requiring the 
use of written English. Credit may not be 
earned for both 106 and 107. 

107 

HONORS COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the writing 
skills of students who have the potential to 
benefit from advanced work. Placement by 
examination only. Credit may not be earned 
for both 106 and 107. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



215 

SELECTED TOPICS IN LITERATURE 

An introduction to a variety of literature 
united by topic, which will vary according i 
each instructor. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 o 
107, or consent of the instructor. 

217 

CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR 

An introduction to writing critically aba 
literary texts. Workshop setting offers 
intensive practice in the writing and critiqu. 
of papers. Designed for beginning students 
literature. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, 
consent of instructor. Not open to juniors < 
seniors except for newly declared majors o 
with consent of instructor. 

218 

CLASSICAL AND MODERN RHETORIC 

An exploration of the province, content, 
strategies, and techniques comprising ancie^ 
and modern discourse, with particular 
emphasis on written lines of argument. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or conseni 
instructor. 

220 

BRITISH LITERATURE I 

A survey of literary forms, dominant ideb 
and major authors from the Anglo-Saxon 
period through the 18* century. The course 
includes a brief study of language 
development to Chaucer and emphasizes 
writers such as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Don 
Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. I 

Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consciu 
the instructor. 

221 

BRITISH LITERATURE II 

Literary movements and authors from the 
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 
1 9th century. Particular emphasis on such 
writers as Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, 
Tennyson, Browning, Carlyle, Arnold, Hard 
and Yeats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 
consent of instructor. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CA I \l 



222 

AMERICAN LITERATURE I 

Survey of American literature from the 
beginning to 1865, with major emphasis on the 
writers of the Romantic period: Poe, Emerson, 
rhoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, Dickinson, and 
Whitman. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. 

223 

/AMERICAN LITERATURE II 

Survey of American literature from 1865 
:o 1945, emphasizing such authors as Twain, 
lames. Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost, 
Eliot, Stevens, O'Neill, and Williams. Prereq- 
dsite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
'nstructor. 

225 

:LASSICAL LITERATURE 

A study, in translation, of Greek and 
Roman works that have intluenced Western 
ivriters. Literary forms studied include epic, 
irama, satire, and love poetry. Writers studied 
nclude Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, 
Euripides, Virgil, Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius, 
md Ovid. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. 

229 

\FRICAN AMERICAN LITERATURE 

A survey of major works and authors of 
African American literary history from slavery 
:o the present, focusing on such authors as 
Douglass, J. W. Johnson, Hurston, Hughes, 
Wright, Ellison, and Morrison. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of the instructor. 

240 

[NTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING 

Workshop discussions, structured exercises, 
md readings in contemporary literature to 
provide practice and basic instruction in the 
writing and evaluation of poetry and fiction. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



311 

MEDIEVAL LITERATURE 

Readings in Old and Middle English 
poetry and prose from Bede's Ecclesiastical 
History to Malory's Arthurian romance. 
Study of lyric, narrative, drama, and romance 
with emphasis on the cultural context from 
which these forms emerge. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

312 

RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 

An examination of themes and literary 
forms of the Renaissance. Authors studied 
will include Donne, Marlowe, More, 
Shakespeare, Sidney, Spenser, and Surrey. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

313 

RESTORATION AND 
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE 

Consideration of selected themes, writers, 
or modes of Restoration and 1 8th-century 
literature (1660-1800) with emphasis on the 
social, political, and intellectual life of that 
era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

314 

ROMANTIC LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Romantic period (1789- 
1832) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

315 

VICTORIAN LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Victorian period (1832- 
1901) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



322 

ADVANCED WRITING: 
THE CREATIVE ESSAY 

A course in which students from all 
disciplines learn to explore and define 
themselves through the essay, a form used to 
express the universal through the particular 
and the personal. Readings will include 
essayists from Montaigne to Gould. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

331 

MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY HCTION 

Examination of the novels and short 
fiction of such major writers as Conrad, 
Woolf, Joyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Na- 
bokov, with special emphasis on the relation- 
ship of their works to concepts of modernism. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent 
of instructor. 

332 

MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY POETRY 

Studies in the themes and visions of 
modern and contemporary poets, beginning 
with Yeats and the American Modernists, 
covering a variety of central movements (such 
as the Harlem Renaissance), and concluding 
with a range of multi-cultural authors. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 or consent of 
instructor. 

333 

THE NOVEL 

An examination primarily of British and 
American works from the 1 8th century to the 
present, focusing on the novel's ability — 
since its explosive inception — to redefine its 
own boundaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

334 

WOMEN AND LITERATURE 

An examination — literary, social, and 
historical — of literature by women represent- 



ing diverse cultures. Each course will 
examine a particular theme significant to 
women writers from more than one cultural 
background. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 

CHAUCER 

A study of representative work in the 
context of Chaucer's life and times. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent c 
the instructor. Alternate years. 

336 

SHAKESPEARE 

A study of representative plays in the 
context of Shakespeare's life and times. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

338 
LINGUISTICS 

An intensive look at the English language, 
focusing on three grammatical systems 
(traditional, structural, transformational) to 
identify their strengths and weaknesses. 
Attention is also given to larger issues, 
including language change, the politics of 
language, the creation of meaning, language 
acquisition, and dialects. Prerequisite: ENGL 
106 or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternatt 
years. 

341 

POETRY WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate workshop focusing on th< 
writing of poetry and methods of analysis. 
Prerequisite: Grade of B or better in ENGL 
240, or consent of instructor. 

342 

FICTION WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate course in the writing of 
short fiction in a workshop environment, 
where the student is trained to hear language a 
work. Emphasis on characterization and story 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240, or consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



(11 

^ORM AND THEORY: POETRY 

An advanced workshop in which students 
vill be asked to write in various poetic forms, 
,uch as the sonnet, villanelle, sestina, and 
)antoum. Prerequisite: ENGL 341 or 
•onseiit of instructor. Alternate years. 

112 

^ORM AND THEORY: FICTION 

A course that examines philosophical and 
lesthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting 
iction based on those theories. Authors will 
nost likely include Aristotle. Calvino. 
jardner. Gass, and Nabokov. Prerequisite: 
INGL 342 or consent of instructor. Alternate 
ears. 

[21 

ADVANCED TOPICS IN LITERATURE 

An upper-level literature course governed 
ither by concept (such as a theme or 
aovement) or author (one to three figures), 
i'opics will vary according to each instructor. 
herequisite: At least one English course 
umbered 218 and above, or consent of the 
nstructor. Alternate years. May be taken a 
econd time for credit with departmental 
pproval. 

i'OETRY WORKSHOP II 

j An advanced workshop in the writing of 
oetry. Students will receive intensive anal- 
sis of their own work and acquire experience 
\ evaluating the work of their peers. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 34 L 

42 

ICTION WORKSHOP II 

An advanced course in the writing of short 
ction. Emphasis on the complexities of 
oice and tone. The student will be encour- 
ged to develop and control his or her 
idividual style and produce publishable 
ction. Prerequisite: ENGL 342. 



1)06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



449 

ADVANCED CRITICISM 

Reading and discussion in the theory and 
history of criticism. Examination of both 
traditional and contemporary ideas about the 
value and nature of literary expression and its 
place in human culture generally. Work in 
the course includes practical as well as 
theoretical use of the ideas and methods of 
critical inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The department provides internships in 
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical 
writing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl- 
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the 
changing image of women in American art 
and literature (1890-1945); the hard-boiled 
detective novel; contemporary women 
writers; and Milton's use of the Bible in 
Paradise Lost. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

Recent projects include "The Function of 
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner" 
and "Illusion. Order, and Art in the Novels of 
Virginia Woolf." 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 




FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

Professor: Buedel 
Associate Professors: Heysel, 

Kingery (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professors: Cartal-Falk 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Cagle 
Visiting Instructor: McNerney 

Study of foreign languages and literatures 
offers opportunity to explore broadly the 
varieties of human experience and thought. It 
contributes both to personal and to interna- 
tional understanding by providing competence 
in a foreign language and a critical acquain- 
tance with the literature and culture of foreign 
peoples. A major can serve as a gateway to 
careers in business, government, publishing, 
education, journalism, social agencies, 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



translating, and writing. It prepares for 
graduate work in literature or linguistics and 
the international fields of politics, business, 
law, health, and area studies. 

MAJOR FIELDS OF STUDY 

French, German, and Spanish are offeree! 
major fields of study. The major consists of 
least 32 .semester hours of courses numbered 
I I 1 and above. Students who intend to pursi 
graduate study in a foreign language should 
take additional 300- and 400-level courses. 
Majors seeking teacher certification are 
advised to begin the study of a second foreigi 
language. 

The department encourages students to 
consider allied courses from related fields, a 
second major, or an interdisciplinary major 
such as International Studies. 

STUDY ABROAD AND INTERNSHIPS 

The department recommends that all 
language majors study abroad in a Lycoming 
College affiliate program or in a department- 
approved program. Students seeking teacher 
certification are required to study abroad for 
minimum of eight weeks, although a semeste 
length program is recommended. Lycoming 
offers affiliate programs in France (Universit 
de Grenoble), Spain (Tandem Escuela 
Internacional or Estudio Sampere) and 
Ecuador (Estudio Sampere). Approved 
programs in Austria, Germany, and Switzer- 
land include the Institute for International 
Education, the Goethe Institute, and 
Universitat Frieburg. Students who intend to 
study abroad should begin planning with thei 
major advisor by the first week of the semest 
prior to departure. To qualify, students must 
have sophomore standing or higher, an overa 
GPA of 2.50, a GPA of 3.00 in language 
courses, and recommendation from faculty in 
the major. Overseas internships are offered 
through approved programs. They typically 
require substantial language skills and junii)r 
or senior standing. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAl ( i 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



CAPSTONE EXPERIENCE 

All foreign language majors are required to 
jass two semesters of FLL 449 (Junior-Senior 
I^olloquium). In addition, all majors must 
complete at least two of the following six 
)ptions: (1) appropriate study abroad for a 
ninimum of 8 weeks; (2) an internship; (3) 
lepartment-approved volunteer work in the 
breign language; (4) FRN 418, GERM 418, or 
>PAN 418 with a grade of C or better; (5) 
lecondary teaching certification in French, 
jerman, or Spanish; (6) a total of 12 credit 
lours at the 400-level in French, German, or 
Spanish. 

If the colloquia and other two requirements 
lave not been met by the end of the first 
iemester of the senior year, the student must 
iubmit to the chair of the department a plan 
ligned by the advisor showing when and how 
hese requirements will be completed. 

rEACHER CERTIFICATION 

Students interested in teacher certification 
ihould refer to the Department of Education 
)n page 103. 

TOREIGN LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES (FLL) 

138 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE: 

SYSTEMS AND PROCESS 

Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool 
or language learning and teaching. Discussion 
ind application of language teaching techniques. 
Deluding work in the language laboratory. 
Designed for future teachers of one or more 
anguages and normally taken in the junior year. 
Jtudents should arrange through the Depart- 
nent of Education to fulfill the requirements 
)f a participation experience in area schools in 
he same semester. Prerequisite: Consent of 
nstructor. Taught in English. Does not 
■ount toward majors in French, German, and 
Spanish. 

149 

UNIOR-SENIOR COLLOQUIUM 

This colloquium offers French, German, 
md Spanish majors the opportunity to meet 
egularly with peers, professors, and invited 

1006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



guest speakers to discuss linguistic, literary, 
cultural, and pedagogical topics. Each student 
enrolled in 449 is required to deliver at least 
one oral presentation of approximately 20 
minutes in a language other than English in 
their second semester. Prerequisite: junior 
standing. The department recommends that, 
when possible, students take one semester of 
449 during their junior year and another 
semester during their senior year. Taught in 
English. The Colloquium will meet a minimum 
of 6 times during the semester for 1 hour each 
session. After successful completion of two 
semesters of the Colloquium, a student may 
enroll for additional semesters on a pass-fail 
basis and no oral presentation will be required. 
Non- credit course. 

FRENCH (FRN) 

Major 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1 
and above or approved courses from a Study 
Abroad program, including at least eight 
semester hours from the 400 level, not includ- 
ing FLL 449. French majors must pass at least 
two semesters of FLL 449 and complete two of 
the additional requirements as explained under 
Capstone Experience. Students who wish to be 
certified for secondary teaching must complete 
the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass 
FRN 221-222, 228, 418, and FLL 338 (the 
latter two courses with a grade of B or better). 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: FRN 221, 222 and FRN 
311. The following courses, when scheduled as 
a W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: FRN 222 and FRN 412. 

Minor 

A minor in French consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 221 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
towards the minor, but then the minor must 
consist of at least 20 semester hours of 
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered 
200 or above. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LI lERATURES 



101-102 

ELEMENTARY FRENCH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 
Pn'rcqitisite for 102: FRN lOI or equivalent. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 

Review and development of the fundamen- 
tals of the language for immediate use in 
speaking, understanding, and reading, with a 
view to building confidence in self-expres- 
sion. Prerequisite for 111: FRN 102 or 
equivalent: for 1 12: FRN 111 or equivalent. 

221-222 

CONVERSATION, REVIEW, 
AND COMPOSITION 

Intensive discussion and writing on a 
variety of subjects in conjunction with 
contemporary readings. Focus on phonetics, 
pronunciation and in-depth grammar review 
including the study of French stylistics, 
semantics and syntax. Designed to provide 
greater breadth and fluency in spoken and 
written French. Prerequisite for FRN 221: 
FRN 1 12 or equivalent: for FRN 222: FRN 
221. 

311 

MODERN FRANCE 

A course designed to familiarize students 
with social and political structures and cultural 
attitudes in contemporary French and 
Francophone societies. Material studied may 
include such documents as newspaper articles, 
interviews and sociological surveys, and 
readings in history, religion, anthropology, 
and the arts. Some attention to the changing 
education system and the family and to events 
and ideas which have shaped French-speaking 
societies. Includes some comparative study of 
France and the United States. Prerequisite: 
FRN 221 or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



315 

INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH AND 
FRANCOPHONE LITERATURES 

Diverse readings in this course draw from 
both French and Francophone literatures and 
represent significant literary movements from 
the Middle Ages to the present. The course is 
designed to acquaint the student with literary 
concepts and terms, genre study and the basic 
skills of literary analysis. Prerequisite: FRN 
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the French-speaking 
world. Possible topics or genres include: 
Francophone short stories; modem French 
theatre; French-speaking women writers; 
French and Francophone poetry; Paris and the 
Avant-garde. Prerequisites: FRN 222, 31 1: 
or consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit with consent of instructor. 

412 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF 

THE 19TH CENTURY | 

The dimensions of the Romantic sensibil- 
ity: Musset, Hugo, Madame de Stael, Vigny, 
Balzac, Stendhal, Sand; realism and natural- 
ism in the novels of Flaubert and Zola; and 
reaction in the poetry of Baudelaire, 
Desbordes-Valmore, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and 
Mallarme. Prerequisite: At least one French 
course from the 300 level. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written French. Includes work in oral 
comprehension, phonetics, pronunciation, oral 
and written composition, and translation. 
Prerequisites: Either two French 300 level 
courses or one French 400 level course: or 
consent of instructor. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



426 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN FRENCH 
AND FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE AND 
CULTURE 

Readings of important works and move- 
ments in modern French and/or Francophone 
literature and culture. Reading selections may 
ifocus on a particular genre or they may be a 
combination of drama, poetry and prose. 
Possible topics include: 20th century poetry; 
French cinema; children's literature; surreal- 
ism and the avant-garde; the Francophone 
novel; French literature and art between the 
wars. Prerequisites: Either two French 300 
level courses or one French 400 level course, 
or consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit with consent of instructor. 

427 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF 

THE 20TH CENTURY 

Representative poets and novelists of 
modem France. Readings selected from the 
works of authors such as Proust. Colette, 
Gide, Aragon, Giono, Mauriac, Celine, 
Malraux, Saint-Exupery. Camus, the "new 
novelists" (Robbe-Grillet, Butor, Sanaute. Le 
!lezio), Duras. and the poetry of Apollinaire, 
Valery, the Sunealists (Breton, Reverdy, 
Eluard, Char), Saint-John Perse, Supervielle. 
Prevert, and others. Prerequisite: At least 
one French course from the 300 level. 
Alternate years. 

170-479 

[NTERNSHIP (See index) 

'\80-N89 
NDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in French include 
ranslation. Existentialism, the classical period, 
Milightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery. 

*90.491 

NDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



niK.O? ACADEMIC CATALOG 



GERMAN (GERM) 
Major 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of GERM courses numbered 1 1 1 
and above or approved courses from a Study 
Abroad program. GERM 426 or 44 1 is required 
of all majors. German majors must pass at least 
two semesters of FLL 449 and complete two of 
the additional requirements as explained under 
Capstone Experience on page 115. 

Students who wish to be certified for 
secondary teaching must complete the major 
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 221- 
222, 323, 325, 418, and either 426 or 44 1 . In 
addition to the 32 semester hours of courses for 
the major, they must also pass FLL 338 and 
GERM 418 with a grade of B or better. All 
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS 
336, PSCI 221, and THEA 335. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: GERM 221 and 222. 
The following course, when scheduled as a W 
course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: GERM 321, 426. 

Minor 

A minor in German consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must 
consist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 
1 2 hours of which must be numbered 200 or 
above. One unit of FLL 225 may be included 
in the minor with permission. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY GERMAN 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with a 
view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. Prerequi- 
site for 102: GERM 101 or equivalent. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



immediate use in speaicing, understanding, 
and reading with a view to building confi- 
dence in self-expression. Prerequisite for 
III: GERM 102 or equivalent; for 112: 
GERM 111 or equivalent. 

221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW 
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

This sequence of courses is designed to 
review and develop skills in speaking, listening, 
writing and reading. Grammar and vocabulary 
building are stressed with intensive review, 
writing practice and some reading on contem- 
porary issues in German-speaking countries. 
Prerequisite for 221: GERM 1 12 or equiva- 
lent; for 222: GERM 221. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the German-speaking 
world. Possible topics or genres include: the 
German Novelle; modern German theatre; the 
fairy tale; German poetry. Prerequisite: 
GERM 222 or consent of instructor. May be 
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. 

323 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 
and culture from the Early Middle Ages 
through the 1 8th century. Prerequisite: 
GERM 222 or consent of instructor. 

325 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II 
Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



and culture from the 19th century through thi 
196()'s. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consciu 
of instructor. 

411 

THE NOVELLE 

The German Novelle as a genre relating u 
various literary periods. Prerequisite: GER.\ 
323 or 325, or consent of instructor. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students i 
who want to improve their spoken and writtej 
German. Includes work in oral comprehen- 
sion, phonetics, pronunciation, oral and 
written composition, translation, and the 
development of the language and its relatit^n 
ship to English. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or 
consent of instructor. 

426 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN GERMAN 
LITERATURE AND CULTURE 

The study of important works and move- | 
ments in modem German literature and cultuie 
Reading selections may focus on a particulai 
genre or they may be a combination of drama, 
poetry and prose. Possible topics include: 
Goethe, East and West Germany, the Weimar 
Republic. Prerequisite: One German 300 levt 
course, or consent of instructor. May he 
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. 

441 

CONTEMPORARY GERMAN 
LITERATURE 

Representative poets, novelists and 
dramatists of contemporary Germany, Swit- 
zerland and Austria covering the period froii 
the 1960's to the present. Readings selected 
from writers such as: Boll, Brecht, Frisch, 
Diirrenmatt. Bichsel. Handke. Walser, Grass 
Becker, and others. Prerequisite: GERM 31 
or 325, or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAI ( 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in German 
include Classicism, Germanic Mythology, 
Hermann Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and 
Diirrenmatt. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) SEE RELIGION 

HEBREW (HEBR) SEE RELIGION 

LATIN (LAT) SEE RELIGION 

SPANISH (SPAN) 
Major 

A major consists of 32 semester hours of 
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above or 
approved courses from a Study Abroad 
iprogram. From courses numbered 315 or 
higher, one course must focus on literature or 
culture from Spain and one course must focus 
on literature or culture from Latin America. 
SPAN 3 1 5 and approved topics courses may 
focus on Hispanic literatures with representa- 
tive readings from both Spain and Latin 
America. When this is the case, the course 
may count toward either the Spanish or Latin 
American requirement. Eight semester hours 
must be at the 400 level, not including 449. 
Spanish majors must pass at least two semes- 
ters of FLL 449 and complete two of the 
additional requirements as explained under the 
Capstone Experience section. Recommended 
course: HIST 120. Students who wish to be 
certified for secondary teaching must complete 
the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass 
ISPAN 221, 222, 311, 418 and FLL 338 (the 
Jiatter two with a grade of B or better). 
■' The following courses satisfy the cultural 
jdiversity requirement: SPAN 221, 222, and 311. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
[requirement: SPAN 323, 418, 424, and 426. 



|2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



L 



Minor 

A minor in Spanish consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 221 or 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 112 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must 
con-sist of at least 20 semester hours of 
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered 
200 or above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY SPANISH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 
Prerequisite for 102: SPAN 101 or equiva- 
lent. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 
immediate use in speaking, understanding, 
reading and writing with a view to building 
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite 
for HI: SPAN 102 or equivalent: for 112: 
SPAN HI or equivalent. 

221-222 

CONVERSATION. REVIEW, AND 
COMPOSITION 

Intensive discussion and writing on a 
variety of subjects in conjunction with 
contemporary readings. Includes in-depth 
grammar review. Designed to provide greater 
breadth and fluency in spoken and written 
Spanish. Prerequisite for 221: SPAN 112 or 
equivalent; for 222: SPAN 221. 

311 

HISPANIC CULTURE 

To introduce students to Spanish-speaking 
peoples — their values, customs and institu- 
tions, with reference to the geographic and 
historical forces governing present-day Spain 
and Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPAN 
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



315 

INTRODUCTION TO HISPANIC 
LITERATURES 

Diverse readings in this course include 
both Spanish and Latin American Hteratures 
designed to acquaint the student with signifi- 
cant Hispanic authors and literary move- 
ments. The course deals with genre study, 
literary terms in Spanish, literary concepts 
and forms, as well as the basic skills of 
literary analysis. The course counts toward 
the requirement in the major as either a 
course in the literature of Spain or in the 
literature of Latin America. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 222 or consent of instructor. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the Spanish- 
speaking world. Possible topics or genres 
include: Latin American short stories; modern 
Spanish theatre; Latin American women writers; 
Chicano literature. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 
or consent of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit with consent of instructor. 

323 

SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 

AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish literature, 
representative authors, and major socio- 
economic developments. The course deals 
with the literature from the Middle Ages to 
the present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

325 

SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish-American 
literature, representative authors, and major 
socio-economic developments. The course 
deals with the literature, especially the essay 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



120 



and poetry, from the 16th century to the 
present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or conseni 
instructor. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve their spoken and writtei 
Spanish. Includes work in oral comprehen 
sion. pronunciation, oral and written composi 
tion. and translation. Prerequisite: One SPAi, 
course at the 300 level or consent of instruc 
tor. Alternate years. 

424 

SPANISH LITERATURE OF 
THE GOLDEN AGE 

A study of representative works and princips 
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama 
of the 16th and 17th centuries. Prerequisites: 
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor. 

426 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN HISPANIC 
LITERATURE AND CULTURE 

Readings of important works in modem 
Spanish and/or Latin American literature. 
Reading selections may focus on a particular 
genre or they may be a combination of drama 
poetry and prose. Possible topics include: 
Romanticism and realism in Spain and Latin 
America; the Modernist movement in Latin 
America; 20th century poetry; Lorca and the 
avant-garde; the Latin American novel; the 
literature of post-Franco Spain. Prerequisites, 
two Spanish courses at the 300 level, or 
consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit with consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include literary, linguistic, 
and cultural topics and themes such as urban 
problems as reflected in the modern novel. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 







HISTORY iHisT, 

Professors: Larson. Morris, Piper, 

Witwer (Chairperson) 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Chandler 

A major consists of 10 courses, including 
HIST 115,116, and 449. At least seven courses 
nust be taken in the department. The following 
:ourses may be counted toward fulfilling the 
major requirements: AMST 200, ECON 236, 
PSCI 22 1 and 439, REL 226 and 328. Other 
ippropriate courses outside the department may 
36 counted upon departmental approval. For 
listory majors who student teach in history, the 
major consists of nine courses. In addition to 
:he courses listed below, special courses, inde- 
3endent study, and honors are available. 
Special courses recently taught and anticipated 
include a biographical study of European 
Monarchs, the European Left, the Industrializa- 
tion and Urbanization of Modern Europe, 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Utopian Movements in America , the Peace 
Movement in America, The Vietnam War, and 
American Legal History. History majors are 
encouraged to participate in the internship 
program. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 103. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: HIST 120, 140,220, 
230 and 240. The following courses, when 
scheduled as W courses, count toward the 
writing intensive requirement: HIST 215, 218, 
230, 247, 312, 328, 330, 332, 335, and 449. 

Minor 

Three minors are offered by the Department 
of History. The following courses are required 
to complete a minor in American history: HIST 
125, 126, and three courses in American history 
numbered 200 and above (HIST 120 and/or 220 
may be substituted.) A minor in European 
history requires the completion of HIST 1 15, 
1 16 and three courses in European history 
numbered 200 and above. To obtain a minor in 
History (without national or geographical 
designation), a student must complete six 
courses in history, of which three must be 
chosen from HIST 1 15, 1 16, 125, and 126 and 
three must be history courses numbered 200 and 
above. 

115 

WESTERN CIVILIZATION I 

A survey of the major developments in the 
history of Western Civilization from its roots 
in the Ancient Near East to the era of the 
Renaissance. The course will consider the 
political, social and cultural aspects of 
Mesopotamia, Egypt, the ancient Hebrews, 
Greece, Rome, and Western Europe. Byzan- 
tine and Islamic civilizations will be studied to 
provide a wider scope for comparison. 

116 

WESTERN CIVILIZATION II 

A survey of the major developments in the 
history of Western Civilization from the era of 
the Renaissance to the present. The course 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



will focus on the political, economic, social, 
intellectual, and cultural aspects of European 
history and how Europe interacted with the 
rest of the world. 

120 

LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 

An examination of the native civilization, 
the age of discovery and conquest, Spanish 
colonial policy, the independence movements, 
and the development of modern institutions 
and governments in Latin America. Alternate 
years. 

125 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877 

A study of the people, measures, and 
movements which have been significant in the 
development of the United States between 
1 607 and 1 877. Attention is paid to the 
problems of minority groups as well as to 
majority and national influences. 

126 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1877- 
PRESENT 

A study of people, measures, and movements 
which have been significant in the develop- 
ment of the United States since 1 877. Atten- 
tion is paid to the problems of minority groups 
as well as to majority and national influences. 

140 

SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY 

A comprehensive overview of Asian 
history with emphasis on those Pacific Rim 
countries which have greatest current impact 
on political and economic development in the 
United States. Alternate Years. 

210 

ANCIENT HISTORY 

A study of the ancient western world, 
including the foundations of the western 
tradition in Greece, the emergence and 
expansion of the Roman state, its experience 
as a republic, and its transformation into the 
Empire. The course will focus on the social 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



and intellectual life of Greece and Rome as wil 
as political and economic changes. Alternate 
years. 

212 

MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND ITS NEIGHBO! ^ 

The history of Europe from the dissolution 
the Roman Empire to the mid- 1 5th century. T 
course will deal with the growing estrangenie 
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium id 
Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise ot 
the Islamic Empire and its later fragmentation 
the development and growth of feudalism; tin. 
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise o\ i 
towns. Alternate years. 

215 

CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION 
An in-depth study of the changing nature f 
war and its relationship to the development ( 
Western Civilization since the end of the 
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be 
placed on the role of war in the developmeniit 
the modern nation state and the origins and 
nature of total war. Alternate years. j 

218 

EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD W A S 
An intensive study of the political, econon . 
social, and cultural history of Europe from 
1.900-1945. Topics include the rise of irratio 
nalism, the origins of the First World War. ili 
Communist and Fascist Revolutions, and the 
attempts to preserve peace before 1939. 
Prerequisite: HIST 1 16 or consent ofinstruc 
tor. Alternate years. 

219 

CONTEMPORARY EUROPE 

An intensive study of the political, eco- 
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe 
since 1945. Topics include the post-war 
economic recovery of Europe, the Sovietizaii i 
of Eastern Europe, the origins of the Cold Wi 

decolonization, and the flowering of the welfie 

I 
state. Prerequisite: HIST 1 16 or consent of j 

instructor. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAI ( 



f 



120 

\VOMEN IN HISTORY 

An examination of the social, political, 
jconomic and intellectual experience of 
vomen in the Western World from ancient 
imes to the present. 

126 

:OLONIAL AMERICA AND 

rHE REVOLUTIONARY ERA 

The establishment of British settlements on 
he American continent, their history as 
;olonies, the causes and events of the Ameri- 
;an Revolution, the critical period following 
ndependence, and proposal and adoption of 
he United States Constitution. Alternate 
!ears. 

•30 

AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY 

A study of the experiences and participa- 
ion of African Americans in the United 
jtates. The course includes historical 
ixperiences such as slavery, abolition, 
econstruction, and urbanization. It also 
aises the issue of the development and 
;rowth of white racism, and the effect of this 
acism on contemporary Afro-American 
ocial, intellectual, and political life. Alter- 
late years. 

!32 

[HE RISE OF ISLAM 

A survey of the history of Islam in the 
vliddle East, illuminating the foundation of 
he religion and its spread in the seventh and 
;ighth centuries, the development of a high 
:ivilization thereafter, and the subsequent 
:hanges in political and social structures over 
ime. Muslim interactions with Christian and 
ews will be included, but the emphasis of the 
;ourse will be to understand the history of 
slamic civilization in its own right. The 
;ourse ends with a consideration of recent 
:rises in the Middle East and their roots in 
nodern history. 



!006-()7 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



234 

ORIGINS OF EUROPE 

This course takes an in-depth look at the 
formative period of European civilization 
from the decline and fall of the Roman Empire 
to the formation, around the year 1000, of 
monarchies that resemble modern states. 
Important issues covered include the develop- 
ment and spread of early Christianity, the 
assumption of rule over Roman tenitory by 
barbarians, and the blending of Roman, 
Christian, and Germanic barbarian traditions 
into one European civilization. 

236 

CRUSADES: CONFLICT AND 
ACCOMMODATION 

An intensive consideration of interactions 
between Muslims and Christians in the Middle 
Ages. Hostile and fruitful relations in Spain, 
warfare in the Holy Land, and the status of 
religious minorities will be studied. In 
addition to the often violent relations between 
these major religious groups, this course 
addresses their intellectual, artistic, and 
literary developments as well as reciprocal 
influences. 

240 

MODERN CHINA 

This course will explore the social, political 
and cultural changes in China since the early 
19th Century. Particular attention will be 
given to the Communist Revolution and the 
developments in China since Mao's death. 
Alternate years. 

247 

ORGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA 

A history of organized crime in America 
from the Gilded Age to the present. This 
course explores the rise of organized crime 
and its ties to the urban political machines as 
well as the segregated vice districts of Nine- 
teenth Century America. Students study the 
rise of the Mafia in the Twentieth Century 
along with other ethnically based criminal 
groups. Much of the course centers on the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



role that organized crime has played in 
American society through such activities as 
labor racketeering, organized gambling, and 
smuggling. The course also explores differ- 
ent law enforcement efforts mounted against 
organized crime over time, culminating with 
the most recent use of broad conspiracy laws. 
Alternate years. 

312 

THE MIDDLE AGES IN MODERN EYES 
An in-depth study of medieval history 
by way of modern understandings of the 
period. The course will focus on academic 
interpretations, but will also consider the 
Middle Ages in the popular imaginations, 
such as in film. Examination of the 
documents, literature, and art of the period 
constitutes the second major area of 
course assignments. Student work 
culminates in a major research project 
based on the study of translated primary 
sources. Prerequisite: HIST 115 or 212, or 
consent of instructor. 

320 

DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789 

A survey of the development of the 
European-states system and the relations 
between the European states since the 
beginning of the French Revolution. Pre- 
requisite: HIST 116 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

322 

THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND 
NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870 

An in-depth investigation of the crucial 
"Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from 
the revolutions of 1848 through the unifica- 
tion of Germany. The course centers on the 
struggles for power within the major states of 
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of 
nationalism was used to bring about one type 
of solution. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



328 

AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON 

The theme of the course is the emergenci 
of the political and social characteristics tha 
shaped modern America. The personalities 
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John 
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jacksor 
receive special attention. Special consider- 
ation is given to the first and second party 
systems, the decline in community cohesive 
ness, the westward movement, and the 
growing importance of the family as a unit ( 
social organization. Prerequisite: HIST 12 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

330 

FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEC 

An analysis of the political, social, and 
intellectual background of the French Revoh 
tion. a survey of the course of revolutionary 
development, and an estimate of the results c 
the Napoleonic conquests and administratior 
Prerequisite: HIST 1 15 or consent of instru 
tor. Alternate years. 

332 

CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 

The problems and events leading to war, tl 
political and military history of the war, and t 
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877 

335 

U.S. SINCE 1945 

A survey of the political, social, and 
intellectual developments in America in the 
years following World War II. The course 
reviews both foreign policy developments ii 
those years and the various social movemen 
that swept across the country, including civi 
rights, feminism, the counter-culture, and 
conservatism. Prerequisite: HIST 126 or 
consent of instructor. 

340 

20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES 
RELIGION 

The study of historical and cultural 
developments in American society which 
relate to religion or what is commonly callem 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL ! 



HISTORY • INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM 



eligion. This involves consideration of the 
[istitutional and intellectual development of 
everal faith groups as well as discussion of 
ertain problems, such as the persistence of 
eligious bigotry and the changing modes of 
hurch-state relationships. Alternate years. 

16 

IISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT 

A study of the ideas and systems of ideas 
ropounded prior to the Reformation, but 
/hich are historically related to its inception, 
nd of the ideas and systems of ideas in- 
olved in the formulation of the major 
Reformation Protestant traditions, and in the 
'atholic Reformation. Included are the ideas 
if the humanists of the Reformation Era. 
\lteniate years. 

49 

IISTORICAL METHODS 

This course focuses on the nature and 
(leaning of history. It will open to the student 
lifferent historical approaches and will provide 
tie opportunity to explore these approaches in 
;rms of particular topics and periods. Majors 
re required to enroll in this course in either 
lieirjunior or senior year. Prerequisite: One 
oiirsefrom HIST 328, 330, 335 or 416. 

70-479 

NTERNSHIP (See index) 

' Typically, history interns work for local 

.overnment agencies engaged in historical 

'rejects or for the Lycoming County Histori- 

al Museum. 

m-NS9 

NDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Recent topics include studies of the 
emigration of American blacks, political 
issension in the Weimer republic, Indian 
-lations before the American Revolution, and 
le history of Lycoming County. 

90-491 

NDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
)EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



!X)6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




INSTITUTE FOR 

MANAGEMENT 

STUDIES (IMS) AND 

MANAGEMENT 

SCHOLARS 

PROGRAM 

Professor: Madresehee (Director) 

The puipose of the Institute for Management 
Studies is to enhance the educational opportunities 
for students majoring or minoring in accounting, 
business administration, or economics. It does this 
by offering an expanded internship program, 
special seminars on important management 
topics, student involvement in faculty research 
and professional projects, executive develop- 
ment seminars, and a Management Scholars 
program for academically talented students 
(described below). In addition, the IMS hosts 
guest speakers and conferences on cunent 
management issues. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM 



The IMS also offers an exchange program 
for business, accounting and economics 
students with the Westminster Business 
School (WBS) which is part of the University 
of Westminster system located in London. 
WBS is located in the heart of London on 
Marylebone Road near Regents Park. Eligible 
students who participate in the program will 
spend one semester in London taking a full 
schedule of classes in such areas as inter- 
national business, management, accounting 
and economics. The credits received will then 
be transferred back to Lycoming College. 
Eligible WBS students are also permitted to 
study at Lycoming College for one semester. 

All students who have a declared major or 
minor in accounting, business administration, 
or economics and who are in good academic 
standing are automatically members of the 
IMS. However, the IMS Director may invite or 
permit other students to join the IMS who do 
not meet the first criterion, such as freshmen 
who have not yet declared a major or minor. 

210 

MANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar 
under the direction of the IMS faculty. A 
different interdisciplinary topic relevant to 
students in all three IMS departments is 
offered at least once a year. Completion of 
two semesters required by the Management 
Scholars Program. One-quarter unit of 
credit. Prerequisite: Membership in the 
Management Scholars Program or consent of 
IMS Director. May he repeated for credit. 

340 

MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY 

A practicum in which students work as 
interns for businesses, government agencies 
and nonprofit organizations in the 
Williamsport area and locations in Pennsylva- 
nia, New Jersey, New York, Washington, 
D.C., and other places. Reading, writing and 
research assignments vary by the credit value 
of the experience. Enrollments are limited to 
the numbers of available placements. Most 
internships are full-time paid positions. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



although part-time and unpaid positions are 
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester 
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in 
the Institute for Management Studies and 
consent of the Director. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 16 credits. 

349 

EUROPEAN BUSINESS EXPERIENCE 

An extensive European business experi- 
ence based in London that will study how and 
why businesses go global with special 
emphasis on financial, marketing and manage- 
ment issues. In addition, the course will 
explore how local business culture affects the 
management of a company. The activities 
include site visits to businesses, tours of 
financial institutions, lectures and assigned 
cultural activities. Assessment will include 
preparatory reading before the start of class, 
written reports while in Europe and a final 
project that will focus on a particular topic of 
interest. Research for this project will be 
conducted during the trip with the paper due 
after return. The class will take place in 
London with side trips to Oxford in the UK 
and Paris. After study in London, the course 
will feature an extended trip to another 
country such as Poland, Russia or Hungary. 

IMS Scholars Program 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholar; 
Program for academically talented students ir 
the three IMS departments. To join the 
Management Scholars Program, a student 
must satisfy the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one 
or more of the IMS departments. 
However, the IMS Director may invite 
or permit other students to join the 
Management Scholars Program who 
do not meet this criterion, such as 
freshmen who have not yet declared a 
major or minor. 

b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, 
or exhibit strong academic potential if 
the student is a first-semester freshman. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 







h»i**rt«i» \ ;« « :ww 




o graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
tudent must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successfully complete a major or minor 
in one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher 
in both overall college work, and 
within an IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar 
. taught per academic year on an interdisci- 
hnary topic of relevance to students in all 
jiree IMS departments. The seminars are 
ormally offered as one semester-hour 
3urses and do not result in overload charges 
)r full-time students. 

Students who are currently Lycoming 
ollege Scholars may also become Manage- 
lent Scholars and participate in both programs. 



06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES (INST) 

Professor: Larson (Coordinator) 

The major is designed to integrate an 
understanding of the changing social, politi- 
cal, and historical environment of Europe 
today with study of Europe in its relations to 
the rest of the world, particularly the United 
States. It stresses the international relations 
of the North Atlantic community and offers 
the student opportunity to emphasize either 
European studies or international relations. 
The program provides multiple perspectives 
on the cultural traits that shape popular 
attitudes and institutions. Study of a single 
country is included as a data-base for compari- 
sons, and study of its language as a basis for 
direct communication with its people. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



The program is intended to prepare a student 
either for graduate study or for careers which 
have an international component. Interna- 
tional obligations are increasingly assumed by 
government agencies and a wide range of 
business, social, religious, and educational 
organizations. Opportunities are found in the 
fields of journalism, publishing, communica- 
tions, trade, bank-ing. advertising, manage- 
ment, and tourism. The program also offers 
flexible career preparation in a variety of 
essential skills, such as research, data analysis, 
report writing, language skills, and the 
awareness necessary for dealing with people 
and institutions of another culture. Prepara- 
tion for related careers can be obtained 
through the guided selection of courses 
outside the major in the areas of business, 
economics, foreign languages and literatures, 
government, history, and international 
relations or through a second major. Students 
should design their programs in consultation 
with members of the Committee on Interna- 
tional Studies. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 103. By completing a major in the 
foreign languages (five or more courses) and 
the education program, students can be certified 
to teach that language. 

The International Studies program also 
encourages participation in study abroad 
programs such as the affiliate programs in 
England, France and Spain on page 51, as well 
as the Washington and United Nations 
semesters. 

The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: INST 449. 

The major consists of 1 1 courses including 
INST 449 plus the following: 

International Relations Courses - Four or 
two courses (if two, then four must be taken 
from Area Courses). Courses within this 
group are designed to provide a basic under- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Standing of the international system and of 
Europe's relations with the rest of the world. 
PSCI 225 is required. 

PSCI 225 International Relations 

ECON 343 International Trade 

HIST 320 European Diplomatic History 

PSCI 439 American Foreign Policy 

Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two, 
then four must be taken from International 
Relations Courses). Courses within this grou 
are designed to provide a basic understanding 
of the European political, social, and econom 
environment. HIST 1 16 and ECON 240 are 
required. 

HIST 1 16 Western Civilization II 
ECON 240 Economic Geography 
PSCI 221 Comparative Politics and 

Geography 
HIST 2 1 8 Europe in the Era of the 

World Wars 
HIST 219 Contemporary Europe 

National Courses 

Language - Two courses in one language. 

FRN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 

or above (except 311) 

GERM 221, plus one course numbered 222 

or above 

SPAN 221, plus one course numbered 222 or 

above (except 311) 

Country - One course. The student must 
select, according to his or her language 
preparation, one European country which wil 
serve as a social interest area throughout the 
program. The country selected will serve as 
the base for individual projects in the major 
courses wherever possible. 

France FRN 3 1 1 Modern France 

Germany HIST N80 Topics in 

German History 
Spain SPAN 311 Hispanic Culture 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES • LITERATURE 




LITERATURE 



(LIT) 



Elective Course - One course which should 
involve further study of some aspect of the 
iDrogram. Appropriate courses are any area or 
nternational relations courses not yet taken; 
-IIST 1 15, 215; PSCI 327; related foreign 
iterature courses counting toward the fine arts 
equirement and internships. 

149 

SENIOR SEMINAR 
I A one-semester seminar, taken in the 
■;enior year, in which students and several 
acuity members will pursue an integrative 
opic in the field of international studies. 
Undents will work to some extent indepen- 
iently. Guest speakers will be invited. The 
eminar will be open to qualified persons from 
mtside the major and the College. Prereqiii- 
ite: Consent of instructor. 



This major recognizes literature as a 
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries 
and combines the study of any two literatures 
in the areas of English, French, German, and 
Spanish. Students can thus explore two 
literatures widely and intensively at the upper 
levels of course offerings within each of the 
respective departments while developing and 
applying skills in foreign languages. The 
major prepares students for graduate study in 
either of the two literatures studied or in 
comparative literature. 

The major requires at least six literature 
courses, equally divided between the two 
literatures concerned. The six must be at the 
advanced level as determined in consultation 
with advisors (normally courses numbered 200 
and above in English and 400 and above in 
foreign languages). In general, two of 
the advanced courses in each literature should 
be period courses. The third course, taken 
either as a regular course or an independent 
study, may have as its subject another period, a 
particular author, genre, or literary theme, or 
some other unifying approach or idea. Beyond 
these six, the major must include at least two 
additional courses from among those counting 
toward a major in the departments involved. 
Any prerequisite courses in the respective 
departments (for example: ENGL 106, FRN 
221-222 or 31 1, GERM 221-222, SPAN 221- 
222) should be taken during the freshman year. 
Students should design their programs in 
consultation with a faculty member from each 
of the literatures concerned. Programs for the 
major must be approved by the departments 
involved. 



1)06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 




MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Associate Professors: Haley, 

Peluso (Chairperson). Sprechini 
Assistant Professors: deSilva, Yin 
Part-time Assistant Professor: Wilcox 
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins, 

Davis, Fagnano 

The Department of Mathematical Sciences 
offers major and minor programs in computer 
science and mathematics. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

(CPTR) 

The B. A. Degree 

The B.A. degree in computer science consists 
of 13 courses: MATH 216; either MATH 109 or 
128 (or exemption by examination from 128); 
one from MATH 112, 129, or 130; CPTR 125, 
246, 247, 248, 346, 445, 448, and three other 
computer science courses numbered 220 or 
above including approved internships, or 
MATH 338. 

The B.S. Degree 

The B.S. degree in computer science consists 
of 17 courses: MATH 128 (or exemption by 
examination from 128), 129, 216 and either 
214 or 332; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 
445, 448; three other computer science courses 
numbered 220 or above; one of the sequences 
BIO 110-111, CHEM 110-lll,orPHYS225- 
226; and one additional course from the 
following list of courses: Biology course 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



numbered 1 10 or above, Chemistry course 
numbered 1 10 or above. Physics course 
numbered 225 or above, or MATH 130, 214 
231, 233, 234, 238, 332, 333. 

Students considering graduate work in 
computer science should take MATH 128, 12 
and 1 30. Recommended extra-departmental 
course: PHIL 225. In addition to the regular 
courses listed below, special courses are 
occasionally available. 

The following courses, when scheduled as\ 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: CPTR 246, 247, 346, and 448. 

Minor 

A minor in computer science consists of 
MATH 216. CPTR 125, 246. 247, and two other 
computer science courses numbered 220 or abo\ e 

101 

MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMEN 

An introduction to a file-management 
system, i.e. a database system that uses a siiiL 
file, in the Windows environment. One-half 
unit of credit. This course may not be used tt 
meet distribution requirements. 

108 

COMPUTING ESSENTIALS 

An introduction to the use of computers ir 
problem solving and programming. Includcc 
are uses of spreadsheets, databases, and 
programming. The course teaches the use of 
simple techniques in areas such as number 
theory, algebra, geometry, statistics, and the 
mathematics of business and finance. The 
programming component of the course is 
currently based on the Visual Basic program- 
ming language. Emphasis is given to the 
processes involved in mathematical modelin; 
and problem solving. Laboratory experience^i 
included using current software. Prerequisite 
Credit for or exemption from MATH 100. 

125 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Introduction to the discipline of compulei 
science with emphasis on programming utili 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAl ( 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



zing a block-structured high-level programming 
language. Topics include algorithms, program 
structure, and computer configuration. Labora- 
tory experience is included. Prerequisite: Credit 
for or exemption from MATH 100. 

246 

PRINCIPLES OF ADVANCED 
PROGRAMMING 

Principles of effective programming, 
including structured and object oriented 
programming, stepwise refinement, assertion 
proving, style, debugging, control structures, 
decision tables, finite state machines, recur- 
sion, and encoding. Prerequisite: A grade of 
C- or better in CPTR 125. 

247 

DATA STRUCTURES 

I Representation of data and analysis of 

algorithms associated with data structures. 

Topics include representation of lists, trees, 

graphs and strings, algorithms for searching 

and sorting. Prerequisite: A grade of C- or 

better in CPTR 246, or consent of instructor. 

Corequisite: MATH 216. 

M8 

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE DESIGN 
Study of modem programming language 
jlesign and implementation. Paradigms studied 
nclude procedural, functional, logic, and object- 
)riented. Topics include syntax, semantics, data 
ypes, data structures, storage management, 
ind control structures. Laboratory experience 
s included. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 

$21 

I NTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 
ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
( iiumerical approaches to approximation of 

II cots and functions, integration, systems of 
lifferen-tial equations, linear systems, matrix 
nversion, and the eigenvalue problem. 
Prerequisites: CPTR 125 and MATH 129; 
4ATH 130 strongly recommended. Cross- 
'stedasMATH 321. 



»X)6-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES, 
AND COMPUTABILITY 

The study of finite state machines, push- 
down stacks, and Turing machines along with 
their equivalent formal language counterparts. 
Topics covered include results on computabil- 
ity, including results regarding the limits of 
computers and specific problems that cannot be 
solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234. 
Cross-listed as MATH 324. Alternate years. 

331 

COMPUTER NETWORKS 

This course introduces the following 
computer networking concepts: LAN, WAN, 
FTP, TCP/IP, HTTP, network topologies, 
Ethernet, OSI model, routers, switches, and 
wiring technologies. Students will set up a 
LAN using a mix of available operating systems 
and networking software. Prerequisite: CPTR 246. 

342 

WEB-BASED PROGRAMMING 

Intermediate programming on the World Wide 
Web. Topics covered include client/server issues 
in Web publishing, Java Script, VB Script, Java, 
Perl, and CGI. Prerequisite: CPTR 246 or 
consent of instructor Alternate years. 

345 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER GRAPHICS 

An introduction to graphics hardware and 
software with emphasis on the mathematics 
necessary to represent, transform, and display 
images of two- and three-dimensional objects. 
Subjects covered include but not limited to: 
three dimensional modeling and viewing, color 
models, and rendering. Prerequisites: CPTR 246 
and either CPTR 247 or consent of instructor; 
MATH 130 recommended. Alternate years. 

346 

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION 
AND MACHINE LANGUAGE 

Principles of computer organization, 
architecture, and machine language. Topics 
include machine and assembly languages, 
internal representation of data, processor data 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



path and control, pipelined processors, 
memory hierarchies, and performance issues. 
Laboratoiy experience is included. Pre- 
requisite: A grade of C- or better in CPTR 
246; CPTR 247 strongly recommended. 

349 

DATABASE SYSTEMS 

An in-depth introduction to the relational 
database model and SQL. Topics include but 
are not limited to: relational algebra, relational 
calculus, normalization, design theory of 
relational databases, SQL standards, and query 
optimization. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 
Alternate years. 

441 

INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL 
INTELLIGENCE 

Introduction to the theory, implementation 
techniques, and applications of artificial 
intelligence. Topics may include but are not 
limited to knowledge representation, problem 
solving, modeling, robotics, natural language 
analysis, and computer vision. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 247. Alternate years. 

442 

INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS 

Designing, building and programming 
mobile robots. Some advanced topics are 
covered which may include control theory, 
robotic paradigms, and vision. Teamwork is 
essential in all projects. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 

445 

OPERATING SYSTEMS 

Detailed analysis of processes, scheduling, 
multithreading, symmetric multiprocessing, 
file management, real and virtual memory 
management, file and memory addressing, and 
distributed processing. Prerequisites: CPTR 
247 and 346. 

448 

ADVANCED DESIGN AND 
DEVELOPMENT 

Individual or group research and implementa- 
tion projects. Includes analysis, design, 
development and documentation of a signifi- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



cant current, relevant problem and its com- 
puter-based solution. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 
Alternate years. 

470 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

MATHEMATICS (MATH) 

A major in mathematics consists of CPTR 
125, MATH 128 (or exemption by examina- 
tion from 128), 129. 130, 234, 238, 432, 434. 
and two other mathematics courses numberec 
220 or above, one of which may be replaced 
by MATH 1 12, 214 or 216. In addition, four 
semesters of non-credit math Colloquium arc 
required: two semesters each of MATH 339 
and MATH 449 with at least two of the four 
semesters for a letter grade, one of which 
must be in MATH 449. All majors are 
advised to elect PHIL 225, 333 and PHYS 
225, 226. 

The following course, when scheduled as 
W course, counts toward the writing intensiv 
requirement: MATH 234. 

Students seeking secondary teacher 
certification in mathematics are required to 
complete MATH 330 as one of the two 
mathematics elective courses, and are also 
required to take a statistics course. The 
statistics course requirement can be satisfied 
by either taking one of MATH 214 or 332 as 
the second mathematics elective course, or b 
taking MATH 123 in addition to the second 
mathematics elective course. PHIL 2 1 7 is 
recommended. See the Education section 
(page 103) for additional secondary 
certification requirements. 

Students who are interested in pursuing a 
career in actuarial science should consider th 
actuarial mathematics major. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



132 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



!•- 



Minor 

} A minor in mathematics consists of MATH 
: 128 (or exemption by examination from 128), 
I 129, and either 2 1 6 or 234; 238; one additional 
j course selected from 130, 214, or any course 
numbered 200 or above; and two semesters of 
^ MATH 339, Colloquium, one taken Pass/Fail, 
j and one taken for a letter grade. The two 
semesters of colloquium may be replaced by 
any course numbered 220 or above. 

100 

INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY 
j INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA 

A computer-based program of instruction 
in basic algebra including arithmetic and 
'; decimals, fractions, the real number line, 
I factoring, solutions to linear and quadratic 
equations, graphs of linear and quadratic 
functions, expressions with rational expo- 
nents, algebraic functions, exponential 
functions, and inequalities. This course is 
limited to students placed therein by the 
Mathematics Department. One-half unit of 
i credit. 

•106 

COMBINATORICS 

An introduction to the analysis of counting 
problems. Topics include permutations, 
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclu- 
sion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The 
nature of the subject allows questions to be 
;posed in everyday language while still 
developing sophisticated mathematical 
'concepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
exemption from MATH 100. 

109 

APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS 

An intuitive approach to the calculus 
concepts with applications to business, 
ibiology, and social-science problems. Not 
open to students who have completed MATH 
128. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption 
from MATH 100. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



112 

FINITE MATHEMATICS 
FOR DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to some of the principal 
mathematical models, not involving calculus, 
which are used in business administration, 
social sciences, and operations research. The 
course will include both deterministic models 
such as graphs, networks, linear programming 
and voting models, and probabilistic models 
such as Markov chains and games. Prerequi- 
site: Credit for or exemption from MA TH 1 00. 

123 

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS 

Topics include tabular and graphical 
descriptive statistics, discrete and continuous 
probability distributions. Central Limit 
Theorem, one- and two-sample hypotheses 
tests, analysis of variance, chi-squared tests, 
nonparametric tests, linear regression and 
correlation. Other topics may include index 
numbers, time series, sampling design, and 
experimental design. Course also includes 
some use of a microcomputer. Prerequisite: 
Credit for or exemption from MATH 100. 

Ill 

PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS 

The study of polynomial, rational, exponen- 
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions, 
their graphs and elementary properties. This 
course is an intensive preparation for students 
planning to take Calculus (MATH 128-129), or 
those whose major specifically requires 
Precalculus. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
e.xemptionfrom MATH 100. 

128-129 

CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC 
GEOMETRY I - II 

Differentiation and integration of algebraic 
and trigonometric functions, conic sections 
and their applications, graphing plane curves, 
applications to related rate and external 
problems, areas of plane regions, volumes of 
solids of revolution, and other applications; 
differentiation and integration of transcenden- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



tal functions, parametric equations, polar 
coordinates, infinite sequences and series, and 
series expansions of functions. Prerequisite 
for J 28: Exemption from or a grade ofC- or 
better in MATH 127. Prerequisite for 129: 
exemption from or a grade ofC- or better in 
MATH 128. 

130 

INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA 

Systems of linear equations and matrix 
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite 
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear 
independence. Matrix representations of 
linear mappings. The fixed point problem. 
Special classes of matrices. Prerequisite: 
MATH 127 or its equivalent. 

214 

MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS 

The study of statistical techniques involv- 
ing several variables. Topics include multiple 
regression and correlation, one-and two-way 
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, 
analysis of two- and three-way contingency 
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics 
may include cluster analysis, factor analysis 
and canonical correlations, repeated measure 
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet- 
ric methods. Course also includes extensive 
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP). 
Prerequisite: A grade of C- or better in 
MATH 123 or its equivalent, or a grade ofC- 
or better in any mathematics course num- 
bered 129 or above. 

216 

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 

An introduction to discrete structures. 
Topics include equivalence relations, parti- 
tions and quotient sets, mathematical induc- 
tion, recursive functions, elementary logic, 
discrete number systems, elementary combina- 
torial theory, and general algebraic structures 
emphasizing semi-groups, lattices. Boolean 
algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 125 or consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



231 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 

A study of ordinary differential equations 
and linear systems. Solution techniques 
include: reduction of order, undetermined 
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace 
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical 
methods may also be included. Prerequisite: 
grade ofC- or better in MATH 129; MATH 1 
recommended. 

233 

COMPLEX VARIABLES 

Complex numbers, analytic functions, 
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and 
their applications. Corequisite: MATH 238. ■ 
Alternate years. 

234 I 

FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 

Topics regularly included are the nature ol 
mathematical systems, essentials of logical 
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set i 
theory. Other topics frequently included are ' 
approaches to the concepts of infinity and 
continuity, and the construction of the real j 
number system. The course serves as a bridgt' 
from elementary calculus to advanced course^ 
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade\ 
of C- or better in MA TH 129 or 130; both \ 
courses recommended. 

238 

MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS 

Algebra, geometry, and calculus in multi- 
dimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, 
matrices; lines, planes, curves, surfaces; vect 
functions of a single variable, acceleration, 
curvature; functions for several variables, 
gradient; line integrals, vector fields, multipK 
integrals, change of variable, areas, volumes; 
Green's theorem. Prerequisites: A grade of 
C- or better in MATH J 29, and either MATH 
130 or 231. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC ) 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



321 

INTRODUCTION TO 
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximating roots 
and functions, integration, systems of differen- 
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inver- 
sion, and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequi- 
sites: CPTR 125 and MATH 129: MATH 130 
strongly recommended. Cross-listed as CPTR 
321. 

324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES. 
AND COMPUTABILITY 

The study of finite state machines, push- 
down stacks, and Turing machines along with 
their equivalent formal language counterparts. 
Topics covered include results on computabil- 
ity, including results regarding the limits of 
computers and specific problems that cannot 
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234. 
Cross- listed as CPTR 324. Alternate years. 

330 

TOPICS IN GEOMETRY 

An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean 
geometry with an historical perspective. 
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years. 

332-333 

MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II 
A study of probability, discrete and 
continuous random variables, expected values 
and moments, sampling, point estimation, 
sampling distributions, interval estimation, 
test of hypotheses, regression and linear 
hypotheses, experimental design models. 
Corequisite: MATH 238. Alternate years. 

338 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 
[ Queuing theory, including simulations 
techniques, optimization theory, including 
linear programming, integer programming, 
and dynamic programming; game theory, 
including two-person zero-sum games, coopera- 
live games, and multiperson games. Prerequi- 
site: MATH 1 12 or 130. Alternate vears. 



1-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



400 

TOPICS IN ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS 

Study of topics selected from those 
covered on the examinations administered by 
the Society of Actuaries, with the exception 
of the topics already covered in MATH 332- 
333. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or better in 
both MATH 129 and 130. With consent of the 
instructor, this course may be repeated for 
credit. 

432 

REAL ANALYSIS 

An introduction to the rigorous analysis of 
the concepts of real variable calculus in the 
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: topology of 
the Euclidean plane, completeness, compact- 
ness, the Heine-Borel theorem; functions on 
Euclidean space, continuity, uniform continu- 
ity, differentiability; series and convergence; 
Riemann integral. Prerequisites: MATH 238 
and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234. 

434 

ABSTRACT ALGEBRA 

An integrated approach to groups, rings, 
fields, and vector spaces and functions which 
preserve their structure. Prerequisites: MATH 
130 and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234. 

438 
SEMINAR 

Topics in modem mathematics of current 
interest to the instructor. A different topic is 
selected each semester. This semester is 
designed to provide junior and senior mathe- 
matics majors and other qualified students with 
more than the usual opportunity for concen- 
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit. 
This course may be repeated for credit. 

339 & 449 

MATH COLLOQUIUM 

This required non-credit course for math- 
ematics majors and minors and actuarial 
mathematics majors offers students a chance 
to hear presentations on topics related to, but 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • MILITARY SCIENCE 




not directly covered in formal MATH 
courses. Mathematics majors present two 
lectures, one during the junior year and one 
during the senior year. Actuarial mathematics 
majors and mathematics minors present one 
lecture during one of the semesters in which 
they are enrolled. A letter grade will be given 
in semesters in which the student gives a 
presentation, otherwise the grade will be P/F. 
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of 
instructor. One hour per week. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MILITARY 
SCIENCE (MLsc) 

The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to Lycoiii 
ing College students in cooperation with 
Bucknell University. Details of the ROTC 
program can be found on page 42. 

The following courses may be used to I 
fulfill one semester of the Physical Activitic 
Distribution Requirement: 01 1, 021, 031 or 
041. 

Oil i 

INTRODUCTION TO ROTC 

The course is designed to acquaint the 
student with the ROTC program and with ih 
Army as a potential employer after gradu- 
ation. Students will learn about the Armys 
history, organization, equipment, and role in 
the nation. Students will also learn some 
fundamental military skills, customs, and 
traditions. No credit. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAli 



MILITARY SCIENCE 




012 

INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS 

The course expands upon the skills 
learned in the previous semester. Several 
i classes will be held at the rifle range to 
i develop marksmanship skills. There will also 
be training in radio communication and first 
aid skills. No credit. 

021 

. LAND NAVIGATION 

[ Students will learn how to use military 
' topographic maps and reference systems. The 
' course includes theory and practical exercises 
in navigating using compass, map terrain 
1 association. There will also be some instruc- 
! tion and practice in military writing and 
I briefing skills. No credit. 

022 

LEADERSHIP THEORY 

The focus is on leading a small group of 
individuals. The course examines the role of 
the leader, military leadership concept, 
personal character, decision-making, imple- 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



menting decisions, motivation and supervision. 
The course also includes instruction and 
practice on conducting performance-oriented 
training. No credit. 

031 

APPLIED LEADERSHIP 

The student serves as a small unit leader in 
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is 
evaluated and developed. The student has 
some responsibilities to care for and train 
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan- 
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide 
students a variety of leadership challenges. 
No credit. 

032 

SMALL UNIT TACTICS 

The course requires planning and practic- 
ing tactical operations at small unit level. 
Students continue to apply/develop leadership 
skills in increasingly complex situations. 
Topics include preparation of orders, offense, 
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire 
support, and airmobile operations. No credit. 

041 

MENTORING AND MANAGING 

The student serves as a cadet officer in the 
ROTC organization and plans and organizes 
several major training activities. Course work 
includes delegating and controlling, setting 
objectives, making leadership assessments, 
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No 
credit. 

042 

PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS 

The student serves in a different leadership 
position and continues to develop and apply 
the skills learned in the previous semester. 
The course also examines military officership 
as a profession and the ethical behavior 
expected of an officer. The course also serves 
to prepare the student for an initial assignment 
as an Army lieutenant. No credit. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 




MUSIC (Mus) 



Professors: Boerckel (Chairperson), Thayer 

Visiting Instructor: Ciabattari 

Part-time Instructors: Adams, Anstey, Breon, 
Councill, Ensinger, Fisher, Lakey, Masters, 
McNear, Mianulli, Mitchell, Piastre, 
Rammon, Savoy, Schmidt, Whyman 

The student majoring in music is required 
to take a balanced program of music theory, 
history, applied music, and ensemble. A 
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all 
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and 
vocal methods courses) is required and must 
include MUS 1 10, 11 1, 220, 221, 335, and 
336. Each major must participate in an 
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and 
take one hour of applied music per week for a 
minimum of four semesters including the 
entire period in which the individual is 
registered as a music major (see MUS 160- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



169). All music majors must pass a piano 
proficiency exam. The Department strongly 
recommends that students begin applied stud 
in piano and a major applied instrument or 
voice as soon as possible, preferably in the 
first semester of the freshman year. Anyone 
declaring music as a second major must do s( 
by the beginning of the junior year. Four 
semesters of Music Colloquium are required 
of all students majoring in music. 

Music majors seeking teacher certification 
in music education (K-12) must also take PS"* 
1 10 and 138; EDUC 200, 239, the pre-studen 
teaching participation, and the Professional 
Semester; MUS 261-7. 333, 334, 340, 341. 
and 446. Students who wish to obtain 
certification in music education should consu 
with the department as soon as possible, 
preferably before scheduling classes for the 
freshman year. 

The Music Department recommends that 
non-majors select courses from the followinii 
list to meet distribution requirements: MUS 
1 16, 1 17, 128, 135-138, 224, and 234. 
Applied music and ensemble courses may alsi 
be used to meet distribution requirements. 

Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. Music 
majors and other students qualified in perfor- 
mance may present formal recitals. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: MUS 116. 128. and 
234. The following course, when scheduled 
as a W course, counts toward the writing 
intensive requirement: MUS 336. 

110-111 

MUSIC THEORY I AND II 

A two-semester course, intended for students 
who have some music-reading ability, which 
examines the fundamental components and 
theoretical concepts of music. Students develof 
musicianship through application of applied 
skills. Prerequisite to MUS 111: MUS 110. 



2()()6-()7 ACADEMIC CATAL( )< 



116 

INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 

i A basic course in the materials and tech- 
jniques of music. Examples drawn from various 
periods of western and non-western styles are 
[designed to enhance perception and apprecia- 
jtion through careful and informed listening. 

117 

SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC 

A chronological survey of music in 
Western civilization from Middle Ages to the 
present. Composers and musical styles are 
considered in the context of the broader 
culture of each major era. 

128 

lAMERICAN MUSIC 

j An introductory survey of all types of 
JAmerican music from pre-Revolutionary days to 
ithe present. Categories to be covered are folk 
imusic of different origins, the development of 
show music into Broadway musicals, serious 
concert music for large and small ensembles, 
jazz, and various popular musics from "Tin Pan 
[Alley" to Rock to New Wave. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

: An introduction to the techniques of basic 
jmovement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
jand modem dance. Classes include improvisa- 
!tion and choreography. Prerequisite for MUS 
J 36: MUS J 35 or consent of instructor. One- 
'uilf unit of credit each. Not open to students 
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 or 
THEA 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 135- 
136. 

b? 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets 
de cour of 1 7th century France to the present 
with emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, 
Fokien, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half 
unit of credit. Not open to students who have 
received credit for THEA J 37. Cross-listed as 
THEA 137. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of 
civilization. One-half unit of credit. Not open 
to students who have received credit for 
THEA 138. Cross-listed as THEA 138. 

220-221 

MUSIC THEORY III AND IV 

A continuation of the integrated theory 
course moving toward newer uses of music 
materials. Prerequisite: MUS 111. 

224 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC I 

A non-technical introduction to electronic 
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital 
Interface) for the major and non-major alike. 
The course traces the development of MIDI 
from its origin to present-day digital synthesiz- 
ers in combination with sequencing computers. 

225 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC II 

Further consideration of recording tech- 
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track 
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and 
synchronization will be introduced. Students 
will take part in live recording of concerts and 
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student 
projects will include complete recording 
sessions and the production of electronic 
music compositions utilizing classical studio 
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi- 
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor. 

234 

HISTORY OF JAZZ 

A survey of jazz styles, composers, and 
performers from 1 890 to the present: origins, 
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing, 
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and 
contemporary. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and 
modern dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for MUS 235: MUSI 36 or 
consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS 
236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One- 
half unit of credit each. Not open to students 
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 or 
THEA 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 235- 
236. 

330 

COMPOSITION I 

An introductory course for majors and 
non-majors who wish to explore their 
composing abilities. Guided individual 
projects in smaller instrumental and vocal 
forms, together with identification and use of 
techniques employed by the major composers 
of the 20th and 21st centuries. Prerequisite: 
MUS 111 or consent of instructor. 

333 

CHORAL CONDUCTING 

A study of choral conducting with frequent 
opportunity for practical experience. Empha- 
sis will be placed upon technical development, 
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity. 
Prerequisites: MUS 110-111 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING 

A study of instrumental conducting with an 
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis. 
Topics include the physical skills and intellec- 
tual preparation necessary for clear, expres- 
sive, and informed conducting. Other areas 
such as the development of rehearsal tech- 
niques and improvement of aural skills will be 
addressed on a continual basis. Prerequisites: 
MUS 110-111 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



335 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart, 
including composers from the medieval. 
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical era 

336 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ- 
ing composers from the late classical, roman 
tic. and modern eras. Prerequiste: MUS 335 
or consent of instructor. 

339 

ORCHESTRATION 

A study of modern orchestral instruments 
and examination of their use by the great 
masters with practical problems in instrumen 
tation. The College Music Organizations 
serve to make performance experience 
possible. Prerequisites: MUS 110-1 1 1 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

340 

TEACHING MUSIC IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Methods and materials of teaching music . 
the elementary school with emphasis on con- ■ 
ceptual development through singing, moving^ 
listening, playing classroom instruments, and! 
creating music. Course work will include peei 
teaching demonstrations, practical use of the 
recorder and autoharp, as well as observation 
of music classes in elementary schools in the 
Greater WiUiamsport area. Alternate years. 

341 

TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY 
SCHOOLS 

Methods and materials of teaching music 
the secondary schools with emphasis on the 
development of concepts and skills for 
effective instruction in all aspects of music 
learning. The teaching of general music and 
music theory, as well as the organizing and 
conducting of choral and instrumental en- 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



lembles, will be examined. Course work will 
nclude evaluation of instructional and 
)erformance materials, practical use of the 
recorder and guitar in middle school settings, 
lis well as observation of music classes in 
secondary schools in the Greater Williamsport 
irea. Alternate years. 

it40 

pOMPOSITION II 

For students interested in intensive work 
emphasizing the development of a personal 
!;tyle of composing. Guided individual 
projects in larger instrumental and vocal 
;orms, together with analysis of selected 
Uorks from the 20th and 2 1 st century 
epertory. Pre-reqitisite: MUS 330 or 
^onsent of instructor. 

145 

3PECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 
I The intensive study of a selected area of 
Tiusic literature, designed to develop research 
echniques in music. The topic is announced 
It the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics 
nclude: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna 
1900-1914. Prerequisite: MUS 116, 117 or 
221 : or consent of instructor. 

446 

RECITAL 

The preparation and presentation of a full- 
ength public recital, normally during the 
tudent's senior year. MUS 446 may substi- 
ute for one hour of applied music (MUS 160- 
166). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart- 
nent. May be repeated for credit. 

148, 248, 348, and 448 

VIUSIC COLLOQUIUM 

A non-credit seminar in which faculty, 
itudents, and invited professionals attend 
:oncerts and discuss topics related to musical 
;omposition, performance, history and 
pedagogy. Four semesters of Music Collo- 
quium are required of all students majoring in 
nusic. Meets 7-8 times per semester. Pass/ 
''ail. Non-credit seminar. 
I 

li006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

APPLIED MUSIC 
AND ENSEMBLE 

The study of performance in piano, harpsi- 
chord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass, 
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to 
develop sound technique and a knowledge of 
the appropriate literature for the instrument. 
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. 
Credit for applied music courses (private 
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and 
band) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour 
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One 
half- hour lesson per week earns one half-hour 
credit. Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if 
the student enrolls for one or two ensembles 
(for more information, see course descriptions 
below). When scheduling please note that an 
applied course or ensemble should not be 
substituted for an academic course, but should 
be taken in addition to the normal four 
academic courses. 

Applied music courses are private lessons 
given for 1 3 weeks: 1 60. Piano or Harpsi- 
chord; 161, Voice; 162, Strings or Guitar; 163, 
Organ; 164, Brass; 165, Woodwinds; and 
166, Percussion. Extra fees apply. See 
Additional Charges under Financial Matters 
on page 13. 

167 

ORCHESTRA 

The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra 
allows students with significant instrumental 
experience to become members of this 
regional ensemble. Participation in the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 




W.S.O. is contingent upon audition and the 
availability of openings. Students are allowed 
a maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit 
per semester. A student who is enrolled in 
orchestra only should register for MUS 167B 
(one hour credit). A student may belong to 
two ensembles, choosing either Choir or 
Concert Band as the second group. Such a 
student will then register for MUS 167 A (1/2 
hour credit) plus either MUS 168 A (1/2 hour 
credit) or MUS 169 A (1/2 hour credit). 

168 

CHOIR 

The Lycoming College Choir is open to all 
students who would like to sing in an en- 
semble setting. Emphasis is on performing 
quality choral literature while developing 
good vocal technique. Students are allowed a 
maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per 
semester. A student who is enrolled in Choir 
only should register for MUS 168B (one hour 
credit). A student may belong to two different 
ensembles, choosing either Orchestra or Band 
as the second ensemble. Such a student will 
then register for MUS 168A (1/2 hour credit) 
plus either MUS 167 A (Orchestra - 1/2 hour 
credit) or MUS 169A (Band - 1/2 hour 
credit). If a student has auditioned and been 
selected for the Chamber Choir (no credit 
available), he/she should register for MUS 
168C in addition to registering for the 
Lycoming College Choir. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



169 

BAND 

The College Concert Band allows student 
with some instrumental experience to becom 
acquainted with good band literature and 
develop personal musicianship through 
participation in group instrumental activity. 
Participation in the Band is contingent upon 
audition. Students are allowed a maximum ( 
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. P 
student who is enrolled in Band only should 
register for MUS 169B (one hour credit). A 
student may belong to two ensembles, 
choosing either Orchestra or Choir as the 
second group. Such a student will then 
register for MUS 169 A (1/2 hour credit) plus 
either MUS 167 A ( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS 
1 68 A ( 1/2 hour credit). If a student has 
auditioned and been selected for the wood- 
wind or brass quintets (no credit available), 
he/she should register for MUS 169C or 
169D. 

261-267 

INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL 
METHODS 

Instrumental and vocal methods classes a 
designed to provide students seeking certific 
tion in music education with a basic under- 
standing of all standard band and orchestral 
instruments as well as a familiarity with 
fundamental techniques of singing. 
MUS 261 Brass Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 262 Percussion Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 263, 264 String Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 
MUS 265 Vocal Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAl ( ) 



PHILOSOPHY 




PHILOSOPHY 



(PHIL) 



Professors: Griffith, Whelan 

Assistant Professor: Hemng (Chairperson) 

Part-time Instructor: Chappen 

The study of philosophy develops a critical 
[Understanding of the basic concepts and 
presuppositions around which we organize 
our thought in morality, law, religion, 
iicience, education, the arts and other human 
jindeavors. 

\ major in philosophy, together with other 
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent 
jpreparation for policy-making positions of 
many kinds, for graduate study in several 
fields, and for careers in education, law, and 
the ministry. 

The major in philosophy requires eight 
!:ourses, including PHIL 223, 224, 225, 440, 
ind at least three others numbered 300 or 
jibove. PHIL 340 can be counted toward the 
i|inajor only once except with departmental 
•ipproval. With permission of the department, 
iPHIL 105 and an additional 300-Ievel course 



'-006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



may be substituted for PHIL 225. Majors 
who demonstrate strong competence on a 
departmental logic test may substitute an 
additional 300-level course for PHIL 225. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 2 1 9, 30 1 , 
332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 340. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 103. 

Minors 

The Philosophy Department offers four 
minors: (1) Philosophy — any four philoso- 
phy courses numbered 220 or above, or any 
five philosophy courses that include three 
numbered 220 or above. (2) Philosophy and 
Lflvv— four courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334, 
335, 336, 337, 340, and independent studies. 
(3) Philosophy & Science — four courses form 
PHIL 223, 225, 333, 340, and independent 
studies. (4) Ethics — four courses from PHIL 
224, 335, 336, 340, and independent studies; 
one of these may be replaced by two from 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



IMIII OSOI'HY 



114, 1 15, 216, 219. Since topics in PHIL 340 
and independent studies vary, these courses 
may count toward a minor only if they are 
approved by the department. 

105 

PRINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING 

An introduction to the elements of critical 
thinking centered on developing the skills 
necessary to recognize, describe, and evaluate 
arguments. Not open to juniors and seniors 
except with consent of instructor. 

114 

PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of a number of contemporary moral issues 
which call for personal decision. Topics often 
investigated include: the "good" life, obliga- 
tion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide 
and death, violence and pacifism, obedience to 
the law, the relevance of personal beliefs to 
morality. Discussion centers on some of the 
suggestions philosophers have made about 
how to make such decisions. Not open to 
juniors and seniors except with consent of 
instructor. 

115 

PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of the moral and conceptual dimensions of 
various contemporary public issues, such as 
the relation of ethics to politics and the law, 
the enforcement of morals, the problems of fair 
distribution of goods and opportunities, the 
legitimacy of restricting the use of natural 
resources, and the application of ethics to busi- 
ness practice. Discussion centers on some of 
the suggestions philosophers have made about 
how to deal with these issues. Not open to 
juniors and seniors except with consent of 
instructor. 

140 

CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY 

A study of several central philosophical 
problems, such as the problem of free will and 
determinism, the relationship between mind and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



144 



body, the nature and limits of human knowl- 
edge, arguments about the existence of God, 
and the problem of personal identity. Not 
open to juniors and seniors except with 
consent of instructor. 

215 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN 
COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to the foundations of 
communication. Theories of truth and meaniiii 
are illustrated by means of practical example 
with special attention given to the issue of 
objectivity and bias in communication. | 

216 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS 

A systematic and philosophically informcc 
consideration of some typical moral problem: 
faced by individuals in a business setting, aiu 
a philosophical examination of some comnn) 
moral criticisms of the American business system. 

217 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN EDUCATION 

An examination of the basic concepts 
involved in thought about education, and a 
consideration of the various methods for 
justifying educational proposals. Typical of 
the issues discussed are: Are education and 
indoctrination different? What is a liberal 
education? Are education and schooling 
compatible? What do we need to learn? I 
Alternate years. ' 

218 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

A philosophical examination of some 
important controversies which arise in 
connection with the American criminal justic 
system. Typically included are controversies 
about the nature and purpose of punishment, 
the proper basis for sentencing, the correct 
understanding of criminal responsibility, and 
the rationale and extent of our basic human 
rights with respect to the criminal law. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAI.( 



PHILOSOPHY 



219 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN HEALTH CARE 

An investigation of some of the philosophi- 
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health 
research and planning. Topics typically 
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed 
consent, behavior control, experimentation on 
humans and animals, abortion, genetic 
engineering, population control, and distribu- 
tion of health care resources. 

223 

HISTORY OF SCIENCE 

AND METAPHYSICS 

An historical survey of the attempt to 
understand the physical universe. Particular 
attention is paid to common origins of 
philosophy and science in the works of the 
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of 
how scientific and philosophical thinking 
differs from mythological and technological 
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism 
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to the 
interaction between philosophy and science in 
formulating fundamental questions about the 
physical universe and in developing and 
:riticizing concepts designed to answer them. 

224 

HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND 

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 

j An historical survey of the most important 
[social and political philosophers from 
Socrates to Marx. Special attention is paid to 
!;he relationship between ethics and politics as 
^een by Plato and Aristotle and to the social 
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and 
Rousseau. 

225 

SYMBOLIC LOGIC 

A study of modern symbolic logic and its 
kpplication to the analysis of arguments. 
Included are truth-functional relations, the 
jOgic of propositional functions, and deductive 
iiystems. Attention is also given to 
/arious topics in the philosophy of logic. 
Mternate years. 



'!006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



301 

ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY 

A critical examination of the ancient Greek 
philosophers, with particular emphasis on 
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Students 
without previous study in philosophy must 
have consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

332 

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 

A philosophical examination of religion. 
Included are such topics as the nature of reli- 
gious discourse, arguments for and against the 
existence of God, and the relation between 
reli-gion and science. Readings from 
classical and contemporary sources. Pre- 
requisite: Students without previous study in 
philosophy must have consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

333 

PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE 

A consideration of philosophically impor- 
tant conceptual problems arising from 
reflection about natural science, including 
such topics as the nature of scientific laws and 
theories, the character of explanation, the 
importance of prediction, the existence of 
"non-observable" theoretical entities such as 
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying 
induction, and various puzzles associated with 
probability. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL 
PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five defining 
works of contemporary political philosophy, 
beginning with the work of John Rawls. 
Prerequisite: Students without previous study 
in philosophy must have consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

335 

ETHICAL THEORY 

An inquiry about the grounds for distin- 
guishing morally right from morally wrong 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 



actions. Central to this course is critical 
consideration of important theories, such as 
relativism, utilitarianism, and subjectivism, as 
well as historically important theorists, such as 
Aristotle, Mill, and Kant. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

336 

CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five centrally 
important works of contemporary moral 
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

337 

PHILOSOPHY OF LAW 

An introduction to the philosophy of law 
using both classical and contemporary 
sources. General theories concerning the 
nature of law, as well as philosophical issues 
which arise primarily within a legal context, 
will be discussed. Prerequisite: Students 




without previous study in philosophy must 
have consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

340 

SPECIAL TOPICS 

Study of selected philosophical problems, 
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics 
include ethical obligations to animals, lying 
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics, 
research on human subjects, and artificial 
intelligence. Students without previous studi 
in philosophy must have consent of instructo\ 
With consent of the instructor, this course 
be repeated for credit. 

440 

PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH 
AND WRITING 

In-depth instruction in both the indepen- 
dent and the cooperative aspects of philo- 
sophical research and writing. Each student 
undertakes an approved research project and 
produces a substantial philosophical paper. 
Open only to, cmd required of senior philoso 
phy majors. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent independent studies in philosophy 
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls' 
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia, 
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS 

(See Astronomy/Physics) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 




PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson) 
Part-time Instructor: Dill, Lindsay 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES, 
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY 
SERVICE 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 
Students must successfully complete any 
combination of two semesters of course work 
selected from the following: 

1. Designated Physical Activities courses, 

2. Designated varsity athletics, 

3. Designated wellness courses, 

4. Designated community service projects, 

5. Designated military science courses (Oil, 
021,031,041). 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITY 
COURSES (PHED) 

' 2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



102 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one-half 
semester of physical education. Coeduca- 
tional classes meet twice a week with basic 
instruction in fundamentals, knowledge, and 
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is 
on the potential use of activities as recre- 
ational and leisure time interests. A'o credit. 

105 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one semester of 
physical education. Coeducational classes 
meet twice a week with basic instruction in 
fundamentals, knowledge, and appreciation of 
various sports. Emphasis is on the potential 
use of activities as recreational and leisure 
time interests. No credit. 

110-125 

VARSITY ATHLETICS 

Students who compete on a varsity sports 
team may register for a semester of Physical 
Activity during the semester listed. Two full 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



seasons must be completed to satisfy the 
Physical Activity requirement. No credit. It is 
the student's responsibility to withdraw 
from the course should they not complete 
the season. 

110 -BASKETBALL 
111 -CROSSCOUNTRY 
112 -FOOTBALL 
113 -GOLF 
114 -SOCCER 
115 -SOFTBALL 
116 -SWIMMING 
117 -TENNIS 
118 -TRACK 

119 - VOLLEYBALL 

120 - WRESTLING 

121 - LACROSSE 

WELLNESS (WELL) 

102 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one-half 
semester of wellness study. Wellness courses 
meet two hours per week covering various 
topics that may include Stress Management, 
Preventing Communicable Diseases, Personal 
Health and Wellness, and other current health 
issues. These courses promote student 
wellness during their stay at Lycoming as well 
as their post graduate years. No credit. This 
course may he repeated with the same topic 
only with departmental consent. 

105 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one semester of 
wellness study. Wellness courses meet two 
hours per week covering various topics that 
may include Stress Management, Preventing 
Communicable Diseases, Personal Health and 
Wellness, and other current health issues. 
These courses promote student wellness 
during their stay at Lycoming as well as their 
post graduate years. No credit. This course 
may he repeated with the same topic only with 
departmental consent. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



148 



106 

FIRST AID/CPR 

This course satisfies one semester of 
wellness study. This course will prepare 
students to recognize emergencies and make 
appropriate decisions for first aid care. Also 
included are an emphasis on safety and 
assessment of personal habits to reduce risk 
of injury and illness. American Red Cross 
First Aid and CPR certifications are earned 
upon successful completion of the course. No 
credit. 



COMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS) 

These courses require 2-3 hours per week 
in a combination of seminars and agency 
placement. Child abuse and criminal back- 
ground clearances may be required to work at 
a particular agency. Students must meet with 
the Community Service Director in the 
Campus Ministry Center during the preregis- 
tration process to obtain further information 
and forms. Clearances must be obtained prio: 
to the beginning of the semester in which the 
student is registered for Community Service. 

105 

COMMUNITY SERVICE I 

This course satisfies one semester of 
community serxnce. An experiential learning 
opportunity accomplished in conjunction wit! 
local agencies or college departments. The 
outcome of such service will promote 
students" personal and social development as 
well as civic responsibility. No credit. May 
not be repeated. 

106 

COMMUNITY SERVICE II 

This course satisfies one semester of 
community service. Students may elect to 
enroll in a second semester of community 
service to satisfy the graduation requirement. 
This will require the student to be engaged in 
a somewhat more sophisticated level of 
learning and service. No credit. Prerequi- 
site: COMS 105. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 




POLITICAL 
SCIENCE (psci) 

Professor: Roskin 

Assistant Professor: Williamson 

(Chairperson) 

Part-time Assistant Instructor: Wishard 

Part-time Instructor: Clay 

The major is designed to provide a systematic 
understanding of government and politics at 
the international, national, state, and local 
levels. Majors are encouraged to develop their 
skills to make independent, objective analyses 
which can be applied to the broad spectrum of 
the social sciences. 

Although the political science major is not 
designed as a vocational major, students with 
such training may go directly into government 
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin- 
istrative agencies. A political science major 
can provide the base for the study of law, or for 
graduate studies leading to administrative work 
in federal, state, or local governments, interna- 
tional organizations, or college teaching. 
Students seeking certification to teach second- 
ary school social studies may major in political 
science but should consult their advisors and the 
education department. 

2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 103. 

A major in Political Science consists of ten 
courses as follows: PSCI 106, 1 10, and 400; 
two courses in American politics from PSCI 
211, 212, 213, 214, 316, and 347; one course 
in Legal Studies from PSCI 331, 332, 334, 
335. and 436; two courses in World Politics 
from PSCI 221, 225, 243, 327, and 439; and 
two additional Political Science courses. 
Prospective majors are encouraged to take 
PSCI 106 in their freshman year. An exemp- 
tion will be granted only if it strengthens the 
student's program. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: PSCI 221, 327 and 
347. The following courses, when scheduled 
as W courses, count toward the writing 
intensive requirement: PSCI 210, 334, 400, 
and 439. 

Minors 

The department offers four minors: 

1 ) Political Science — any four courses 
numbered 200 or above excluding PSCI 2 1 
and 400. 

2) American Politics — PSCI 1 10 and four 
courses selected from PSCI 21 1, 212, 213, 214, 
316, or 347. 

3 ) World Politics — four courses selected from 
PSCI 22 1 , 225, 243, 327, or 439. 

4) Legal Studies — four courses selected from 
PSCI 33 1 , 332, 334, 335, or 436. 

Students are encouraged to consult with 
department members on the selection of a minor. 

106 

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS 

The U.S. political system in comparative 
perspective. Basic concepts, vocabulary, and 
examples to ground students in the objective 
analysis of politics. 

110 

U.S. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

The ideologies, institutions, and processes 
of American politics at the national level, with 
attention to the internal workings of govern- 
ment and the extra-governmental actors — 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



including voters, political parties, and interest 
groups — that influence policy. 

210 

COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY 

Reviews and critiques the impact of the 
mass media on American society. Consider- 
ation of how the media form attitudes, 
nominate and elect candidates, cover news, 
and monitor governmental activities as well 
as possible remedies to media-related 
problems. Alternate years. 

211 

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 

An examination of the general principles, 
major problems, and political processes of the 
states and their subdivisions, together with 
their role in a federal type of government. 

212 

POLITICAL PARTIES 

The role and impact of political parties in 
America, focusing on theories of individual 
partisan attitudes and behavior, party organi- 
zations and activities, and partisan perfor- 
mance in government. Alternate years. 

213 

CONGRESSIONAL POLITICS 

Study of the U.S. Congress emphasizing 
internal structure and operations, rules and 
procedures, paity leadership, committee system, 
external influences, incentives for congressional 
behavior, and elections. Alternate years. 

214 

THE PRESIDENCY 

The structure and behavior of the American 
presidency, including elections, organization 
of the office, and relation to other national 
institutions. Alternate years. 

221 

COMPARATIVE POLITICS 
AND GEOGRAPHY 

The politics and geography of nations in 
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And 
South American in a search for comparisons 
and patterns. Includes history, institutions, 
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



225 

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

The basic factors and concepts of interna 
tional relations, such as international system 
national interest and security, wars, decolon 
ization, nationalism, economic development 
trade blocs, and international law and 
organizations. 

243 

THE VIETNAM WAR 

The background and context of the war, ho^ 
the United States got involved, the military 
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society, 
politics, and economy. Alternate years. 

316 

PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING 

A course dealing with the general topic an( 
methodology of polling. Content includes 
exploration of the processes by which people' 
political opinions are formed, the manipulatior 
of public opinion through the uses of propa- 
ganda, and the American response to politic; 
and political issues. Alternate years. 

327 

WAR AND PEACE IN THE MIDDLE EAS' 
Why is the Middle East such a dangerous 
region? The geography, history, religions, ar 
politics that make its wars and its chances foi 
peace. Alternate years. 

331 

CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES 

What are our rights and liberties as 
Americans? What should they be? A frank 
discussion of the nature and scope of the 
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment 
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and 
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and 
equal protection of the laws. Students will 
read and brief the more important Supreme 
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

332 

COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE SYSTEM 

The course consists of two components: 
criminal law and criminal procedure. Crimi 
nal procedure carefully explores constitu- 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



tional law and procedural rules which 
dominate court handling of criminal cases. 
Criminal law explores concepts relating to 
criminal responsibility and the establishment 
of selected offenses. Emphasis is placed on 
"hot button" issues in the field: balancing 
protection of fundamental freedoms against 
society's need to solve an prevent crime; plea 
negotiations; the politicizing of the criminal 
justice system; mandatory sentencing 
schemes; management challenges to fast 
handling of criminal cases; the changing line 
between juvenile and adult criminal court; 
wisdom of using criminal punishment in an 
attempt to control some forms of behavior. 
There will be two field trips to court proceed- 
ings. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing, 
or consent of instructor. 

334 

LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING 

Students learn to perform legal research 
with realistic problems in civil and criminal 
cases drawing upon statutory, constitutional, 
regulatory, procedural and common law. 
They will write briefs and memoranda based 
upon the research in the form expected of 
legal interns and paralegal personnel. Some 
classes may be held at the Lycoming County 
Courthouse law library. Alternate years. 
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

335 

LAW AND SOCIETY 

An examination of the nature, sources, 
functions, and limits of law as an instrument 
of political and social control. Included for 
discussion are legal problems pertaining to 
the family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty, 
and minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

347 

WOMEN AND POLITICS 

The historical, philosophical, and practical 
context and conduct of women in a variety of 
political roles. This course considers both 
elective and nonelective activities, and 
includes analyses of women's issues currently 



06-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



on legislative and court agendas. Alternate 
years. 

400 

POLITICAL ANALYSIS 

Capstone course required of majors, 
normally taken in their senior year, integrates 
and deepens knowledge and methods of the 
study of politics by means of empirical 
political inquiry and quantitative techniques. 
Open to non-majors with consent of instructor. 

436 

MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION 
An examination of the legal structure and 
the system by which mass communication is 
controlled in this society. The forces which 
shape, influence, and make policy will be 
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior 
standing, or consent of instructor. 

439 

AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 

The U.S. role in the world in geographic, 
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec- 
tives, plus an examination of the domestic 
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIPS (See index) 

Students may receive academic credit for 
serving as interns in structured learning 
situations with a wide variety of public and 
private agencies and organizations. Students 
have served as interns with the Public 
Defender's Office, the Lycoming County 
Court Administrator, and the Williamsport 
City government. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current studies relate to elections — local, 
state, and federal — while past studies have 
included Soviet and world politics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLCKiY 




PSYCHOLOGY (psy) 

Professors: Berthold, Ryan 

Assistant Professors: Beery, Hill, Kelley, 

Olsen (Chairperson) 
Special Instructor: Williams 
Part-time Instructors: Cimini, Mitchell 

The major provides training in both 
theoretical and applied psychology. It is 
designed to meet the needs of students 
seeking careers in psychology or other natural 
or social sciences. It also meets the needs of 
students seeking a better understanding of 
human behavior as a means of furthering 
individual and career goals in other areas. 
Psychology majors and others are urged to 
discuss course selections in psychology with 
members of the department to help insure 
appropriate course selection. 

The B. A. degree 

To earn the B.A. degree, students must 
complete 32 semester hours in psychology 
including PSY 1 10, 431, 432, and 436. ^ 
Statistics is also required. 



The B.S. degree 

To complete the B.S. degree, students mii 
complete 32 semester hours in psychology ai 
statistics as described for the B.A. and take tl 
following additional courses: 

• One additional lab course in 
Psychology from PSY 324 or 333; 

• Three of the following Natural 
Science courses from at least two 
departments: BIO 1 10. 1 1 1, 323, 
338; CHEM 1 10, 1 1 1 ; PHYS 225, 
226; 

• One of the following computation 
courses: CPTR 125; MATH 128, 
214; ECON 230,441; 

• An Individual Studies or Honors 
Project in Psychology or, with 
department permission, an Internship 
or the Practicum in Psychology. 

Students are also recommended to take on 
of the following: PHIL 223, 225, or 333. 

Students interested in teacher certificatioi 
should refer to the Department of Educati(^n 
on page 103. 

The following course satisfies the cultura 
diversity requirement: PSY 341. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PSY 225, 324, 431, 432, 
and 436. 

Minor 

A minor in psychology consists of 20 
semester hours in psychology including PS^ 
1 10. two courses numbered 200 or higher, 
and one course from PSY 324, 431, 432. or 
433. 

101 ! 

TOPICS 

Exploration of a specific basic or applied 
topic in psychology. Different topics will he 
explored different semesters. Potential topic 
include the psychology of disasters, applied 
behavioral psychology, and organizational 
psychology. The course is open to elemental 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAI 



PSYCHOLOGY 



and advanced undergraduates. One-half unit 
■ of credit. May be repeated once for credit 
with departmental permission. May not be 
I used to satisfy distribution or major require- 
ments. 

110 

INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
human and other animal behavior. Areas 
considered may include: learning, personal- 
ity, social, physiological, sensory, cognition, 
and developmental. 

116 

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the patterns of deviant 
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, 
and treatment. The various models for the 
concept-ualization of abnormal behavior are 
critically examined. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

117 

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the basic principles of human 
growth and development throughout the life 
span. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

118 

ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 

The study areas will include theories of 
adolescence; cuirent issues raised by as well 
as about the "generation of youth"; research 
findings bearing on theories and issues of 
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora- 
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

138 

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
the teaching-learning process. Areas 
considered may include educational objec- 
tives, pupil and teacher characteristics, 
concept learning, problem-solving and 
creativity, attitudes and values, motivation, 
retention and transfer, evaluation and 
measurement. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or 
consent of instructor. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



211 

LEARNING DISABILITIES 

An examination of learning disabilities, 
emotional problems, and social problems of 
children. Topics will include the legal and 
educational rights of children with disabili- 
ties, the various categories of disability 
qualifying for Special Education services, 
assessment of children with learning disabili- 
ties, characteristics of and interventions to 
help children with learning disabilities and 
attention difficulties, the educational place- 
ments and support services available, and 
Individualized Educational Programs (lEPs). 
Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

216 

ABNORMAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY 

This course examines in detail the 
symptoms, assessment, causes, and treat- 
ments for psychological disorders primarily 
experienced by children and adolescents, 
including in the school setting. These include 
separation anxiety. Attention Deficit Hyper- 
activity Disorder (ADHD), oppositional defiant 
disorder, conduct disorder, learning disabili- 
ties, autism. Asperger's disorder, and mental 
retardation. This course also explores the 
application of specific treatment approaches 
to children/adolescents for disorders that can 
be experienced by both children and adults 
(e.g., phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder, 
post traumatic stress disorder, depression, 
bipolar disorder). Interventions for difficulties 
such as peer/social problems, physical 
conditions/illness, traumatic brain injury, and 
the effects of poverty, divorce, and abuse are 
also discussed. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

220 

THE PSYCHOLOGY OF 
CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS 

This course will review current theory and 
research on love. The progress of close, 
interpersonal relationships from initiation to 
termination will be discussed. In addition, 
the relation between love and sex will be 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 



explored, and current research on sexuality 
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

223 

FOUNDATIONS OF SPORT AND 
EXERCISE PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to sport and exercise 
psychology, from the history and 
development of the field to the theories and 
principles that are central to the study of 
sport and exercise psychology. Topics 
include the evolution of the field of sport 
psychology, theories surrounding sport 
participants and sport environments, the 
group processes that are an essential part of 
sport, the basic principles of performance 
enhancement within the field, issues related 
to enhancing health and well-being in sport 
and exercise, and issues related to the 
facilitation of psychological growth and 
development in sport and exercise. 
Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

225 

INDUSTRIAL AND 

ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 

The application of the principles and 
methods of psychology to selected industrial 
and organizational situations. Prerequisite: 
PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor. 

237 
COGNITION 

An in-depth examination of the field of 
human cognition. Topics include perception, 
attention, short and long term memory, 
reading comprehension, problem solving and 
decision making. Emphasis will be placed 
on understanding the scientific nature of the 
discipline. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

239 

BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 

A detailed examination of the applied 
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the 
application of experimental method to the 
individual clinical case. The course will 
cover targeting behavior, base-rating, 
intervention strategies, and outcome evalu- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ation. Learning-based modification tech- 
niques such as contingency management, 
counter-conditioning, extinction, discrimina 
tion training, aversive conditioning, and 
negative practice will be examined. Pre- 
requisite: PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor. 

310 

FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY 

An examination of psychological theories 
and research on topics related to psycholog) 
and law. Areas covered include forensic 
pathology, psychological theories of crimina 
behavior, eyewitness testimony, jury decisio 
making, expert witnesses, the insanity 
defense, and criminal profiling analysis. 
Prerequisites: PSY 1 10 and 116. 

324 

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 

The scientific exploration of interpersona 
communication and behavior. Topics incliid 
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and 
communication, social perception and social 
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior 
and group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 

334 

PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT 

Psychometric methods and theory, 
including scale transformation, norms, 
standardization, validation procedures, and j 
estimation of reliability. Prerequisites: PSY 
110 and statistics. 

341 

PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN 

A review of contemporary theory and 
research on the psychology of gender differ- 
ences. Special topics include sex differences 
in achievement, power, and communication; 
sex-role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinit 
and femininity; and gender influences on 
mental health. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 



154 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



PSYCHOLOGY 



410 

DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES 
AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT 

This course will explore the relations 
between a variety of types of family dysfunc- 
tions and child development and psychopa- 
thology. Specifically, topics in child abuse, 
neglect, sexual abuse, and children from 
violent homes, alcoholic homes, and homes 
with mentally ill parents will be studied. The 
course will focus on empirical literature about 
dysfunctional families and child development, 
biographical and political perspectives. 
Prerequisites: PSY 116 and 1 17, or consent 
of instructor. 

431 

EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the scientific method, experi- 
mental design and the application of statistics 
to psychology. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the place of research in the field 
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and 
statistics. 

432 

SENSATION AND PERCEPTION 

i The examination of psychophysical 
I methodology and basic neurophysiological 
methods as they are applied to the understand- 
ing of sensor processes. Prerequisites: PSY 
III). 431 and statistics. 

i'433 

PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the physiological 
i psychologist's method of approach to the 

understanding of behavior as well as the set of 

principles that relate the function and 
1 organization of the nervous system to the 
't phenomena of behavior. Prerequisites: 

PSYllOandBlO 106, 107, 110, or HI; or 
I consent of instructor. 

436 

PERSONALITY THEORY 

A review of the major theories of personal- 
ity development and personality functioning. 
In addition to covering the details of each 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



theory, the implications and applications of 
each theory are considered. This course is 
best taken by Psychology majors in the senior 
year, because it integrates material from 
diverse areas of psychology. Prerequisite: 
PSY 110. 

448-449 

PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY 

An off-campus experience in a community 
setting offering psychological services, 
supplemented with classroom instruction and 
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic 
counseling skills, while PSY 449 covers the 
major theoretical approaches to counseling. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Internships give students an opportunity to 
relate on-campus academic experiences to 
society in general and to their post-baccalau- 
reate objectives in particular. Students have, 
for example, worked in prisons, public and 
private schools, county government, and for 
the American Red Cross. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent study is an opportunity for 
students to pursue special interests in areas 
for which courses are not offered. In addi- 
tion, students have an opportunity to study a 
topic in more depth than is possible in the 
regular classroom situation. Studies in the 
past have included child abuse, counseling of 
hospital patients, and research in the psychol- 
ogy of natural disasters. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Honors in psychology requires original 
contributions to the literature of psychology 
through independent study. The most recent 
honors project was a study of the effect of 
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 




RELIGION (RED 

Professor: Hughes (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professors: Johnson, Knauth 
Part-time Instructors: Adams, Gaber 

A major in Religion consists of 10 courses, 
including: REL 1 13 or 114, two from REL 
11 0. 1 2 1 , 224, 225, 320, HIST 232. or SOC 
336; and two Religion courses numbered 320 
or above. No more than four 100 level 
courses may be applied toward the major. At 
least seven courses must be taken in the 
department. Up to three of the following 
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the 
major requirements: GRK 221. 222. HEBR 
221, 222, HIST 232, 340. 416. PHIL 332, and 
SOC 336. 

REL 120 is strongly recommended for pre- 
ministerial students after their first year, 
regardless of their major. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: REL 1 10. 224, 225, 
226, 328, 333. The following courses, when 
scheduled as W courses, count toward the 
writing intensive requirement: REL 223, 230, 
331. and 337. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Minors 

A minor in Religion consists of one cour^ 
from REL 1 10. 1 13 or 1 14 and four 
religion courses numbered 200 or above. At 
least one course must be taken from REL 1 1 > 
224. 225. or 320. | 

An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical 
Languages requires the completion of GRK 
101-102. HEBR 101-102, and two from GRl 
221.222, HEBR 221, 222. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO WORLD RELIGION! 
Designed for the beginning student, this 
course examines what it means to be religicui 
especially within the major traditions of the 
world. Issues addressed include the definitioi 
of religion, the meaning of ritual and symbol- 
ism, and ecstatic phenomena. Attention will 
be paid to significant developments within ihi 
major religious traditions. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAl ()' 



113 

OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting and in the light of 
archaeological findings to show the faith and 
religious life of the Hebrew- Jewish commu- 
tiity in the Biblical period, and an introduc- 
tion to the history of interpretation with an 
;mphasis on contemporary Old Testament 
Driticism and theology. 

114 

NJEW TESTAMENT FAITH 
\ND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
vithin its historical setting to show the faith 
md religious life of the Christian community 
n the Biblical period, and an introduction to 
he history of interpretation with an emphasis 
m contemporary New Testament criticism 
ind theology. 

20 

)EATH AND DYING 

I A study of death from personal, social and 
biversal standpoints with emphasis upon 
jvhat the dying may teach the living. Principal 
Issues are the stages of dying, bereavement, 
uicide, funeral conduct, and the religious 
loctrines of death and immortality. Course 
ticludes, as optional, practical projects with 
erminal patients under professional supervi- 
ion. Only one course from the combination of 
lEL 120 and 121 may be used for distribution. 

21 

pTER DEATH AND DYING 

I An examination of the question of life 
iifter death in terms of contemporary clinical 
tudies, the New Testament resurrection 
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarna- 
ion, and the classical theological beliefs of 
iTovidence and predestination. Prerequisite: 
^EL 120 is recommended but not required, 
^nly one course from the combination of REL 

20 and 121 may be used for distribution. 

he mate vears. 



ItM-Ol ACADEMIC CATALOG 



222 

PROTESTANTISM IN THE 

MODERN WORLD 

An examination of Protestant thought and 
life from Luther to the present against the 
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from 
the 17th century scientific revolution to 
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology. 
Special attention will be paid to the constant 
interaction between Protestantism and the 
world in which it finds itself. Alternate 
years. 

223 

ROOTS OF EARLY CHRISTIANITY 

A study of historical, cultural, and reli- 
gious influences that shaped the formation of 
early Christianity and the antecedents of 
Christian doctrine and practice in Hellenistic, 
Roman, and post-exilic Jewish cultures. 

224 

JUDAISM AND ISLAM 

An examination of the rise, growth, and 
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special 
attention given to the theological contents of 
the literatures of these religions as far as they 
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and 
organization. Also, a review of their contri- 
butions to the spiritual heritage of mankind. 
Alternate years. 

225 

ASIAN RELIGIONS 

A phenomenological study of the basic 
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese 
Taoism with special attention to social and 
political relations, mythical and aesthetic 
forms, and the East-West dialogue. Alternate 
years. 

226 

BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 

A study of the role of archaeology in 
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical 
literature originated with special attention 
given to archaeological results that throw 
light on the clarification of the Biblical text. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Also, an introduction to basic archaeological 
method and a study in depth of several 
representative excavations along with the 
artifacts and material culture recovered from 
different historical periods. 

227 

HISTORY AND THEOLOGY 

OF THE EARLY CHURCH 

An examination of the life and theology of 
the church from the close of the New Testa- 
ment to the fifth century. Special attention 
will be given to the struggles of the church 
with heretical movements, the controversies 
concerning the person and nature of Christ, 
and the encounter of the church with the 
Roman Empire. 

230 

PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION 

A study into the broad insights of psychol- 
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion 
and religious behavior. The course concen- 
trates on religious experience or manifesta- 
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solu- 
tions will be sought to questions such as: 
What does it feel like to be religious or to 
have a religious experience? What is the 
religious function in human development? 
How does one think psychologically about 
theological problems? Alternate years. 

320 

TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE RELIGION 

A topics course with a comparative 
religion focus. Prerequisite: REL J 10. 
Topics will vary from year to year and may 
be repeated for credit with consent of 
instructor. 

328 

HISTORY AND CULTURE 

OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 

A study of the history and culture of 
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and 
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to 
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



158 



be given to the religious views prevalent in 
the ancient Near East as far as these views 
interacted with the culture and faith of the 
Biblical tradition. 

331 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

A study of Christian ethics as a normativ< 
perspective for contemporary moral problen 
with emphasis upon the interaction of law ai 
religion, decision-making in the field of 
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction < 
society in a planetary civilization. Alternate 
years. 

333 

OLD TESTAMENT WOMEN 

An in-depth study of a variety of biblical 
texts and themes relevant to the roles and 
character of women in the Old Testament, 
including selections from Genesis, Ruth, 
Esther, Song of Songs, Proverbs (esp. ch. 31 
and the songs of Deborah and Miriam. 
Excerpts from the prophecies of Hosea and 
Ezekiel will also be considered. Alternate 
years. Prerequisite: REL 113 or 114, or 
consent of instructor. 

337 

BIBLICAL TOPICS 

An in-depth study of Biblical topics 
related to the Old and New Testaments. 
Recently offered titles include David, Exodi 
The Gospels of Mark and Thomas, Kingship 
Ideologies, and The Sayings of Jesus. 
Prerequisite: REL 113 or 114, or consent of 
instructor. May be repeated for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

342 

THE NATURE AND MISSION 
OF THE CHURCH 

A study of the nature of the Church as 
"The People of God" with reference to the 
Biblical, Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman 
Catholic traditions. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL< 



401 

FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY 

Participation in an approved 
archaeological dig or field school program in 
the Near East or Mediterranean region. 
Includes instruction in excavation techniques, 
recording and processing of artifacts. A 
survey of excavation and research and the use 
of archaeology as a tool for elucidating 
historical and cultural changes. Special fees 
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only. 
Cross-listed as ARCH 401. Students desiring 
credit toward the Religion major or 
humanities distribution requirement should 
register for REL 401. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in religion usually work in local 
churches, hospitals, or other religion-based 
organizations or programs under the supervi- 
sion of the pastor, chaplain, or supervisor and 
a member of the faculty. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current study areas are in the Biblical 
languages. Biblical history and theology. 
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions, 
and the ethics of technology. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) 

Greek is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of GRK 101-102, 
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222. 
HEBR221,222. 

101-102 

NEW TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of New Testament Greek 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 



1 2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



the Greek text. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS 

A comparative study of the synoptic 
tradition in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or 
equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES 
Selected readings from the letters of Paul 
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 221 or equiva- 
lent. Does not satisfy humanities require- 
ment. 

HEBREW (HEBR) 

Hebrew is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of GRK 101-102, 
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222, 
HEBR 221, 222. 

101-102 

OLD TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN OLD 
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected narrative portions of the Old Testament 
with special attention being given to exegetical 
questions. The text read varies from year to 
year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102 or equivalent. 
Does not satisfy humanities requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS 

AND WISDOM LITERATURE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM 




and wisdom literature with special attention 
being given to exegetical questions. The text 
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite: 
HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy 
humanities requirement. 

LATIN (LAT) 

Latin is not offered as a major. 

101-102 

LATIN GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of classical Latin grammar 
and readings of selected passages from Latin 
authors. 

221 

LATIN READINGS AND CULTURE I 

Readings in a variety of classical Latin 
texts, including a brief grammar review. 
Prerequisite: Two years of high school Latin 
or the equivalent, or consent of instructor. 

222 

LATIN READINGS AND CULTURE II 

Readings in a variety of classical Latin 
texts, including the study of Latin inscrip- 
tions. Prerequisite: Two years of high 
school Latin or the equivalent, or consent of 
instructor. 



SCHOLAR 
PROGRAM (scHOL) 

Assistant Professor: Briggs (Director) 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is 
a special program designed to meet the needs 
and aspirations of highly motivated students c 
superior intellectual ability. Lycoming 
scholars satisfy the College's distribution 
requirements with more challenging courses 
than students not in the Scholar Program are 
required to complete. (Substitutions to the 
Scholar Distribution Requirements can be 
made only by successful application to the 
Scholar's Council.) Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary semi- 
nars and in an independent study culminating! 
in a senior presentation. 

301 

LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held 
each semester under the direction of the 
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated 
for credit. Completion of five semesters is 
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequi- 
site: Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar 
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade 
will be recorded as "A " or "F. " 

450 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

During the senior year. Lycoming Scholars 
complete independent studies or departmental 
honors projects. These projects are presented 
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar. 
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance 
into the Lycoming Scholar Program. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

(SOC) 

Professor: Wilk (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: Ross 
Assistant Professor: McCall 

The Sociology-Anthropology Department 
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks 
introduce the students to the fundamental 
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks 
prepare the student for graduate school. 

Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects 
of sociology and anthropology. Track II 
emphasizes the application of sociology and 
anthropology to human services. 

Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires 
the core course sequence SOC 110, 114, 229, 
330. 430, 444 and three other courses within 
the department with the exception of SOC 
443. REL 226 may also be counted toward 
the major. 

Track II - Human Services in a Socio- 
Cultural Perspective requires SOC 110, 222, 
229, 330, 430, 443, and 444. In addition, 
students must select two courses from among 
the following: SOC 210, 220, 228, 300, 310,^ 

334, and 335; however, students may not take 
both SOC 210 and 310 from this list. Stu- 
dents are also required to choose two units 
from the following courses: PSY 1 10, BUS 
244, COMM 211, ECON 224, PHIL 219, 
PSCl 21 1, and PSCI 332. Recommended 
pourses: ACCT 1 10, 226; SPAN 111,112; 
HIST 126; and PHIL 334. 

Majors in both tracks are encouraged to 
enroll in the practicum. Students interested in 
.eacher certification should refer to the 
Department of Education on page 103. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
Wrsity requirement: SOC 229, 331, 334, 

335, 336, and 337. The following courses, 
ivhen scheduled as W courses, count toward 
he writing intensive requirement: SOC 229 
,ind 33 1 . 

W-OV ACADEMIC CATALOG 




Minor 

A minor in sociology and anthropology 
consists of SOC 1 1 and four other SOC 
courses approved by the department, three of 
which must be numbered 220 or above. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 

An introduction to the problems, concepts, 
and methods in sociology today, including 
analysis of stratification, organization of 
groups and institutions, social movements, 
and deviants in social structure. 

114 

INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 

An introduction to the subfields of 
anthropology; its subject matter, methodol- 
ogy, and goals, examination of biological and 
cultural evolution, the fossil evidence for 
human evolution, and questions raised in 
relation to human evolution. Other topics 
include race, human nature, primate behavior, 
and prehistoric cultural development. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



210 

SOCIOLOGY OF MENTAL HEALTH 
AND ILLNESS 

This course is an examination of the 
concepts of mental health and mental illness 
from a sociological perspective. Major issues 
to be addressed include a consideration of the 
meaning and implications of the term "mental 
illness," an examination of the most important 
sociological and social psychological theories 
of mental illness and mental health, an exam- 
ination of the social reaction that American 
culture has traditionally responded with to the 
condition of mental illness, and an analysis of 
historical and modern methods of treatment. 

220 

SOCIOLOGY OF FAMILY 

This course examines American families 
from a sociological perspective with 
particular emphasis on the interplay of family 
as it relates to other social institutions such as 
the economic, political, educational, religious, 
and legal institutions. We will look at the 
multiple forms of family and examine racial, 
ethnic, and social class variations. 
Additionally, family as a gendered institution 
and its implications for men's and women's 
lives will be addressed. 

222 

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES 

This course is for students interested in 
learning about, or entering, the human 
services profession. It will review the history, 
the range, and the goals of human services 
together with a survey of various strategies 
and approaches to human problems. A 
twenty-hour community service component is 
an optional element of the course. Prerequi- 
site: SOC no and/or PSY NO; or consent of 
instructor. 

228 

AGING AND SOCIETY 

Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics 
of the aged as individuals and as members of 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



groups. Emphasis is placed upon media 
portrayals as well as such variables as healtl 
housing, socio-economic status, personal 
adjustment, retirement, and social participa- 
tion. Sociological, social psychological, aiK 
anthropological frames of reference are 
utilized in analysis and description of aging 
and its relationship to the individual and 
society. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 

229 

CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY n 

An examination of cultural and social | 
anthropology designed to familiarize the 
student with the analytical approaches to tin. 
diverse cultures of the world. The relevant; 
of cultural anthropology for an understand in 
of the human condition will be stressed. 
Topics to be covered include the nature of 
primitive societies in contrast to civilization 
the concept of culture and cultural relativisn 
the individual and culture, the social patternis 
of behavior and social control, an anthropok i 
cal perspective on the culture of the United 
States. 

300 

CRIMINOLOGY 

Analysis of the sociology of law; conditK .^ 
iinder which criminal laws develop; etiology 1 
crime; epidemiology of crime, including 
explanation of statistical distribution of 
criminal behavior in terms of time, space, an 
social location. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. 



310 

MEDICAL SOCIOLOGY 

This course examines the social contexts 
health, illness and medicine. It gives 
prominence to the debates and contrasting 
perspectives that characterize the field of 
medical sociology. Topics include the sociej 
environmental and occupational factors in 
health and illness, the development of the 
health professions, ethical issues in medicin 
healthcare reform, and the conundrum of 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAL 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



managed care. In exploring these topics, 
emphasis is given to how the social categories 
of gender, ethnicity, and social class relate 
with illness, health, and health care. 

320 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

Study of selected sociological and/or 
anthropological problems, theorists, or 
movements. Sample topics include sociology 
of education, environmental sociology, art 
and society, sociology of childhood, and 
media and culture. Prerequisite: SOCllOor 
consent of instructor. With departmental 
consent, this course may be repeated for 
credit. 

330 

RESEARCH METHODS I 

In studying the research process in 
sociology-anthropology, attention is given to 
the process of designing and administering 
both qualitative and quantitative research. 
Students complete an original field work 
project in a public setting. Additionally, 
students will learn to compile and analyze 
quantitative data through a micro computer 
H statistical software package. Different 
\ methodological skills considered include: 
field work, questionnaire construction, 
unobtrusive research, and program evaluation. 
The course must be taken in the junior year. 
Prerequisites: SOC 110 and MATH 123. 

!331 
SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER 

Virtually every society known to us is 
\ founded upon assumptions of gender differ- 
lences and the politics of gender inequality. 
ijThis course focuses on the ways in which 
gender is socially constructed and institution- 
alized in societies. Topics to be considered 
include cultural constructions of masculinity, 
femininity, heterosexuality, and homosexual- 
jity; institutional sites of gender differentiation 
[such as work, family, military, and education; 
media representations of gender and sexual- 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ity; and reproduction politics. Emphasis is 
placed on various theories that have been 
advanced to explain gender stratification. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10. Alternate years. 

334 

RACE AND MULTICULTURAL 
RELATIONS 

This course is the study of ethnic groups 
within the framework of American cultural 
values. An analysis includes historical, 
cultural, and social factors underlying ethnic 
conflict. The course will provide an analysis 
of the social construction of race and the 
social implications of those constructions. 
Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or consent of 
instructor. 

335 

CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 

Introduction to psychological anthropol- 
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha- 
sis will be placed on the relationship between 
individual and culture, national character, 
cognition and culture, culture and mental 
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of 
the concept of self. Prerequisite: SOC 229 
or consent of instructor. 

336 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY 
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS 

The course will familiarize the student 
with the wealth of anthropological data on the 
religions and world views developed by prim- 
itive peoples. The functions of primitive rel- 
igion in regard to the individual, society, and 
various cultural institutions will be examined. 
Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch- 
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the 
cultural use of dreams, and revitalization 
movements. Particular emphasis will be 
given to shamanism, transcultural religious 
experience, and the creation of cultural 
realities through religions. Both a social 
scientific and existential perspective will be 
employed. Pre-requisite: SOC 229 or 
consent of instructor. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



337 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF 

AMERICAN INDIANS 

An ethnographic survey of native North 
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such 
as the Iroquois. Plains Indians, Pueblo, 
Kwakiutl, and Netsilik. Changes in native 
lifeways due to European contacts and United 
States expansion will be considered. Recent 
cultural developments among American 
Indians will be placed in an anthropological 
perspective. 

430 

RESEARCH METHODS II 

Building on the research skills acquired in 
SOC 330, students will complete an original 
quantitative or qualitative research project 
utilizing one of the many data collection 
strategies available to sociologists and 
anthropologists such as field work, content 
analysis, surveys, qualitative interviews, 
experimental design, secondary data analysis, 
or program evaluation. Topic selection is of 
individual student's choice. Prerequisite: 
SOC 330. 

443 

HUMAN SERVICES IN 
HELPING INSTITUTIONS 

The course examines the organizational 
and conceptual context within which human 
services are delivered in contemporary 
society. Subjects to be covered include 
ethnographic study of nursing homes, prisons, 
therapeutic communities, mental hospitals, 
and other human service institutions. The 
methodology of fieldwork will be explored so 
as to sensitize the student to the socio-cultural 
dimensions of helping environments and 
relationships. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 229, 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

444 

SOCIAL THEORY 

The history of the development of sociologi- 
cal thought from its earliest philosophical 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



beginnings is treated through discussions aiu 
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociologies 
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisit 
SOC 1 10 or consent of instructor. 

448 

PRACTICUM IN 
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 

This course provides students with the 
opportunity to apply a socio-cultural perspec: 
tive to any of a number of organizational 
settings in the Williamsport area. As the bas 
for the course, students arrange an internship 
in the local community. At the same time th 
student is contributing time and talent to the 
organization in question, he/she will also be 
observing, from a socio-cultural perspective, 
the events, activities, structure, and dynamicj 
of the organization. These experiences will I 
supplemented by academic readings, a 
regularly scheduled seminar, and the keeping 
of a detailed field journal. Prerequisite: 
Consent of Instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in sociology-anthropology typical 
work off campus with social service agencie 
under the supervision of administrators. 
However, other internship experiences, such 
as with the Lycoming County Historical 
Museum, are available. 



N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

An opportunity to pursue specific interest 
and topics not usually covered in regular 
courses. Through a program of readings and 
tutorials, the student will have the opportuni 
to pursue these interests and topics in 
greater depth than is usually possible in a 
regular course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 




THEATRE thea) 

Associate Professor: Allen (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Stanley 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Graham 
Part-time Instructor: Clark 

Theatre is a combination of many art 
forms, and the theatre curriculum provides 
opportunities to explore all its aspects: 
dramatic literature, acting, directing, design, 
and technical theatre. The rigorous production 
program offers practical training to comple- 
ment the comprehensive curriculum. 

The Theatre Department produces a full 
season of faculty- and student-directed 
productions each year. In addition, the 
department also manages a children's theatre 
company. The Emerald City Players. The 
department's production facilities include the 
Mary L. Welch Theatre, an intimate thrust 
stage, and the Dragon's Lair Theatre, a small 
black box studio theatre in the Academic 
Center. The department also maintains 
support facilities, including a scene shop, 
costume shop, dressing rooms, makeup room, 
and rehearsal areas. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: THEA 1 14, 212, 332, 
333, 335, and 410. The following courses, 
when scheduled as W courses, count toward 
the writing intensive requirement: THEA 
212, 332, and 333. 

Major 

All students majoring in Theatre must 
complete the core courses and the require- 
ments for at least one of the three tracks listed 
below. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

THEA 100, 145, 232, 332, 333, 335, 410, and 
449. 

Track Requirements: 

1. Acting: 

THEA 148, 226, 245, and either 345 or 
402; 1 credit of 160, one-half credit 
which must be earned serving as Assistant 
Stage Manager or Crew Head for a 
faculty-directed production, and 3 credits 
of 161. 

2. Directing: 

THEA 148, 226, 326, and either 402 or 
426; 2 credits of 160, one-half credit 
which must be earned serving as Assistant 
Stage Manager for a faculty-directed 
production and one-half credit which must 
be earned as the Stage Manager for a 
faculty-directed production, and 2 credits 
of 161. 

3. Design/Tech: 

THEA 149, 228, 229, 320; one from the 
following: 402, 427, 428, 429; and 4 
credits of THEA 160 and/or 161. 

Minors 

Three minors are available in the Theatre 
Department. 

• A minor in Performance consists of THEA 
100. 145, 148, 226, 245, and one credit of 
THEA 160 and/or THEA 161. 

• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of 
THEA 100, 149, 228, 229, 320, and one 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



credit of THE A 160 and/or THE A 161 . 
• A minor in Theatre History and Literature 
consists of THEA 100, 332. 333, 335, 410, 
and one credit of THEA 1 60 and/or 
THEA 161. 

100 

INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE 

A comprehensive introduction to the 
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's 
point of view, the nature of theatre will be 
explored, including dramatic literature and 
the integral functioning of acting, directing 
and all production aspects. Concurrent 
enrollment in THEA 148 prohibited. 

114 

FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE 
MASTERPIECES 

Study of selected classic experimental and 
narrative films from around the world as well 
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what 
makes a classic through examination of such 
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and 
genre. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modem dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
THEA 136: THEA 135 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135- 136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as 
MUS 135-136. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the 
Ballets de cour of 1 7th-century France to the 
present with emphasis on the contributions of 
Petipa, Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. 
One -half unit of credit. Not open to students 
who have received credit for MUS 137. 
Cross-listed as MUS 137. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of civil 
ization. One-half unit of credit. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
138. Cross-listed as MUS 138. 

145 

ACTING I 

An introductory study of the actor's 
preparation with emphasis on developing the 
actor's creative imagination through improvi 
sation, character analysis, and scene study. 
Prerequisite: THEA 100. Majors may take 
concurrently with THEA 100. 

148 

PLAY PRODUCTION 

Stagecraft and the various aspects of 
production are introduced. Through materia 
presented and laboratory work on the Mary I 
Welch Theatre productions, students will 
acquire experience with design, scenery, 
properties, costumes and lighting. Prerequi 
site: THEA 100. Concurrent enrollment in 
THEA 100 prohibited. 

149 

THEATRE GRAPHICS 

A comprehensive course in mechanical 
drafting, perspective rendering, figure 
drawing, color theory, and scene painting as 
these skills relate to the study of theatrical 
design. Prerequisite: THEA 100 or consent 
of instructor. 

160 

TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM 

161 

REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE 
PRACTICUM 

Supervised participation in the various 
aspects of technical production and/or 
rehearsal and performance of the Theatre 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



Department's faculty-directed productions in 
the Mary L. Welch Theatre. Credit for 
Theatre Practicum is earned on a fractional 
basis. Students may register for one-half 
semester hour course credit per production 
for active participation in the designated area 
of technology and performance, limited to 
one semester hour credit per semester and 
eight semester hours credit over four years. 
Credit may not be used to satisfy distribution 
requirements in Fine Arts. Students may not 
register for Theatre Practicum while taking 
THEA 148 without permission of the 
instructor. When scheduling, students should 
register for Theatre Practicum in addition to 
the normal four academic courses. Because 
students may not be cast or assigned duties in 
time to meet the drop/add deadline, late 
registration for THEA 160 and 161 (Re- 
hearsal and Performance) will be permitted 
without penalty. 

1 201 
TOURING CHILDREN'S THEATRE 

Production and rehearsal techniques for 
performance of a children's play. Students 
will construct sets, costumes, props and 
rehearse for touring and performing on during 
slated class times at area grade schools. 
Students may repeat this course once with a 
different play. Prerequisites: THEA 100 and 
consent of instructor. 

212 

MULTICULTURAL AMERICA 
ON SCREEN 

Introduction to the art of understanding 
moving images to discover the cultural values 
of American filmmakers and their audiences. 
Comparison of the ways in which films and 
television use comedy, drama, and the 
docum-entary to examine topics having to do 
with values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in 
America. 



215 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE 

Study of selected theatrical subjects, such 
as plays, writers, movements, or technical 
projects. Recent topics include stage 
management, sound design, stagecraft, and 
professional development. Prerequisite: 
THEA 100. With consent of instructor, may 
be repeated for credit if the topic is different 
from one previously studied. 

220 

VOICE AND DICTION 

Introduction to the fundamental tech- 
niques of vocal production for the theatre. 
Emphasizes an individual program of 
personal vocal development. Dialects and 
phonetic study of the major European accents 
and English accents. Includes oral practice of 
relevant literature. Alternate years. One-half 
unit of credit. 

226 

DIRECTING I 

An introductory study of the functions of 
the director, with emphasis on script analysis, 
the rehearsal process, and communicating 
with collaborators. Practical scene work 
directing student actors is a major component 
of the course. Prerequisite: THEA 145. 
Alternate years. 

SCENE DESIGN 

Development of scene design techniques 
through study of the practice in rendering, 
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching 
and model building. Beginning work in 
theory, techniques, and practices in scenery 
painting for the theatre. Prerequisites: 
THEA 148 and THEA 149. Alternate years. 



' 2006- 



07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



229 

LIGHTING DESIGN 

The theory of stage and lighting design 
with emphasis on their practical apphcation to 
the theatre. Prerequisites: THEA 148 and 
149. Alternate years. 

232 

STAGE MAKEUP 

Essentials in stage makeup: straight, 
character, special types. Effects of light on 
makeup are included. Recommended for 
performers and directors of educational, 
church and community theatres. Prerequisite: 
THEA 148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate 
Years. 

233 

ADVANCED MAKEUP 

Advanced techniques in makeup design. 
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are 
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and 
nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: THEA 232. 
One-half unit of credit. Alternate years. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and 
modem dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136 
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for 
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135- 136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as 
MUS 235-236. 

245 
ACTING II 

Exploration of contemporary realism 
through intensive character analysis, mono- 
logue work, and scene study. Prerequisite: 
THEA 145. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



315 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE 

Study of selected theatrical subjects, such 
as plays, writers, movements, or technical 
projects. Recent topics include stage 
management, sound design, stagecraft, and 
professional development. Prerequisite: 
THEA 100. With consent of instructor, may 
be repeated for credit if the topic is different 
from one previously studied. 

320 

COSTUME DESIGN 

The theory of costuming for the stage, 
elements of design, planning, production and 
construction of costumes for the theatre. 
Students will participate in the construction o 
costumes for faculty-directed productions. 
Prerequisites: THEA 148 and 149, or conser 
of instructor. Majors may take concurrently 
with THEA 145. Alternate years. 

326 

DIRECTING II 

Continued exploration of the director's 
role in the production process with emphasis 
on the director's work in rehearsal. Practical 
application will include the direction of a one 
act play with student actors in the Dragon's 
Lair Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226. 
Alternate years. 

332 

THEATRE HISTORY I 

An investigation of the Western theatre as 
the evolution of a multidisciplinary artistic, 
cultural, social, economic, religious, and 
political phenomenon. Dramatic texts 
representing specific eras will be studied as 
historical evidence of theatre practice. 
Focuses on the origins of the theatre through 
1700. Prerequisite: THEA 100, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 



333 

THEATRE HISTORY II 

An investigation of the Western theatre as 
the evolution of a muhidisciphnary artistic, 
cultural, social, economic, religious, and 
political phenomenon. Dramatic texts 
representing specific eras will be studied as 
historical evidence of theatre practice. 
Focuses on the early 1 8* century through the 
theatre today. Prerequisite: THEA 332, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 

MODERN DRAMA 

An examination of selected examples of 
dramatic literature from the modem theatre, 
1 875 to the present. The course will focus on 
a single topic within this framework, such as 
American drama, American musical theatre, 
European drama, absurdist drama, epic drama, 
expressionistic drama, performance art, etc. 
Prerequisites: THEA 332 and 333, or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

337 
PLAYWRITING 

An investigation of the techniques of 
playwriting with an emphasis on creative 
writing, culminating in a written one-act 
play. Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107 and 
THEA 226, or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

345 

ACTING III 

Exploration of historical acting styles 
including Greek, commedia dell 'arte, Elizabe- 
than, comedy of manners, melodrama, and 
expressionism. Practical application will 
include character analysis, monologue work, 
and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA 245. 

402 

SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE 

A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc- 
tion terms. Emphasis will be on translating 
works from the page to the stage, with special 



' 2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



attention to language, poetry, and acting styles 
as well as technical problems. Contemporary 
productions will be viewed. Prerequisites: 
THEA 332 and 333, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

410 

THEATRE AND CULTURE 

Exploration of one or more historic 
periods in a specific locale to discover the 
nature of the theatre in its cultural context. 
Included will be a study of the art, music, 
literature, political and social framework of 
the period and locale. Prerequisites: THEA 
332 and 333, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

415 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE 

Study of selected theatrical subjects, such 
as plays, writers, movements, or technical 
projects. Recent topics include stage 
management, sound design, stagecraft, and 
professional development. Prerequisite: 
THEA 100. With consent of instructor, may 
be repeated for credit if the topic is different 
from one previously studied. 

426 

DIRECTING III 

Practical application of directing in one of 
the department's two performance spaces. 
Prerequisites: THEA 326 cmd consent of 
instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

427 

ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of costume design for 
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisites: THEA 320 and consent of instructor. 
May be repeated for credit. 

428 

ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of scene design for the 
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi- 
site: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



429 

ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO 
Practical application of lighting design for 
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

444 

ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO 

Practical application of directing for studio 
or main stage productions. Prerequisites: 
Consent of instructor and THEA 426. May he 
repeated for credit. 

445 

ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO 

Practical application of acting for studio or 
main stage productions. Prerequisites: 
Consent of instructor and THEA 345. May be 
repeated for credit. 

449 

SENIOR PROJECT 

The practical application of one specific 
theatre discipline. Students have the option of 
demonstrating expertise in costume design. 



scene design, lighting design, acting, or 
directing for departmental productions. Othe 
options may include but are not limited to 
design projects or one-person shows. Studen 
will be required to submit a formal written 
proposal in the spring of their junior year 
which must be approved by all full-time 
Theatre Department faculty. This course is 
open to senior theatre majors only. 

470 - 479 

INTERNSHIP (See Index) 

Students in the theatre work off campus in 
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne- 
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity 
Repertory. 

N80/N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index) 
Subjects for Independent Studies are 
chosen in conjunction with faculty members. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Students who qualify for Departmental 
Honors will produce a major independent 
project in research and/or theatre production. 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



WOMEN'S AND GENDER STUDIES 




The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: WGST 200 and 
WGST 300. 



WOMEN'S AND 
GENDER STUDIES 

(WGST) 

Assistant Professor: Stanley (Director) 

Although a major in women's and gender 
studies is available only under the policies 
regarding Individual Interdisciplinary Majors, 
an established minor in women's and gender 
studies is provided. WGST 200 and four of 
the following established cross-listed courses 
are required for the minor. Students may 
substitute no more than two experimental or 
topics courses that have been approved by the 
coordinating committee. To receive credit for 
a minor in women's and gender studies, 
students must maintain at least a 2.00 average 
in courses taken for that minor. 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 339 
ENGL 334 
HIST 220 
PSCI 347 
PS Y 341 
REL 333 
SOC 220 
SOC331 
WGST 300 



Women in Art 
Women and Literature 
Women in History 
Women and Politics 
Psychology of Women 
Old Testament Women 
Sociology of Family 
Sociology of Gender 
Topics in Women's and 
Gender Studies 



200 

GENDERED PERSPECTIVES 

An examination of gender issues from an 
interdisciplinary perspective. This course 
will explore the social construction of gender 
and gendered institutions as well as relevant 
critical approaches such as feminist, Utopian, 
and queer theories. Topics may involve 
language, art, science, politics, culture, 
violence, race, class, ethnic differences, 
sexuality, and pornography. 

300 

TOPICS IN WOMEN'S AND GENDER 
STUDIES 

An examination of selected topics in 
Women's and Gender Studies designed to 
allow students to pursue particular subjects in 
more depth and detail than in the general 
introductory course. With the permission of 
the Coordinator of the Women 's and Gender 
Studies Program, students may repeat this 
course depending on the content. 

N80/N89 
INDEPENDENT STUDIES 

With the approval of the Coordinator, an 
appropriate special course or independent 
studies project may be substituted for one of 
the four courses required for the minor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



The Board Of Trustees 



OFFICERS 

Arthur A. Haberberger '59 

Chairman 

Investor and Consultant 

Reading. PA 

Jay W. Cleveland, Sr. 

Vice Chairman 
Chairman of the Board/CEO 
Cleveland Brothers 
Equipment Company 
Harrisburg, PA 

Melvin H. Campbell, Jr. '70 

Secretary 
Owner/President 
Campbell, Harrington & 
Brear Advertising 
York. PA 

Harold D. Hershberger, Jr. 
'51 

Assistant Secretary 

President 

Deer Mountain Associates. Inc. 

Williamsport. PA 

Ann S. Pepperman, Esq. 

Assistant Secretary 
Partner 

McNerney, Page. 
Vanderlin & Hall 
Williamsport. PA 

BOARD MEMBERS 

Brenda P. Alston-Mills '66 

Professor 

North Carolina State Univ. 

Raleigh, NC 

David R. Bahl, Esq. 

Partner 

McCormick Law Firm 

Williamsport, PA 

Robert L. Bender '59 

Assoc. VP for Academic 
Affairs/Retired 
University of Illinois 
Champaign. IL 

John R. Biggar '66 

Exec. V.P. & CFG 
PPL Resources. Inc. 
Allentown. PA 

James E. Douthat 

President 
Lycoming College 
Williamsport, PA 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Donald E. Failor '68 

Owner/Chartered Life 

Underwriter 

D.E. Failor Associates 

Harrisburg, PA 

Daniel G. Fultz '57 

E.\ec. VP and Treasurer/ 
Retired 

Lycoming College 
Williamsport, PA 

David D. Gathman '69 

SVP & CFG 
SunGard SCT Inc. 
Malvern, PA 

Daniel R. Hawbaker 

President 

Glenn O. Hawbaker, Inc. 

State College, PA 

Michael J. Hayes '63 

President and CEO 
Fred's 
Memphis, TN 

James L. Hebe '71 

Owner 

Seagrave Fire Apparatus 

Clintonville, WI 

Bishop Neil L. Irons 

Bishop/Retired 
Central PA Conference 
United Methodist Church 
Mechanicsburg. PA 

Dale N. Krapf '67 
President 

George Krapf. Jr. & 
Sons, Inc. 
Exton. PA 

Daniel R. Langdon 73 

President 

East Penn Manufacturing 

Co., Inc. 

Lyon Station. PA 

David B. Lee '61 

President/CEO/Retired 
Omega Financial Corp. 
State College. PA 

Robert G. Little '63 

Family Physician 
Community Medical 
Associates 
Halifax. PA 



Carolyn-Kay Lundy '63 

Community Volunteer 
Williamsport. PA 

Peter R. Lynn '69 

President and CEO 
Government Retirement & 
Benefits. Inc. 
Alexandria. VA 

D. Stephen Martz '64 

Consultant 

Hollidaysburg Trust Co. 
Hollidaysburg, PA 

Richard D. Mase '62 

Businessman, Self-employed/ 

Retired 

Montoursville, PA 

Norman B. Medow '60 

Surgeon 

Manhattan Eye. Ear & 
Throat Hospital 
New York. NY 

James G. Scott '70 

Independent Consultant 
West Newbury. MA 

Robert L. Shangraw '58 

Chairman Emeritus 
First Vice President for 
Investments/Retired 
Merrill Lynch. Pierce, 
Fenner & Smith 
Williamsport, PA 

Hugh H. Sides '60 

President 

Robert M. Sides Music, Inc. 

Williamsport. PA 

Stanley W. Sloter '80 

President 

Paradigm Companies 

Arlington. VA 

Clinton W. Smith '55 

Senior Judge 

Lycoming County Ct. House 

Williamsport, PA 

Charles D. Springman "59 

Sr. VP Operations/Retired 
May Department Stores 
Williamsport. PA 

John S. Ti-ogner, Jr. '68 

President/First Commercial 
Real Estate 

Treasurer/Troegs Brewing Co. 
Harrisburg. PA 



Phyllis L. Vasui 

Nurse/Homemaker/Retired 
Montoursville. PA 

Alvin M. Younger, Jr. "71 

Chief Financial Officer/ 

Retired 

T. Rowe Price Associates. 

Inc. 

Baltimore. MD 

Dennis G. Voushaw '61 

Surgeon 

Blair Medical Associates 

Altoona, PA 

EMERITI 

David Y. Brouse '47 

Manager/Retired 
GTE Sylvania 
Montoursville, PA 

Richard W. DeWald 61 

Chairman 

Montgomery Plumbing 
Supply Company 
Montoursville, PA 

Samuel H. Evert '34 

Owner/Retired 

Bloom Penn Construction 

Bloomsburg, PA 

Rev. Kenrick R. Khan '5' 

Clergy/Teacher/Retired 
Penney Farms, FL 

Margaret D. L'Heureux 

Real Estate Broker/Retired 
Williamsport, PA 



William Pickelner 

President 

Pickelner Fuel Oil Compan 

Williamsport. PA 

Marguerite Rich '42 

Homemaker 
Woolrich. PA 

Harold H. Shreckengast, 
Jr. '50 

Audit Partner/Retired 
Price Waterhouse 
Philadelphia. PA 

Rev. Dr. Wallace Stettler 

President/Retired 
Wyoming Seminary 
Kingston, PA 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALO< 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Administrative Staff 



James E. Douthat (1989) 

President 

A.B., The College of William and Mary 

M.Diw, Ed.D., Duke University 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

Dean of the College 
Professor of History 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

Sue S. Gaylor (2003) 

Executive Assistant to the President/ 

histitutional Planning Officer 
A.B., Dartmouth College 
Ed.M., Ed.D., Hansard University 

Robert Griesemer (2001) 

Vice President and Treasurer 
B.S., Lafayette College 

Lynn Jackson (2005) 

Vice President for College Advancement 

B.S. Western Michigan University 

Daniel P. Miller (2005) 
Dean of Student Affairs 
B.S., St. John Fisher College 
M.S., Syracuse University 
Ed.D., Widener University 

James D. Spencer (1989) 

Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid 
B.A., Concordia College 

Debbie L. Ackerman (1978) 

Custodial Services Manager 

Joseph Balduino (2004) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A.. Lycoming College 

Patricia E. Bausinger (2001) 

, Campus Store Manager 

JacqueHne R. Bilger (2004) 

Director of Human Resources 

B.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 



f 2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Dale V. Bower (1968) 

Planned Giving Consultant 

B.S., Lycoming College 

B.D., United Theological Seminary 

Allison A. Bressler (2005) 

Asst. Director of Student Programs & 

Leadership Development 
B.A., M.A.. Edinboro University 

Robert C. Brobson (2003) 

Director of Safety & Security 
B.A., Mansfield State College 
M.S., California State Univ. of Long Beach 

Steven Caravaggio (1992) 

Director of Academic Computing 

& End User Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

James J. Carey (2005) 

Asst. Director of Safety & Security Operations 
A.A.., B.A., King's College 

Sara E. Case (2003) 

Director of Annual Giving 
B.A., Lafayette College 

Christine G. Coale (2003) 
Admissions Counselor 
B.A., George Washington University 
A.A., Mt. Vernon College 

Regina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshman 
B.A., Rosemont College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Amy L. Cotner-Klingler (2005) 
Director of Residential Life 
B.S., Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Richard L. Cowher II (1978) 
Print Shop Manager 

RobertL. Curry (1969) 

Associate Director of Athletics 
B.A., Lycoming College 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVESTAFF 



Stephanie E. Fortin (2002) 

Counselor, Counseling & Wellness Services 
B.A., Lyconung College 
M.A., Kutzfown University 

Nicole S. Franquet (1996) 

Director of Network Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Sister Catherine Ann Gilvary IHM (1994) 

Catholic Campus Minister 

A.B., M.A., M.S., Marywood College 

Frank L. Girardi (1984) 

Director of Athletics 
Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 

Allison Gregory (2005) 

Instructional Services Librarian Instructor 

Instructor, Library 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Murray J. Hanford (1991) 

Publications Manager 

Daniel J. Hartsock( 1981) 

Assistant Dean for Sophomores 

Director of Academic Resource Center and 

Coordinator of Advising 
B.H., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

David Heffner (1994) 

Assoc. Dean/Director of 

Information Technology Services 
B.S., The Pennsylvcmia State University 
M.S., Bloomsburg University 

Nancy Hollick (1990) 

Staff Accountant 

A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

Maramonne Houseknecht (2000) 
Assistant Director of Admissions 
B.A., Niagara University 

J. Marco Hunsberger (1989) 

Campus Minister 

B.A., Mercer University 

M.Div., United Theological Seminary 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Laura C. Johnson (2003) 
Director of Student Recreation & Conferences 
B.S., Rutgers University, Cook College 
M.S., Ohio University 

Michelle M. Jones (1996) 

Assistant Controller 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jane C. Keller (1998) 

Asst. Director Academic Resource Center 
B.A., Bucknell University 
M.S., Wilkes University 

Andrew W. Kilpatrick (2005) 

Student Life Coordinator 
B.A., University of Scranton 
S.T.B., Gregorian University 
S.T.L., Accademia Alfonsiana 

Wayne E. Kinley (1990) 

Controller and Assistant Treasurer 
B.A., Lycoming College 

F. Douglas Kuntz (2000) 

Director of Physical Plant 
B.S., West Virginia University 

Meghan E. Labosky (2006) 

Associate Director of Annual Giving 
B.S.Ed., Lock Haven University 

Sandi L.Lander (1995) 

Director of Administrative Computing 
B.S., SUNY College at Brockport 

Anne M. Landon (1996) 

Coordinator of Internships and 

Assistant to the Director of IMS 
B.A., Bloomsburg University 

Linda B. Loehr (2001) 

Registered Nurse, Health Services 

Jamie A. Lowthert (2004) 
Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Bloomsburg University 
M.S., University of Kentucky 

Kathy A. Lucas (1998) 

Registered Nurse, Health Services 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Lawrence P. Mannolini, III (2004) 

Director Student Programs/Leadership Devel. 
B.A., St. Lawrence University 
M.Ed., Springfield College 

Brenda M. Marshall (2004) 

Assistant Registrar 

B.A., Bloomsburg University 

Melissa A. Masse (2001) 
Assistant Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jason R. Moran (2004) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

James J. Nekoloff (2005) 

Sports Information Director 

B.A., Marietta College 

M.B.A., West Virginia Wesleyan College 

Kirsten R. Newman (2004) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Michelle M. Parks (2001) 

Assistant Director of Admissions 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Salomeh Pourmoghim (2004) 

Instructional Service Librarian/Coordinator of 

Reference & Assessment 

M.L.S., Texas Woman's University 

B.A., Azad University 

Michael W. Rheiner (2005) 
Director of Career Development Center 
B.S., University of Wyoming 
M.A., Appalachian State University 

Mary E. Savoy (2002) 

Registrar 

B.S., Indiana University of Pensylvania 

Beth Ann Scruggs (2005) 
Prospect Research Coordinator 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Mary Snyder 

Library 



()i)(v07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Casey M. Spencer (2005) 
Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Cindy Springman (1999) 

Bursar 

A. A., Williamsport Area Community College 

Matthew E. Stendardi (2004) 
Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Sondra L. Stipcak (1995) 

Nurse, Director of Health Services 
B.S.N. , Indiana University of PA 

Melanie Taormina (2005) 
Director of Alumni Relations 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.F.A., University of Pittsburgh 

C. Townsend Velkoff (2005) 
Director of Counseling Services 
B.A., Hartwick College 
M.S., Syracuse University 

Lin Wei (2005) 

Web Designer 

B.A., Liaoning Normal University 

Isaac H. Willis (2005) 
Student Life Coordinator 
B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College 
D.P.M., California College of Podiatric 
Medicine 

Jennifer Wilson (2000) 

Director of Development 

B.S., Carnegie Mellon University 

Emeriti 

Harold H. Hutson 

President Emeritus 
B.A., LL.D., Wofford College 
Ph.D., Un ive rsity of Ch icago 
L.H.D., Ohio Wesleyan University 

Bishop D. Frederick Wertz 

President Emeritus 
A.B., Dickinson College 
M.A., S.T.B., Boston University 
LL.D., Dickinson College 
D.D., Lycoming College 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 




Faculty 






On Sabbatical Fall Semester 2006 
On Sabbatical Spring 2007 
On Sabbatical Academic Yeai- 2006-07 
**** On Leave Academic Year 2006-07 

Professors 

Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976) ** 

Psychology 

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College 

M.A., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The University of Massachusetts 

Gary M. Boerckel (1979) 

Music 

B.A., B.M., Oherlin College 
M.M., Ohio University 
D.M.A., University of Iowa 

Barbara F. Buedel (1989) 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 

B.A., University of Kentucky 

M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Sascha Feinstein (1995) 

English 

B.A.. University of Rochester 

M.F.A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

David G. Fisher (1984) 

Astronomy/Physics 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware 

Amy Golahny (1985) *** 

Art 

B.A., Brandeis University 

M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute 

M. Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University' 

Stephen R. Griffith (1970) 

Philosophy 

A.B., Cornell University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

G. W. Hawkes (1989) 

English 

B.A., University of Washington-Seattle 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALC 



Richard A. Hughes (1970) 
M.B. Rich Chair in ReHgion 
B.A., University of Indianapolis 
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University 

Robert H. Larson (1969) 

History 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Mehrdad Madresehee (1986) 

Economics 

Director, Institute for Management Studies 

B.S., University of Tehran 

M.S., National University of Iran 

M.S., University' of Idaho 

Ph.D., Washington State University 

Chriss McDonald (1987) 

Chemistry 

B.S., Manchester College 

Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio 

Richard J. Morris (1976) 

History 

B.A., Boston State College 
M.A., Ohio University 
Ph.D., New York University 

Carole Moses (1982) 

English 

B.A., Adelphi University 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

History 

Dean of the College/Professor of History 

A.B., Lafayette College 

B.D., Yale University 

Ph.D., Duke University 

Michael G. Roskin (1972) 

PoHtical Science 

Robert L. and Charlene Shangraw Professor 

4./^., University of California at Berkeley 

M.A., University' of California at Los Angeles 

Ph.D., The American University 



()7 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Kathryn M. Ryan (1981) 

Psychology 

B.S., University of Illinois 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Roger D. Shipley (1967) 

Art 

B.A., Otterbein College 

M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 

Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976) 

Music 

The Logan Richmond Professorship 

A.B., Syracuse University 

B.M., Ithaca College 

M.M., SUNY at Binghamton 

D.M.A., Cornell University 

John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971) 

Philosophy 

John P. Graham Teaching Professorship 

B.A., University of Notre Dame 

Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin 

Stan T. Wilk (1973) 
Sociology/Anthropology 
B.A., Hunter College 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

David S. Witwer (1994) 

History 

B.A., DePauw University' 

M.A., Ph.D., Brown University 

Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979) 

Biology 

The Frank and Helen Lowry Professor 

B.S., SUNY at Cortland 

M.S., Ph.D., Miami University 

Associate Professors 

Jerry D.Allen (1984) 

Theatre 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University 

Susan K.Beidler( 1975) 

Collection Management Services Librarian 
B.A., University of Delaware 
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Holly D.Bendorf( 1995) 

Chemistry 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles 

Timothy Carter (1999) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., M.C.J., University of South Carolina 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Richard R. Erickson (1973) 
Astronomy and Piiysics 
B.A., University of Minnesota 
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

B. Lynn Estoniin( 1993) 

Art 

B.A., Antioch College 

M.F.A., University of Cincinnati 

Edward G.Gabriel (1977) 

Biology 

B.A., M.A., Alfred University 

M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University 

Gary Hafer (1992) 

English 

B.A., M.A., Kiitztown University 

Ph.D., Purdue University 

David K. Haley (1980) 

Mathematical Science 
B.A., Acadia University 
M.S., Ph.D., Queens University 
Ph.D., Universitat Mannheim 

Garett Heysel (1999) *** 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 
B.A., Middlebury College 
M.A., Northwestern University 
Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Janet Hurlbert (1985) ** 
Director of Library Services 
Associate Dean 
B.A., M.A., University of Denver 

SandraL. Kingery (1998) 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 
B.S., Lawrence University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin- 
Madison 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Eldon F. Kuhns, II (1979) ** 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Darby Lewes (1993) 

English 

B.A., Saint Xavier College 

M.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., University of Chicago 

Litt.D., Wilson College (Honoris Causa) 

Eileen M. Peluso (1998) 

Mathematical Science 

B.S., Bloomsburg University 

M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Susan M. Ross (1998) 

Sociology/Anthropology 

B.A., Millersville University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 

Gene D. Sprechini (1981) * 

Mathematical Science 

B.S., Wilkes College 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

Philip W. Sprunger (1993) 

Economics 

B.S., B.A., Bethel College 

M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

Arthur Sterngold (1988) 

Business Administration 

B.A., Princeton University 

M.B.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

H.Bruce Weaver (1974) 

Business Administration 

B.B.A., Stetson University 

J.D., Vanderbilt University 

M.B.A., University of Central Florida 

David H. Wolfe (1989) 

Astronomy/Physics 
B.S., Lock Haven State College 
M.S., Pennsylvania State University 
Ph.D., Kent State University 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATAU 



Assistant Professors 

Susan Beery (1999) * 

Psychology 

B.A., Duke University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami 

Neil M. Boyd (2006) 

Business Administration 

B.A., Bloomshiirg University 

M.A., M.B.A., University of Notre Dame 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Michelle Briggs (1992) 

Biology 

Director of Lycoming Scholars 

B.S., Cornell University 

M.S., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

David R. Broussard (2006) 

Biology 

B.S.. M.S., Baylor University 

Ph.D., Auburn University 

Amy Cartal-Falk (1991) 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State 

University 

G. Kathleen Chamberlain (1999) 

Education 

B.S.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

M.S.Ed., Mansfield University of 

Pennsylvania 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Santusht S. deSilva (1983) 
Mathematical Science 
B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

iAlka Gandhi (2003) 

Economics 
B.A., Duke University 
M.A., University of Kansas 
Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Darcy Gustafson (2005) 

Education 

B.A., Ed.M., Smith College 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

2(1(1(1-1)7 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Owen F. Herring (1965) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest College 

Katherine Hill (2003) 

Psychology 

B.A., Colorado College 

M.S., Ph.D., Kansas State University 

Rachael Hungerford (1989) 

Education 

A.A., Cayuga County Community College 

B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh 

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/Amherst 

Steven R. Johnson (1999) ** 

Religion/Archaeology 

B.A., California State University, Fullerton 

M.Div., San Francisco Theological Seminary 

M.A., Miami University of Ohio 

M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University 

Sue A. Kelley (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Robin DeWitt Knauth (1999) * 

Religion/Archaeology 

A.B., Princeton University 

M. T. S. , Regent College 

Tli.D., Harvard University Divinity School 

Steven Koehn (1997) 

Communication 

B.A., VA Polytechnic & State University 

M.A., Pepperdine University 

D.Ed., West Virginia University 

Bonita Kolb (2002) 
Business Administration 
B.A., Alaska Pacific University 
M.S., Ph.D., Golden Gate University' 

Don L. Kurtz (2006) 

Criminal Justice 

B. Social Work, Washington University 
M. Social Work, University of Kansas 
Ph.D., Kansas State University' 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Andrew Leiter (2005) 

English 

B.A., University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa 

M.A.. Ph.D., University of N.C., Chapel Hill 

Charles H.Mahler (1994) 

Chemistry 

B.A., The Ohio State University 

M.S., Ph.D.. Northwestern University 

Betty McCall (2004) 

Sociology/Anthropology 

B.A., Lamar University 

M.S., Baylor University 

M.A., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 

Terence W. McGarvey (2004) 

Biology 

B.A., Hofstra University 

M.S., Long Island University 

Ph.D., Loyola University of Chicago 

Mary E. Morrison (2004) 

Biology 

B.A., Princeton University 

M.A./M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University 

Jeffrey D. Newman (1995) 

Biology 

B.S., University of South Carolina 

Ph.D., Marquette University 

Kurt H. Olsen (1993) 

Psychology 

Marshal of the College 

B.S., St. Lawrence University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester 

Todd Preston (2003) 

English 

B.A., State University of New York at Geneseo 
M.A., State University of New York at Albany 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Jeremy D. Ramsey (2005) 

Chemistry 

B.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania 

Ph.D., The Ohio State University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



N. J. Stanley (2002) 

Theatre 

B.S., Louisiana State University 
M.F.A., Florida State Univ., Tallahassee 
Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington 

Howard Tran (2002) 

Art 

B.F.A., Academy of Art College 

M.F.A., Boston University 

Richard E. Wienecke (1982) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

M.B.A., Long Island University 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York) 

Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978) 

Communication 

B.A., Emory! University 

M. Div., Yale Divinity School 

M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Jonathan Williamson (2002) 

Political Science 

B.A., University of Houston 

M.A., Ph.D., Emory University 

Cui Yin (2003) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.S., Qufu Normal University 

M.S., Fudam University 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

Instructors 

Deborah J. Holmes (1976) 

Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State Universit 

Visiting, Special, and 
Part-time Appointments 

Diane Abercrombie (1988) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.Bus.Admin., Bernard M. Banich College, 

CUNY 

George C. Adams, Jr. (2003) 

Religion 

B.A., Susquehanna University 

M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University 



imb-Ql ACADEMIC CATALC 



k 



Mark A. Anderson (2004) 
Criminal Justice 
B.S.. St. Lawrence University 
M.S., Northeastern Universtiy 

Brian J. Bluth (2005) 

Criminal Justice 

B.S., Carnegie Mellon University 

J.D., University of Pittsburgh School of Law 

Ph.D., University of Iowa 

David Burke (1995) 

Biology 

Michelle Burns (2004) 

Religion 

Jerusalem University 
Tel Aviv University 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Len Cagle (2005) 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 
B.A., M.A., University of Arkansas 
Ph.D.. Brown University 

James Campbell (2003) 

Education 

B.S., Mansfield Univ. of Pennsylvania 
M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 
Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Cullen Chandler (2003) 

History 

B.A., Austin College 
M.A., Fordham University 
Ph.D., Purdue University 

William S. Ciabattari (2006) 

Visiting Instructor of Music 

red Chappen (1994) 

Philosophy 

S.A., Bucknell University 

M.A., University of Chicago 

Katharine Cimini (1992) 

r'sychology 

S.A., Lycoming College 

\I.A., College of William and Maty 



Joan Moyer Clark (1987) 
Music/Theatre 

Monica Clay (2005) 

Political Science 

B.S., Emoiy University 

J.D., George Washington University 

Regina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Mathematical 

Science 
B.A., Rosemont College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Susan Curry (2004) 

Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

B.S.Ed., Lock Haven State University 

Roger Davis (1984) 

Computers/Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Pamela Dill (1990) 

Wellness 

B.S.N., University of the State of New York 

at Albany 
M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania 

Sherry Fagnano (1999) 

Mathematical Sciences 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Kathy Furman (2002) 

Education 

B.A., Oral Roberts University 

M.S. Wilkes University 

Pamela Gaber (2002) 

Religion/ Archaeology 

B.A., University of Wisconson, Madison 

A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University 

Stephen Gilmore (2005) 

Religion 

B.S., Millersville University 

M.A., Bucknell University 



1006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 


■^ 


Margaret Gilvary (2002) 


Don M. Larrabee, II (1972) 


Education 


Lecturer in Law 


fi.y4., Marywood College 


A.B., Franklin and Marshall College 


M.Ed., Bloomslmrg University 


LL.B., Fordham University 


Kathy Gorg (2004) 


Lillian Lindsay (2004) 


Art 


Physical Education 


B.A.. Kiitztown University 


B.A., Mansfield University 


Robert Graham (2003) 


Lisa McNerney (2002) 


Theatre 


Foreign Languages 


B.A., Kennesaw State University 


B.S., University' of Oregon 


M.F.A., Indiana University 


M.A., Bloonisburg University 


Charles Guttendorf (2003) 


John Mitchell (1999) 


Criminal Justice 


Psychology 



B.A., M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Jennifer Hansum (2004) 

English 

B.A., Mount Holyoke College 

M.A., Middlebitry College 

Raymond Huff (2004) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven Univ. of Pennsylvania 

M.S., Bucknell University 

Carol Johnson (2004) 

Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Jeremiah Johnson (2004) 

Art 

B.F.A., Tyler School of Art of Temple University 

M.F.A., Syracuse University 

Craig Kaufman (1994) 

Art 

B.S., Kutztown State College 

Jennifer L. Knapp (2004) 

Communication 

B.A., Canisius College 

M.S., West Virginia University 

Lauri L. Kremer (2006) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.B.A., Wilkes University 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



B.A., Florida State University 
Psy.D., Indiana State University 

Barbara Most (2004) 

Theatre 

B.S., Mansfield University 

M.A., Marywood University 

Kevin Nestor (2004) 

Astronomy/Physics 

B.A., B.S., Lycoming College 

Janice Ogurcak (2001) 

Communication, Advisor to The Lycourier 
B.A., Pennsylvania State University 

Valerie J. Postal (2005) 

Education 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 

Gene Remoff (2003) 

Business Administration 

B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University 

M.B.A., Temple University 

M.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Larry Rhinehart (2001) 

Education 

B.S., Mansfield State University 

M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 

Kimberly Rhone (1999) 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



Edward R. Robbins (2001) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., Mansfield State University 

M.S., Shippensburg University 

Anthony Salvatori (1988) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven State University 

M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 

Stafford Smith (2004) 

Alt 

B.A., Wesley an University 

M.F.A., Cornell University 

James States (2003) 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Kathryn Turner Sterngold (1992) 

Art 

B.S., Kutztown University 

M.A., Alfred University 

LouAnn Tom (1999) 

Chemistry 

B.A., Lycoming College 
M.S., Bucknell University 
Ph.D., Lehigh University 

Robin Van Auken (2002) 

Communication 

B.A., M.A., University of South Florida 

Alan Wilcox 

Mathematics 

BEE, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 

MEE, M.B.A., Ph.D. (EE), Univeristy of Virginia 

Bradley Williams (2003) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., Miami University 

Tiffany Wishard (2000) 

Criminal Justice/Political Science 

B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State 

University 
J.D., The Dickenson School of Law 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Applied Music Instructors 

Richard Adams (2002) 

Woodwinds 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Rebecca Anstey (2001) 

Brass 

B.Mus., Lawerence University 

M.Mus., Eastman School of Music 

Tim Breon (1998) 

Electronic Music Lab 

PA Governor's School for the Arts 

Reuben Councill (2004) 

Woodwinds 

B.M.E., The Univ. ofN.C. at Greensboro 

M.A., Western Carolina University 

Robert Ensinger (2004) 

Brass 

B.M.Ed., Ithaca College 

Donald J. Fisher (2003) 

Percussion 

B.S., Indicma Univ. of Pennsylvania 

Linda Fountain (2006) 

Woodwinds 

Richard J. Lakey (1979) 

Organ and Piano 

A.B., Westminster Choir College 

M.A., Indicma University of Pennsylvania 

Charles Masters (2003) 

Accompanist 

Carina McNear (1998) 

Voice 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M. Music, The Pennsylvania State University 

Janice Miller Mianulli (2001) 

Voice 

B.M.E., Westminister Choir College 
M.M. in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy, 
The Pennsylvania State University 

Yvonne Mitchell (1992) 

Piano 

B.A., Lycoming College 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Riana Muller (2006) 

Strings 

Sasha Piastre (2006) 

Voice 

B.F.A., Carnegie Mellon 

M.M. In Vocal Performance and Pedagogy, 

The Pennsylvania State University 

Andrew Rammon (2001) 

Strings 

B.A., Pepperdine University 

M. Music, The Cleveland Institute of Music 

Wendy Savoy (2003) 

Voice 

B.M., Mansfield University of Pennsylvania 

Jennifer Schmidt (2003) 

Voice 

B.M., San Jose State University 

M.M., Northwestern University 

Tim Walck (2006) 

Woodwinds 

Valerie Whyman (2004) 

Brass 

B.A., University of Surrey 

PGCE, Roehampton Institute, London 

Adjunct Faculty & Staff 

Manjula Balasubramanian, M.D. 

Medical Director, Clinical Laboratory 
Science Program Graduate Hospital 
Philadelphia, PA J 9 146 

Jean Buchenhorst, M.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, Clinical Laboratory 
Science Program Graduate Hospital 
Philadelphia, PA 19146 

Paul J. Cherney, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

James Eastman, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of Medical Technology 
The Lancaster General Hospital 
Lancaster, PA 17603 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



184 



Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of Medical Technology 
The Lancaster General Hospital 
Lancaster, PA 17603 

Joseph T. King, M.D. 

Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist 
Clinical Laboratory' Science Program 
Robert Packer Hospital 
Say re, PA 18840 

Willem Lubbe, M.D. 

Medical Director CLS Program 
Williamsport Hospital 
Williamsport, PA 17701 

Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Williamsport Hospital CLS Program 

Williamsport, PA 17701 

Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memoricd Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Clinical Laboratory Science Program 

Robert Packer Hospital 

Say re, PA 18840 

Emeriti 

Susan Alexander 

Associate Professor Emerita of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University 

Robert B. Angstadt 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., Ur. sinus College 

M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University 

Jon R. Bogle 

Professor Emeritus of Art 

B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art; 

Temple University 

Clarence W. Burch 

Professor Emeritus of Physical Education 
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Mr. John H. Conrad 

Professor Emeritus of Education 
B.S., Mansfield State College 
M.A., New York University' 

JackD. Diehl,Jr. (1971) 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

Robert F. Falk 

Professor Emeritus of Theatre 

B.A., B.D., Drew University 

M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

Dr. Morton A. Fineman 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.A., Indiana University 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

David A. Franz 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
A.B., Princeton University 
M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University 
Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Ernest P. Giglio 

Professor Emeritus of Political Science 
B.A., Queens College 
M.A., SUNY at Albany 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 

Eduardo Guerra 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 
B.D., Southern Methodist University 
S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary 

John G. Hancock 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

B.S., M.S. Bucknell University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

John G. Hollenback 

Professor Emeritus of Business Administration 
B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 

James K. Hummer 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

B.N.S., Tufts University 

M.S., Middlebury College 

Ph.D.. University of North Carolina 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Bruce M. Hurlbert 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Library Services 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.S.L.S., Florida State University 

M. Raymond Jamison 

Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.S., Ursimis College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Emily R. Jensen 

Professor Emerita of English 

B.A., Jamestown College 

M.A., University of Denver 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert J. B. Maples 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Lang. 
A.B. , University of Rochester 
Ph.D., Yale University 

Roger W. Opdahl 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 

A.B., Hofstra University 

M.A., Columbia University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Kathleen D. Pagana 

Professor Emerita of Nursing 

B.S.N., University of Maryland 

M.S.N., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

Doris P. Parrish 

Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing 

B.S., SUNY at Pittsburgh 

M.S., Russell Sage College 

Ph.D., University ofTe.xas at Austin 

Robert W. Rabold 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

David J. Rife 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., University of Florida 

M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University 

Logan A. Richmond 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
B.S., Lycoming College 
M.B.A., New York University 
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY • ATHLETIC STAFF 




Mary Landon Russell 

Associate Professor Emerita of Music 
Mus. B., Susquehanna University 
Consen'atofy of Music 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

James W. Sheaffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
M. S. , Unive rsit\' of Pennsylvan ia 

John A. Stuart 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., William Jewell College 

M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Robert A. Zaccaria 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology 
B.A.. Bridgewater College 
Ph.D., University of Virginia 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Athletic Staff 



Joseph Balduino 

Assistant Men's Soccer Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Lyn Belford 

Assistant Swimming Coach 
B.S., Clarion University 
M.S.. Bloomsburg University 

David Bower 

Football Coach 

B.A., Lock Haven University 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University' 

Allison Bressler 

Cheerleading Advisor 
M.A., Edinboro University 

Gary Brown 

Assistant Football Coach 

Brandon Charlton 

Head Athletic Trainer 
ATC - B.S., Ohio University 
M.A., Edinboro University 

Roger Crebs 

Head Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

A. C. Cruz 

Strength Coach 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Robert L. Curry 

Associate Athletic Director 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Christen Ditzler 

Head Women's Basketball Coach 
Head Women's Softball Coach 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

John Dorner 

Head Men's Tennis Coach 

Hilary Eckert 

Volunteer Assistant Women's Lacrosse Coach 
B.S., Univ. of Pennsylvania-Shippensburg 



186 



L 



ATHLETIC STAFF 




Royce Eyer 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Marshall Fisher 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.S., Lock Haven University 

Albert Fluman 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Donald Friday 

Head Men's Basketball Coach 
B.S., M.B.A., Lebanon Valley 

Frank Girardi, Jr. 

Assistant Football Coach 
B..\., Lycoming College 

Frank L. Girardi 

i Director of Athletics 
I Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 

i/erry Girardi 

I Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

(Gerald Hammaker 

Head Men's & Women's Swimming Coach 
B.A., The College ofWooster 

2(Hl(,-{)7 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Kristi Hammaker 

Assistant Swimming Coach 

B.S., Clarion University 

M.H.A., Pennsylvania State University 

Robyn Hannan 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

George Henry 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Susquehanna University 
M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Deborah J. Holmes 

Women's Tennis Coach 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Vonnie Kaiser 

Assistant Women's Tennis Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Scott Kennell 

Assistant Athletic Director 

Head Men's & Women's Soccer Coach 

B.S., North Carolina Wesleyan College 

Trevor Loehr 

Assistant Men's Soccer Coach 
B.S., Lycoming College 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ATHLETIC STAFF 



Joe Lumbis 

Equipment Manager 

Timothy P. McMahon 

Head Women's Volleyball Coach 

A.B., Penn College 

B.S. Mgiit., Lock Haven University 

Michael Mertz 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 

Jamie Miller 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S., Bucknell University 

Scott Miner 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 
B.S., Bloomsburg University 

Joe Moore 

Assistant Women's Softball Coach 

James Nekoloff 

Sports Information Director 

B.A., Marietta College 

M.B.A., West Virginia Wesleyan College 

Tom Packard 

Assistant Volleyball Coach 

Mike Pearson 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jeff Rauff 

Assistant Swimming Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Kara Reber 

Head Women's Lacrosse Coach 
B.S., Bowling Green State University 
B.S., SUNY at Brockport 

Matthew Reber 

Assistant Women's Lacrosse Coach 
B.S., SUNY at Fredonia 

Sean Reese 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Raymond Ross 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Mansfield University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Jesse Smith 

Assistant Football Coach 

B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 

Jamie Spencer 

Head Golf Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Kara Steck 

Assistant Women's Soccer Coach 
B.S., Messiah College 

Mike Talarico 

Head Men's Lacrosse Coach 
B.A., Drew University 
M.Ed., Widener University 

Mike Weber 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Isaac Willis 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 

B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College 

DPM, California College of Podiatric Medicine 

Steve Wiser 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Adrienne Wydra 

Head Cross Country Coach 
Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Todd Yamauchi 

Assistant Athletic Trainer 

B.S.. Whitworth College 

M.A., Oregon Station University 

Richard Zalonis 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lock Haven University 



imb-m ACADEMIC CATALO< 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 



Administrative Support Staff 




Lorri Amrom 

Faculty Secretary 

Lisa D. Barrett 

Library Technician, Technical Services 

Melody A. Bartlett 

Secretary, Director of Physical Plant 

Cynthia Bezilla 

Library Evening Proctor 

Betli Bickel 

Accounts Payable Coordinator 

Leslie W. Bogert 

Security Officer 

Brigitte C. Brahms 

Telecommunications Coordinator 

Terri Brewer 

Biographical Records Specialist 

Eric J. Brungard 

Security Officer 

Diane M. Carl 

Executive Secretary to President 

Barbara J. Carlin 

Executive Secretary to Dean of 
Admissions & Financial Aid 

Kathryn M. Casale 

Faculty Secretary 

Grace A. Clark 

Library Evening Proctor 

Carol J. Counsil 

Secretary, Residence Life 

2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



June V. Creveling 

Secretary. Buildings & Grounds 
and Safety & Security 

Mary E. Dahlgren 

Data Information Specialist & Project 
Supervisor 

Linda R. Delong 

Switchboard Operator, Receptionist 

Jonathan DeSantis 

Staff Technician 

Rosemarie DiRocco 

Faculty Secretary, Music & Art/Gallery 
Director 

Julia Dougherty 

Library Technician, Archives 

Terri R. Driscoll 

Textbook/Supply Coordinator 

Peggy Fenstermacher 

Information Data Specialist, Secretary 

Douglas F. Fetzer 

Shift Supervisor, Security 

Colleen M. Fox 

Administration Assistant to Alumni & Parent 
Programs 

Beatrice D. Gamble 

Student Information Specialist 

Geralynn A. Gerber 

Campus Store Assistant 

Ethel M. Gilbert 

Switchboard Operator & Receptionist 

Patricia R. Haladay 

Housing Coordinator 

Diane J. Hassinger 

Executive Secretary to Dean of College 

Esther L, Henninger 

Secretary, Athletics 

MaryAnn Hollenbach 

Faculty Secretary 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 



Barbara E. Horn 

Faculty Secretary 

Wayne E. Hughes 

Media Technology Coordinator 

Tamara Hutson 

Library Technician, Assistant to the Director 

Sandra L. Jansson 

Secretary, College Relations 

Daniel Johnson 

Mail Services Assistant 

David M. Kelchner 

Systems Analyst 

Margaret I. Kimble 

Secretary, Career Development Center 

Donna M. Laughrey 

Purchasing Coordinator 

Zachary D. Lease 

End User Support Specialist 

Cathi A. Lutz 

Human Resources Coordinator 

John J. Maness 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Patricia J. McCIintock 

Box Office & House Manager 

Erin M. McCormick 

Assistant to the Registrar 

Nielin L. Meredith 

Admissions Data Entry Clerk 

Tracy B. Miles 

Special Events Coordinator, Executive 
Secretary 

Nikole L. Miller 

Help Desk Coordinator 

Rebecca R. Miller 

Secretary, Financial Aid 

Tara Miller 

Payroll & Student Loan Coordinator 

Marlene L. Neece 

Library Technician. Document Delivery 

Susan Nelson 

Library Technician, Access Services 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



190 



Wilma L Reeder 

Library Technician, Serials Manager 

John F. Ring 

Security Officer 

Diana Salamone 

Coordinator of Student Computing 

Brenda Schmick 

Gift Records Specialist & Secretary 

Debbie Smith 

Faculty Secretary 

Marilyn E. Smith 

Printing Services Assistant 

Dawn M. Sones 

Mail Services Coordinator 

Gail M. Spencer 

Library Technician, Circulation Supervisor 

Amy L. Starr 

Programmer Analyst 

Mary L. Strassner 

Cashier & Bookkeeper 

Sheran L. Swank 

Faculty Secretary 

Judy E. Walker 

Secretary, Health Services 

James L. Warren 

Security Officer 

Donna A. Weaver 

Secretary, Student Programs/Leadership 
Development 

Roberta Wheeler 

Secretary, Athletics 

Mary S. White 

Campus Store Clerk 

Joyce E. Wilson 

Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen 

Jean C. Wool 

Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs 

Cristen J. Yothers 

Security Shift Supervisor 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 



Alumni Association 




I The Lycoming College Alumni Association 
has a membership of over 15,000 men and 
women. It is governed by an Executive Board 
comprised of 32 members-at-large represent- 
ing various class years, geographic areas, and 
affinity groups; the current presidents and 
immediate past presidents of the senior class 
and Student Senate also sit on the Board. 
The Director of Alumni Relations manages 
the activities of the Alumni Office. 

The Alumni Association has the following 
purpose as stated in its constitution: "As an 
off-campus constituency, the Association's 
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an 
active and mutually beneficial relationship 
between the College and its alumni, utilizing 
their talents, resources and counsel to further 
the objectives and programs of Lycoming 
College." 

All former students of Williamsport 
Dickinson Seminary and all former students 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



who have successfully completed one year of 
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior 
College or Lycoming College are considered 
members of the association. 

The Alumni Office is responsible for 
keeping alumni informed of and engaged with 
the programs, growth, and activities of the 
College and the Alumni Association through 
regular publications, periodic mailings, and 
the alumni website (www.lycoming.edu/ 
alumni). Arrangements for Homecoming, 
reunions, regional alumni chapter events and 
meetings, and Family Weekend are coordi- 
nated through the Office of Alumni Relations. 
The Alumni Office works closely with the 
other departments within the Division for 
College Advancement: Development and 
College Relations. 

Communications to the Alumni Associa- 
tion Executive Board should be addressed to 
the Office Alumni Relations. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ALUMNI ASSCXTIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 




TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2006 

Brian L. Belz "96 
Brenda J. Bowser Soder '98 
A. Davin D'Ambrosio '86 
Nancy (Hall) Gieniec '59 
John C. Shorb '76 
Brian D. Vasey '81 
David A. Walsh '76 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2007 

Thomas R. Beamer '74 
Andrew A. Bucke '71 
David E. Detwiler, III "75 
Heather Duda '98 
David E. Freet '68 
John J. Joe '59 
Mark J. Ohlinger '92 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2008 

Bonnie (Bierly) Bowes '62 
Shannon (Keane) English '94 
Ronalds. McElwee '71 
Meredith (Rambo) Murray '92 
Barbara (Neff) Price '60 
Linda (Wabschall) Ross '69 
Cheryl (Eck) Spencer '70 
Linda (Lady) Wallace '77 
Dennis G. Youshaw '61 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2009 

Lynn A. Cruickshank '84 
W. Clark Gaughan '77 
Andrew M. Gross '59 
Kari L. Hebble '86 
JohnH. LealirSO 
John T. Murray ir 81 
Gary R. Spies '72 
Joseph M. Wade '90 
Ann (Bell) Wood '73 

Members of the Board Serving 
a One- Year Term 

Student Senate President 

Kelly Howerter '06 

Senior Class President 

Michele Connors '06 

Student Senate Past President 

Emily Lubold "05 

Senior Class Past President 

Pamela Tipler '05 



192 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



ft 



Index 




Academic Advising 46 

Academic Calendar 2 

Academic Honesty/Standing 30-31 

Academic Honors 31 

Academic Program 32 

Accounting Cuniculum 53 

Accounting-Mathematics 56 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Advanced Placement 26 

Advanced Standing by Transfer 1 1, 26 

Ulopathic Medicine, Preparation 46 

alumni Association 191 

American Studies Curriculum 57 

anthropology Curriculum 161 

application Fee and Deposits 13 

ipplied Music Requirements 141 

vrchaeology and Culture of the Ancient 

Near East 58 

ut Curriculum 60 



306-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Astronomy and Physics 67 

Astronomy Curriculum 67 

Audit 28 

Biology Curriculum 74 

Board of Trustees 172 

Business Administration Cuniculum 82 

Campus Facilities 6 

Capitol Semester 50 

Career Development Services 22 

Chemistry Curriculum 86 

Christian Ministry, Advising for 47 

Class Attendance 28 

College and the Church 6 

College Level Examination 

Program (CLEP) 26 

Communication Curriculum 90 

Community Service Curriculum 147 

Computer Science Curriculum 130 

Conduct, Standards of 24 

Contingency Deposits 14 

Cooperative Programs 40 

Engineering 40 

Environmental Studies 40 

Forestry 40 

Medical Technology 41 

Military Science 42 

Optometiy 41 

Podiatry 42 

Counseling, Personal 23 

Course Credit by Examination 26 

Creative Writing 109 

Criminal Justice Curriculum 96 

Cultural Diversity 35 

Degree Programs/Requirements 33 

Dental School, Preparation 39 

Departmental Honors 45 

Deposits/Deposit Refunds 14 

Distribution Requirements 34 

English 35 

Fine Arts 35 

Foreign Language 35 

Humanities 35 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 




Mathematics 35 

Natural Sciences 35 

Social Sciences 35 

Economics Curriculum 99 

Education Curriculum 103 

Educational Opportunity Grants 19 

English Curriculum 109 

English Requirement 35 

Entrance Examination (CEEB) 26 

Environmental Science Minor 75 

Environmental Studies 40 

Established Interdisciplinary Major 38 

Faculty 176 

Financial Aid/Assistance 16 

Financial Matters 13 

Fine Arts Requirements 35 

Foreign Language Requirement 35 

Foreign Languages and 

Literatures Curriculum 114 

Forestry, Cooperative Program 40 

French Curriculum 1 15 

German Curriculum 1 17 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



194 



Grading System 

Graduation Requirements 

Greek Curriculum If 

Health Professions, Preparation A 

Health Services 

Hebrew Curriculum 1 

History Curriculum M 

Honors Program 

Honor Societies 

Humanities Requirement 

Independent Study A 

Information Technology Services 

Institute for Management Studies 12 

Interdisciplinary Majors 

Established Majors 

Individual Majors 

International Studies 12 

Internship Programs ^ 

Legal Professions, Preparation 

Literature 12 

Loans 

Lycoming Scholar Program 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALCIJ 



Major 37 

Admission to 37 

Departmental 37 

Interdisciplinary 38 

Management Scholars Program 125 

Mathematical Sciences 130 

Mathematic Requirements 35 

Mathematics Curriculum 132 

May Term 48 

Medical School, Preparation 46 

Medical Technology 41 

Military Science Curriculum 136 

Minor 38 

Music Curriculum 138 

Natural Science Requirement 35 

Non-degree Students 27 

Optometry 41 

Optometry School, Preparation 46 

Osteopathy School, Preparation 46 

Payment of Fees 14 

Philadelphia Semester 50 

Philosophy Curriculum 143 

Physical Activity, Wellness 

& Community Service Program 147 

Physical Activity Curriculum 147 

Physics Curriculum 70 

Placement Services 20 

Podiatric Medicine, 

Cooperative Program 42 

Political Science Curriculum 149 

Pre-Medicine 39 

Psychology Curriculum 152 

Readmission 12 

Refunds 14 

Registration 27 

Religion Curriculum 156 

Repeated Courses 29 

Reserve Officer Training 

Corps Program (ROTC) 42 

Residence and Residence Halls 7 

Scholarships/Grants 19 

Scholarships (ROTC) 21 

Scholar Seminar 160 

Social Science Requirement 35 

Sociology-Anthropology Curriculum 161 

Spanish Curriculum 119 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Staff 173, 186, 189 

State Grants and Loans 19 

Student Records 27 

Study Abroad 50 

Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 19 

Theatre Curriculum 165 

Theological Professions, Advising 47 

Transfer Credit 1 1,26 

Unit Course System 25 

United Nations Semester 50 

Washington Semester 50 

Wellness Curriculum 147 

Withdrawal from College 28 

Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12 

Women's and Gender Studies 171 

Work-Study Grants 20 

Writing Across The Cuixiculum Program ... 36 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATING WITH LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATING WITH LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Please address specific 
inquiries as follows: 

Director of Admissions: 

Admissions; requests for publications 

Treasurer: 

Payment of bills; expenses 

Director of Financial Aid: 

Scholarships and loan fund; 
financial assistance 

Dean of the College: 

Academic programs; faculty; 
faculty activities; academic support 
services 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen: 

Freshman Seminar; freshman 
academic concerns 

Dean of Student Affairs: 

Student activities; residence halls; 
religious life; health services 

Registrar: 

Student records; transcript requests; 
academic policies 

Career Development Center: 

Career counseling; employment 
opportunities 

Vice President for Development: 

Institutional relations; annual fund; 
gift programs 

Athletic Director: 

Varsity Sports 

Director of Alumni and 
Parent Programs: 

Alumni information; Homecoming; 
Family Weekend activities 

Director of College Relations: 

Public information; publications; 
sports information; media relations 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



196 



All correspondence 
should be addressed to: 

Lycoming College 
700 College Place 
Williamsport, PA 17701-5192 

The College telephone number 
is (570) 321-4000 

http://www.lycoming.edu 

Visitors 

Lycoming welcomes visitors to the 
campus. If you would like a guided tour, 
call the Office of Admissions 
(570) 321-4026 before your visit to 
arrange a mutually convenient time. 



Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920 
e-mail: admissions (s^ lycoming.edu 

NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY 

Lycoming College does not discriminate in 
admission, employment or administration of 
its programs or activities on the basis of race, 
color, national origin, sex, age or disability of 

1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 

1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, or 
other federal, state or local laws, or executive 
orders. 

As a matter of policy, and/or in accordance 
with applicable law, Lycoming College does 
not discriminate in admission, employment or 
administration of its programs or activities on 
the basis of religion, ancestry, political belief, 
veteran status, or sexual orientation. 

Inquiries concerning application of this 
policy should be directed to: 

Director of Human Resources 

Lycoming College 

112 Long Hall 

Williamsport, PA 17701 

(570)321-4309 



2006-07 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




S-o 



o = 

i.i 

pa 

ca' 
CD "D 
> 



cQ y